Columbia University Press Fall 2017 Catalog by Columbia University Press

CONTENTS Trade and General Interest . . . . . . 1 New in Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Sociology / Social Policy . . . . . . 66 Literary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Middle East Studies . . . . . . . . . 77 Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Film Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Wallflower Press . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Harrington Park Press . . . . . . . 89 Columbia Books on Architecture and the City . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Peterson Institute for International Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Tulika Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Hong Kong University Press . . . . 96 Austrian Film Museum Books . . . 108 Hitchcock Annual . . . . . . . . . 109 Marie Curie-Skłodowska University Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 University of Tokyo Press . . . . . . 111 Jagiellonian Univesrity Press . . . . 112 Agenda Press . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Chinese University Press . . . . . 120 Transcript Verlag . . . . . . . . . . 123 Ibidem Press . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Barbara Budrich Publishers . . . . 142 Auteur Publishing . . . . . . . . . 145 Award-Winning Titles . . . . . . . 148 Electronic Resources . . . . . . . 149 The Best of the Backlist . . . . . . 150 The Best of the Business Backlist . 152 Author / Title Index . . . . . . . . 153 Client Presses . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Subagents . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

F O L LOW U S O N Facebook or Twitter: facebook.com/ColumbiaUniversityPress twitter.com/ColumbiaUP SIGN UP FOR OUR NEW BOOK ANNOUNCEMENTS

cup.columbia.edu Zachary Friedman PRODUCTION: Ahlering Design COVER DESIGN: Lisa Hamm COVER IMAGE: © plainpicture/Hexx COPY:

Dear Readers, This season’s catalogue puts forth the results of a remarkable effort by Columbia University Press authors to grapple with urgent global issues. With books tackling climate change, racial justice, national security, and social policy, as well as eye-catching original subjects—the alt-right, fracking, Lyme disease, the “corporate tomato,” and nonrealistic taxidermy— our authors stand out at the frontiers of scholarship. Our titles this season showcase the University and its local and global presence. The fiftieth anniversary of the events of 1968 is approaching, and in A Time to Stir (p. 1), Paul Cronin presents remarkable recollections of the protests that shook Columbia’s campus and resonated worldwide. Turning to the present and its challenges, in The Sustainable City (p. 25), the Earth Institute’s Steven Cohen describes the policies that can make urban systems go green, especially relevant to Columbia’s position in a vibrant metropolis. Columbia’s Global Centers seek to facilitate international communication, and in Tunisia: An Arab Anomaly (p. 29), the Global Centers executive vice president Safwan M. Masri does just that through a personal account of Tunisia’s history. Highlighting the best of European thought continues to be one of our core strengths, with a never-before-translated compendium of Roland Barthes’s correspondence (p. 6); Artaud the Moma (p. 7), Jacques Derrida’s virtuosic lecture on Antonin Artaud given at the Museum of Modern Art; and a philosophical new novel by Julia Kristeva, The Enchanted Clock (p. 8). Joining them are globe-spanning works of literature in translation, including Jun’ichirō Tanizaki’s metafictional mystery In Black and White (p. 9) and an exciting selection of new Russian Library titles (pp. 16-17). Annette Insdorf ’s Cinematic Overtures (p. 22), a Leonard Hastings Schoff Lecture, turns our attention to a movie’s first minutes, and the Kenneth J. Arrow lecture series continues with Christan Gollier’s Ethical Asset Valuation and the Good Society (p. 41), which seeks a better way of directing investment toward the common good. As remarkable as they are, the books on display in this catalogue would not exist without the efforts of our readers, partners, and the university community. Thank you for your support of our books and our mission. Jennifer Crewe Associate Provost and Director

A Time to Stir Columbia ’68

PAUL CRONIN, EDITOR A KAL EID OS COP IC PO RT R A I T O F T H E ST U D E N T U PR IS ING AT COLUM BI A A N D T H E L E G ACI E S OF T H E 1 9 6 0S

For seven days in April 1968, students occupied five buildings on the campus of Columbia University to protest a planned gymnasium in a nearby Harlem park, links between the university and the Vietnam War, and what they saw as the university’s unresponsive attitude toward students and faculty. Exhilarating to some and troubling to others, the student protests paralyzed the university, grabbed the world’s attention, and inspired other uprisings. Fifty years after the events, A Time to Stir captures the reflections of those who participated in and witnessed the Columbia rebellion.

With more than sixty essays from members of Students for a Democratic Society, the Students’ Afro-American Society, faculty, undergraduates who opposed the protests, “outside agitators,” and members of the New York Police Department, A Time to Stir sheds light on the politics, passions, and ideals of the 1960s. Moving beyond the student movement’s white leadership, this book presents the perspectives of black students, who were dealing with their uneasy integration into a supposedly liberal campus, as well as the views of women, who increasingly questioned their second-class status. A Time to Stir also speaks to the complicated legacy of the uprising. For many, the events at Columbia inspired a lifelong dedication to social causes while for others they signaled the beginning of the chaos that would soon engulf Students for a Democratic Society. Taken together, these reflections present a nuanced and moving portrait that reflects the sense of possibility and excess that characterized the 1960s. PAUL CRONIN’S

books include Werner Herzog: A Guide for the

Perplexed (2014) and Lessons with Kiarostami (2015). His films include a study of Haskell Wexler’s Medium Cool and, to accompany this book, a multichapter documentary on the Columbia University protests of 1968. He teaches at the School of Visual Arts in New York.

“Paul Cronin is the world’s leading expert on the upheaval that unfolded at Columbia University in the spring of 1968, and in this richly contextualized collection of essays from participants in the rebellion, he treats the topic as comprehensively as possible. A Time to Stir showcases a broad range of perspectives, draws out numerous themes, and reminds us why the Columbia rebellion remains relevant today. A Time to Stir also makes for dramatic, exciting, and provocative reading. This is can’t-putit-down history.” —John McMillian, Georgia State University

$35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-18274-4 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54433-7 J A N U A R Y 352 pages / 6" x 9" / 27 illustrations H I S TO R Y / E D U C AT I O N

All Rights Except Documentary Film Rights: Columbia University Press; Documentary Film Rights: The Author C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 1

Making Sense of the Alt-Right GEORGE HAWLEY

A N E X P ERT P ERSP EC TI VE O N THE EMERGEN C E O F THE A LT- R I GHT A N D THE N EW WHI TE N ATI O N A LI SM

During the 2016 election, a new term entered the American political lexicon: the “alt-right,” short for “alternative right.” Despite the innocuous name, the alt-right is a white-nationalist movement. Yet it differs from earlier racist groups: it is youthful and tech-savvy, obsessed with provocation and trolling, amorphous, predominantly online, and mostly anonymous. And it was energized by Donald Trump’s presidential campaign. In Making Sense of the AltRight, George Hawley provides an accessible introduction to the alt-right, giving vital perspective on the emergence of a group whose overt racism has confounded expectations for a more tolerant America.

“Making Sense of the Alt-Right is clearly written, insightful, and impressively documented, getting the reader genuinely close to the essence of this amorphous movement. I suspect that this will become the go-to work on the movement for students, politicians, and serious readers alike.” —Michael Barkun, Syracuse University

“Making Sense of the Alt-Right understands alt-right thinking from the inside. George Hawley’s erudition on the subject is evident.” —Lawrence Rosenthal, University of California, Berkeley

Hawley explains the movement’s origins, evolution, methods, and core belief in white identity politics. The book explores how the alt-right differs from traditional white nationalism, libertarianism, and other online illiberal ideologies such as neoreaction, as well as from mainstream Republicans and even Donald Trump and Steve Bannon. The alt-right’s use of offensive humor and its trolling-driven approach, based in animosity to so-called political correctness, can make it difficult to determine true motivations. Yet through exclusive interviews and a careful study of the alt-right’s influential texts, Hawley is able to paint a full picture of a movement that not only disagrees with liberalism but fundamentally rejects most of the tenets of American conservatism. Hawley points to the alt-right’s growing influence and makes a case for coming to a precise understanding of its beliefs without sensationalism or downplaying the movement’s radicalism. GEORGE HAWLEY

is an assistant professor of political sci-

ence at the University of Alabama. He is the author of Voting and Migration Patterns in the U.S. (2013), White Voters in Twenty-First Century America (2014), and Right-Wing Critics of American Conservatism (2016).

$28.00* / £22.95 cloth 978-0-231-18512-7 $27.99 / £22.95 e-book 978-0-231-54600-3 S E P T E M B E R 208 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" POLITICAL SCIENCE

All Rights: Columbia University Press

2 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

The Fracking Debate

The Risks, Benefits, and Uncertainties of the Shale Revolution DANIEL RAIMI AN U NB IAS ED GUID E TO T H E BI G Q U E ST I O N S ABOUT F R AC K ING

Over the past decade, oil and gas production in the United States has surged dramatically—thanks largely to technological advances such as highvolume hydraulic fracturing, more commonly known as “fracking.” This rapid increase has generated widespread debate, with proponents touting economic and energy-security benefits and opponents highlighting the environmental and social risks of increased oil and gas development. Despite the heated debate, neither side has a monopoly on the facts. In this book, Daniel Raimi gives a balanced and accessible view of oil and gas development, clearly and thoroughly explaining the key issues surrounding the shale revolution.

The Fracking Debate directly addresses the most common questions and concerns associated with fracking, including: What is fracking? Does fracking pollute the water supply? Will fracking make the United States energy independent? Does fracking cause earthquakes? How is fracking regulated? Is fracking good for the economy? Coupling a deep understanding of the scholarly research with travels to every major U.S. oil- and gas-producing region, Raimi highlights stories of the people and communities affected by the shale revolution, for better and for worse. The Fracking Debate provides the evidence and context that have so frequently been missing from the national discussion of the future of oil and gas production, offering readers the tools to make sense of this critical issue. DANIEL RAIMI

“In this fair and unbiased book, filled with firsthand accounts and written in a gritty style appropriate for the topic at hand, Raimi explores the technology, the regulation, and the socioeconomic outcomes of shale energy development. Holistic in its range and robust in its depth, The Fracking Debate provides a nuanced but accessible understanding of the shale revolution.” —Thomas B. Murphy, Pennsylvania State University

is a senior research associate

at Resources for the Future, focusing on energy and climate issues. He teaches energy policy at the Gerald R. Ford School of Public Policy at the University of Michigan.

$30.00* / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-18486-1 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-54571-6 D E C E M B E R 224 pages / 6" x 9" P O L I T I C S / E N V I R O N M E N TA L S C I E N C E C E N T E R O N G LO B A L E N E R GY P O L I C Y S E R I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 3

Conquering Lyme Disease

Science Bridges the Great Divide

BRIAN FALLON, MD, AND JENNIFER SOTSKY, MD H OW N EW DI SCOVERI ES A RE B RI N GI N G A N EN D TO T HE LYME WA RS

With more than 300,000 cases each year, Lyme disease is the most common tick-borne illness in the United States. However, doctors are deeply divided on how to diagnose and treat it, leading to the controversy known as the “Lyme Wars.” Health-care providers may not be aware of Lyme’s diverse manifestations or the limitations of diagnostic tests. Meanwhile, patients have felt dismissed by their doctors and confused by the conflicting opinions and dubious self-help information found online. “Lyme disease is a more complicated and nuanced illness than has been previously recognized. Fallon and Sotsky’s experience with the neuropsychological manifestations of Lyme, combined with their insights into the current patient experience, make this book a significant addition to the literature. A well-organized, comprehensive treatment of Lyme disease and the associated issues that patients face.” —John Aucott, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Lyme Disease Research Center

In this authoritative book, the Columbia University Medical Center physicians Brian Fallon and Jennifer Sotsky explain that there is much cause for optimism. Advances in precision medicine and biotechnology are reshaping our understanding of Lyme disease and accelerating the discovery of new tools to treat it. Drawing on both extensive clinical experience and cutting-edge research, Fallon, Sotsky, and their colleagues clearly explain the immunologic, infectious, and neurologic basis of chronic symptoms and their cognitive and psychological impact, as well as current and emerging tests, treatments, and prevention strategies. Conquering Lyme Disease gives an up-to-the-minute overview of the science that is essential for both patients and practitioners. BRIAN A. FALLON

is director of the Lyme and

Tick-Borne Diseases Research Center at the Columbia University Medical Center.

JENNIFER SOTSKY

is a physician with a specialty

in narrative medicine. She is a resident at Columbia $30.00* / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-18384-0 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-54518-1 D E C E M B E R 384 pages / 6" x 9" / 60 color illustrations SCIENCE / MEDICAL

All Rights: Columbia University Press

4 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

University Medical Center.

The Story of the Earth in 25 Rocks Tales of Important Geological Puzzles and the People Who Solved Them DONALD R. PROTHERO THE AM AZING STOR I E S O F T H E R O CKS T H AT H E L PE D G E O LOGISTS UNCOV E R E A RT H ’ S PAST

Every rock is a tangible trace of the earth’s past. In The Story of the Earth in 25 Rocks, Donald R. Prothero tells the fascinating stories behind the discoveries that shook the foundations of geology. In twentyfive chapters—each about a particular rock, outcrop, or geologic phenomenon—Prothero recounts the scientific detective work that took us from the unearthing of exemplary specimens to tectonic shifts in how we view our planet and history.

Prothero follows in the footsteps of the scientists who asked—and answered—geology’s biggest questions: How do we know how old the earth is? What happened to the supercontinent Pangea? What can we learn about our planet from meteorites and moon rocks? The Story of the Earth in 25 Rocks answers these questions through expertly chosen case studies, such as Pliny the Elder’s firsthand account of the eruption of Vesuvius; the granite outcrops that led a Scottish scientist to theorize that the landscapes he witnessed were far older than Noah’s Flood; and how trying to date the age of meteorites revealed the dangers of lead poisoning. Each of these breakthroughs filled in a piece of the puzzle that is the earth. Summarizing a wealth of information in an entertaining, approachable style, The Story of the Earth in 25 Rocks is essential reading for the armchair geologist, the rock hound, and all who are curious about the earth beneath their feet. DONALD R. PROTHERO

Praise for Donald R. Prothero’s The Story of Life in 25 Fossils: “An accessible, well-done book that will better enable general readers to understand the fossil record and how paleontologists interpret it.” —Publishers Weekly

“Prothero brings erudition and expert perspective to the material, but animates it in an entertaining and accessible manner. It reads like a fun conversation with a learned friend.” —Nathan H. Lents, The Human Evolution Blog

has taught paleon-

©TERESA LEVELLE

tology and geology for almost four decades. His Columbia University Press books include Bringing Fossils to Life: An Introduction to Paleobiology (third edition, 2013); The Story of Life in 25 Fossils: Tales of Intrepid Fossil Hunters and the Wonders of Evolution (2015); and Evolution: What the Fossils Say and Why It Matters (second edition, 2017).

$35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-18260-7 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54469-6 J A N U A R Y 288 pages / 6" x 9" / 155 b&w illustrations SCIENCE

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 5

Album

Unpublished Correspondence and Texts ROLAND BARTHES Translated by Jody Gladding A R I CH A N D I N TI MATE VI EW O F BA RTHES’ S LI FE A N D WO R K THRO UGH HI S LETTERS

“The significance of this book—the first English-language publication of Barthes’s correspondence—cannot be overestimated. Starting with Barthes’s adolescence and the years in his late twenties spent in a sanatorium, these selected letters represent exchanges with longtime personal friends as well as many of the key figures of twentieth-century French intellectual history.” —Diana Knight, University of Nottingham

Album provides an unparalleled look into Roland Barthes’s life of letters. It presents a selection of correspondence, from his adolescence in the 1930s through the height of his career and up to the last years of his life, covering such topics as friendships, intellectual adventures, politics, and aesthetics. It offers an intimate look at Barthes’s thought processes and the everyday reflection behind the composition of his works, as well as a rich archive of epistolary friendships, spanning half a century, among the leading intellectuals of the day.

Barthes was one of the great observers of language and culture, and Album shows him in his element, immersed in heady French intellectual culture and the daily struggles to maintain a writing life. Barthes’s correspondents include Maurice Blanchot, Michel Butor, Jacques Derrida, Michel Foucault, Julia Kristeva, Claude Lévi-Strauss, Georges Perec, Raymond Queneau, Alain Robbe-Grillet, Marthe Robert, and Jean Starobinski, among others. The book also features documents, letters, and postcards reproduced in facsimile; unpublished material; and notes and transcripts from his seminars. The first Englishlanguage publication of Barthes’s letters, Album is a comprehensive testimony to one of the most influential critics and philosophers of the twentieth century and the world of letters in which he lived and breathed. ROLAND BARTHES

(1915–1980) was a French literary theorist,

philosopher, critic, and semiotician. Barthes’s final seminars, The Neutral: Lecture Course at the College de France (1977–1978) (2005); The Preparation of the Novel: Lecture Courses and Seminars at the Collège de France

$35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-17986-7 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54588-4

(1978–1979 and 1979–1980) (2010); and How to Live Together: Novelistic

J A N U A R Y 320 pages / 7" x 10" / 12 b&w photographs

Simulations of Some Everyday Spaces (2012), are also published by

L I T E R A R Y C O L L E C T I O N S / P H I LO S O P H Y

Columbia University Press.

EUROPEAN PERSPECTIVES: A SERIES IN SOCIAL T H O U G H T A N D C U LT U R A L C R I T I C I S M

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Editions du Seuil

6 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

JODY GLADDING

is a poet and author most recently of Translations from

Bark Beetle. She has translated thirty works from French.

Artaud the Moma JACQUES DERRIDA

Edited with an afterword by Kaira M. Cabañas Translated by Peggy Kamuf DE R R IDA AND ARTAU D AT T H E M U S E U M O F MODER N ART

In 1996 Jacques Derrida gave a lecture at the Museum of Modern Art in New York on the occasion of Antonin Artaud: Works on Paper, one of the first exhibitions to present the avant-garde dramatist and poet’s paintings and drawings. Derrida’s original title, “Artaud the Moma,” is a characteristic play on words. It alludes to Artaud’s calling himself Mômo, Marseilles slang for “fool,” upon his return to Paris in 1946 after years in asylums while playing off of the museum’s nickname, MoMA. But the title was not deemed “presentable or decent” by the very institution that chose to exhibit Artaud’s work. Instead, the lecture was advertised as “Jacques Derrida . . . will present a lecture about Artaud’s drawings.”

For Derrida, what was at stake was what it meant for the museum to exhibit Artaud’s drawings and for him to lecture on Artaud in that context. Thinking over the performative force of Artaud’s work and the relation between writing and drawing, Derrida addresses the multiplicity of Artaud’s identities to confront the modernist museum’s valorizing of originality. He channels Artaud’s specter, speech, and struggle against representation to attempt to hold the museum accountable for trying to confine Artaud within its categories. Artaud the Moma, as lecture and text, reveals the challenge that Artaud posed to Derrida—and to art and its institutional history. A powerful interjection into the museum halls, this work is a crucial moment in Derrida’s thought and an insightful, unsparing reading of a challenging writer and artist. JACQUES DERRIDA

(1930–2004) was one of the twentieth century’s

most prolific and influential philosophers. KAIRA M. CABAÑAS

is associate professor of global modern and

contemporary art history at the University of Florida, Gainesville.

“One of Derrida’s most extraordinarily deep and and virtuosic texts and one of the best ever written about Artaud.” —Denis Hollier, New York University

$20.00* / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-18167-9 $60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-0-231-18166-2 $19.99 / £14.95 e-book 978-0-231-54370-5 S E P T E M B E R 112 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" P H I LO S O P H Y / A R T CO L U M B I A T H E M E S I N P H I LO S O P H Y, S O C I A L CRITICISM, AND THE ARTS

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; PEGGY KAMUF

is Marion Frances Chevalier Professor of French and

All Other Rights: Editions Galilée

Comparative Literature at the University of Southern California. C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 7

The Enchanted Clock A Novel

JULIA KRISTEVA Translated by Armine Kotin Mortimer A N I NTRI CATE N EW N OVEL BY J ULI A K RI STEVA THAT CO N T EMP LATES THE SUB J EC T O F TI ME

In the Palace of Versailles there is a fabulous golden clock, made for Louis XV by the king’s engineer, Claude-Siméon Passemant. The astronomical clock shows the phases of the moon and the movements of the planets, and it will tell time—hours, minutes, seconds, and even sixtieths of seconds—until the year 9999. Passemant’s clock brings the nature of time into sharp focus in Julia Kristeva’s intricate, poetic novel The Enchanted Clock.

“A tour de force that infuses the novelistic genre with theatrical and essayistic undertones.” —Verena Conley, Harvard University

“An original, creative narrative on the topic of time, cognizant of a complex intellectual world while also telling a beautiful and compelling story.” —Carol Bové, Senior Lecturer in English, University of Pittsburgh and Professor Emerita of French, Westminster College

Nivi, a psychoanalyst and magazine editor, nearly drowns while swimming off the Île de Ré; the astrophysicist Theo Passemant fishes her out of the water. They become lovers. While Theo wonders if he is descended from the clockmaker, Nivi’s son Stan, who suffers from comas, develops a passion for the clock. Soon Nivi is fixated on its maker. But then the clock is stolen, and when a young writer for Nivi’s magazine mysteriously dies, the clock is found near his body. The Enchanted Clock combines past and present, jumping back and forth between points of view and across eras from eighteenth-century Versailles to the present day. Its stylistically inventive narrative voices bring immediacy and depth to our understanding of consciousness. Nivi’s life resembles her creator’s in many respects, coloring Kristeva’s customary erudition with autobiographical poignancy. Part detective mystery, part historical fiction, The Enchanted Clock is a philosophically multifaceted novel, full of poetic ruminations on memory, love, and the transcendence of linear time. JULIA KRISTEVA

is professor of linguistics at the Université de Paris

VII and author of many acclaimed works and novels. Her Columbia $30.00* / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-18046-7 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-54273-9 D E C E M B E R 304 pages / 5.5" x 8.5"

University Press books include Murder in Byzantium: A Novel (2005); Teresa, My Love: An Imagined Life of the Saint of Avila (2014); and, with Philippe Sollers, Marriage as a Fine Art (2016). is professor emerita of French literature at

FICTION

ARMINE KOTIN MORTIMER

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

All Other Rights: Librairie Arthème Fayard

8 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

In Black and White

A Novel

JUN’ICHIRŌ TANIZAKI Translated by Phyllis I. Lyons A LOST NOV EL BY ON E O F JA PA N ’ S G R E AT AU T H O R S: DI D A WR IT ER K IL L A N OT H E R W R I T E R W I T H HI S WR IT ING?

Jun’ichirō Tanizaki’s In Black and White is a literary murder mystery in which the lines between fiction and reality are blurred. The writer Mizuno is working on a story about the perfect murder. His fictional victim is modeled on an acquaintance, a fellow writer. When he notices that this man’s real name has crept into his manuscript, he becomes terrified that an actual murder will take place—and that he will be the main suspect. Mizuno goes to great lengths to establish an alibi, venturing into the city’s underworld. But he finds himself only more entangled as his paranoid fantasies, including a mysterious “Shadow Man” out to entrap him, intrude into real life. A sophisticated psychological and metafictional mystery, In Black and White is a masterful yet little-known novel from a great writer at the height of his powers.

The year 1928 was a remarkable one for Tanizaki. He wrote three exquisite novels, but while two of them—Some Prefer Nettles and Quicksand—became famous, In Black and White disappeared from view. All three were serialized in Osaka and Tokyo newspapers and magazines, but In Black and White was never published as an independent volume. This translation restores it to its rightful place among Tanizaki’s works and offers a window into the author’s life at a crucial point in his career. A critical afterword connects the novel’s autobiographical elements with the its key concerns, including Tanizaki’s critique of Japanese literary culture and fiction.

“In Black and White is a playful, parodic whodunit and a welcome addition to the extensive body of English translations of works by Jun’ichirō Tanizaki.” —Dennis Washburn, Jane and Raphael Bernstein Professor in Asian Studies, Dartmouth College

writers of the twentieth century. Among his classic novels are Naomi,

$20.00* / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-18519-6 $60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-0-231-18518-9 $19.99 / £14.95 e-book 978-0-231-54625-6

The Makioka Sisters, and The Key.

J A N U A R Y 232 pages / 5.5" x 8.5"

JUN’ICHIRŌ TANIZAKI

PHYLLIS I. LYONS

(1886–1965) was one of the major Japanese

is professor emeritus of Japanese language and

literature at Northwestern University. She is the author of The Saga of Dazai Osamu: A Critical Study with Translations (1985).

FICTION W E AT H E R H E A D B O O K S O N A S I A

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 9

Rescuing Retirement

TERESA GHILARDUCCI AND TONY JAMES Foreword by Timothy Geithner A V I S IO N A RY FRA MEWO RK TO SAVE RETI REMEN T FO R MI LLI O N S O F A MERI CA N S

Everyone deserves to be able to retire with dignity, but this core feature of the social contract is in jeopardy. Companies have swerved away from pensions, and most of the workforce has woefully inadequate retirement savings. If we don’t act to fix this broken system, rates of impoverishment for senior citizens threaten to skyrocket, and tens of millions of Americans reaching retirement age in the coming decades will be forced to delay retirement and will experience a dramatic drop in their standard of living.

“Rescuing Retirement is an explicit call to action aimed directly at those with the greatest stake in the problem—the millions of workers, employers, and policy makers whose lives will be affected by the actions (or inaction) of today’s stakeholders.” —Stephanie Kelton, University of Missouri– Kansas City

In Rescuing Retirement, Teresa Ghilarducci and Tony James offer a comprehensive yet simple plan to help workers save for retirement, increase retirement savings by earning higher returns, and guarantee lifelong income for everyone. Built on people’s own money in individual Guaranteed Retirement Accounts, the plan requires no new taxes, no more bureaucracy, and no increase in the deficit. Speaking to Americans’ growing anxiety about their ability to retire, Rescuing Retirement provides answers to anyone wanting to understand the growing movement to protect a period of life once considered a deserved time of rest and creativity and offers a practical guide to the future of secure retirement. TERESA GHILARDUCCI

is the Bernard L. and

Irene Schwartz Professor of Economics at the New School for Social Research and the director of the Schwartz Center for Economic Policy Analysis and the New School’s Retirement Equity Lab. She is the author of When I’m Sixty-Four: The Plot Against Pensions and The Plan to Save Them (2008) and How to Retire With Enough Money: And How to Know What Enough Is (2015). $24.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-18564-6 $23.99t / £19.95 e-book 978-0-231-54627-0 J A N U A R Y 160 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" POLITICS / PUBLIC POLICY

All Rights Except Performance Rights: Columbia University Press; Performance Rights: The Author

10 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

TONY JAMES

is president and chief operating

officer of the Blackstone Group.

Design Thinking for the Greater Good Innovation in the Social Sector

JEANNE LIEDTKA, DAISY AZER, AND RANDY SALZMAN HOW P UB L IC ENT ER P R I S E S A N D G OV E R N M E N T AGE NC IES S OLV E P R O BL E M S W I T H D E S I G N T H I N K I N G

Facing especially wicked problems, social-sector organizations are searching for powerful new methods to understand and address them. Design Thinking for the Greater Good goes in depth on both the how of using new tools and the why. Through ten stories of struggles and successes in fields such as health care, education, transportation, social services, and security, the authors show how collaborative creativity can shake up even the most entrenched bureaucracies—and provide a practical roadmap for readers to implement these tools. The design thinkers Jeanne Liedtka, Randy Salzman, and Daisy Azer explore how agencies like the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and the Transportation and Security Administration, as well as organizations in Canada, Australia, and the United Kingdom, have used the tools of design thinking to reduce risk, manage change, use resources more effectively, bridge the communication gap, and manage the competing demands of diverse stakeholders. These strategies are accessible to analytical and creative types alike, and their benefits extend throughout an organization. This book will help today’s leaders and thinkers implement these practices in the pursuit of creative solutions that are both innovative and achievable. JEANNE LIEDTKA

“This is a timely work in that it parallels interest in applying effective business principles and practices to the nonprofit and government sector. It also aligns business with the idea of doing well and doing good.” —Toni Ungaretti, Johns Hopkins School of Education

“The process of design thinking can be applied to the normally conservative and entrenched public, social, and educational sectors to start to solve big messy problems.” —David E. Smith, Center for Design Innovation

is a professor at the Darden

©SUSANWORMINGTON

Graduate School of Business Administration at the University of Virginia. She is the author of Solving Problems with Design Thinking (2013), Designing for Growth (2011), and The Designing for Growth Field Book (2013), all from Columbia University Press. RANDY SALZMAN

is a journalist and former communications professor

at the University of Virginia. DAISY AZER

is an adjunct lecturer of marketing at the Darden

Graduate School of Business.

$29.95t / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-17952-2 $28.99t / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-54585-3 S E P T E M B E R 304 pages / 8.5" x 8.5" /

57 color illustrations BUSINESS / DESIGN CO L U M B I A B U S I N E S S S C H O O L P U B L I S H I N G

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 11

Reset

Business and Society in the New Social Landscape JAMES RUBIN AND BARIE CARMICHAEL H OW B USI N ESSES CA N REB UI LD TRUST I N A T R A N SFO RMED MEDI A EN VI RO N MEN T

As consumers, our access to—and appetite for—information about what and how we buy continues to grow. Powered by social media, we look at the companies behind the products and are disappointed when their actions do not meet our expectations. With engaged citizens acting as 24/7 auditors of corporate behavior, one company after another has been disrupted with astonishing velocity. Control of the corporate narrative has shifted to engaged stakeholders in a new social landscape, requiring a more radical change to business practices. “Reset hits the nail on the head with the increasingly self-evident idea that corporations must embrace the inherent risks in their business model when it is out of sync with prevailing public sentiment voiced by key stakeholders. The prescription is for corporate communication practitioners to close the gap, that is, to thoroughly know and clearly tell the story of what it does.” —Tim P. McMahon, Creighton University Heider College of Business

James Rubin and Barie Carmichael provide a strategic roadmap for businesses to navigate the new era, rebuild trust, and find their voice. Reset traces the global decline of trust in business concurrent with public expectations for business’s role in society. Today, businesses must bridge this widening gap. This requires strategic solutions anchored in a critical outside-in understanding of the stakeholder footprint of the business model. Reset offers case studies of reputations lost and found, suggesting strategies to mitigate risk and build the corporate brand. In this new era of instant transparency, corporate behavior has become the proof of corporate character for recruiting and retaining both customers and the next generation of talent. Offering essential advice for managing brand, reputation, and risk, this book is a guide to navigating the pitfalls and taking advantage of the opportunities of the reset. JAMES RUBIN

(1951–2016) was assistant professor of business

administration and coordinator of the Management Communication area at the University of Virginia Darden School of Business. BARIE CARMICHAEL

is a fellow at the University of Virginia Darden

$29.95t / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-17824-2 $28.99t / £23.95 e-book 978-0-231-54590-7

School of Business and a senior counselor at the global public-affairs

J A N U A R Y 224 pages / 5.5" x 8.5"

consultancy APCO Worldwide.

BUSINESS COLUMBIA BUSINESS SCHOOL PUBLISHING

All Rights: Columbia University Press

12 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

A Dozen Lessons for Entrepreneurs TREN GRIFFIN

WOR L D - C L ASS V ENTU R E CA PI TA L I STS A N D BU SINESS - FOUND ER COACH E S E X PL A I N T H E I R S U CC ESS IN T H E STA RT- U P WO R L D

From profiles and interviews with the world’s leading venture capitalists and high-profile coaches of business founders, A Dozen Lessons distills a set of bedrock methods for approaching business questions and creating value. The veteran business writer Tren Griffin takes the reader through the investment philosophies of VC luminaries such as Bill Gurley of Benchmark Capital, Marc Andreesen and Ben Horowitz of Andreesen Horowitz, and Jenny Lee of GGV Capital to draw out a set of guiding principles that successful businesses follow.

With insight and verve, Griffin argues that venture capital is, at a fundamental level, a service business that depends hugely on “human factors.” Griffin suggests that, among a number of common features, these investors succeeded because of their sense of hustle, keen judgment, hard work, and good luck. But most of all, they share a deep love of building businesses that goes beyond financial considerations. Griffin reminds us that success is a multidimensional phenomenon requiring talented people, customer traction, productive partnerships, and brand value. These features amplify one another, with incremental success attracting more attention, talent, and investment.

“When I first came to Silicon Valley, I was struck by how much people teach and learn from one another. In this book, Tren continues that spirit by sharing his own learning from others—and explains how investment judgments and decisions are made in the world of tech start-ups.” —Marc Andreessen, cofounder of Netscape and Andreessen Horowitz

“The book is among a select few to categorize the key learnings of leading VCs.” —Chris Goulakos TREN GRIFFIN

works at Microsoft. Previously, he

was a partner at Eagle River, a private equity firm controlled by Craig McCaw, with investments in the telecommunication and software industries, including McCaw Cellular, Nextel, Nextel Partners, XO Communications, Teledesic, and many start-up firms. He is the author of six books, including

$24.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-18482-3 $23.99t / £19.95 e-book 978-0-231-54569-3

Charlie Munger: The Complete Investor

N O V E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9" / 36 b&w illustrations

(Columbia, 2015).

BUSINESS CO L U M B I A B U S I N E S S S C H O O L P U B L I S H I N G

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 13

Inside Terrorism

Third edition

BRUCE HOFFMAN A N E W EDI TI O N O F THE DEFI N I TI VE TEX T O N T ERRO RI SM

Bruce Hoffman’s Inside Terrorism has remained the seminal work for understanding the historical evolution of terrorism and the terrorist mind-set. In this revised third edition of his classic text, Hoffman analyzes the latest developments in global terrorism, offering insight into new adversaries, motivations, strategies, and tactics. He focuses on the rise of ISIS and the resilience of al-Qaeda; terrorist exploitation of the Internet and embrace of social media; radicalization of foreign fighters; and potential future trends, including the repercussions of a post-caliphate ISIS.

“A vitally important book. Bruce

Hoffman examines the demographics of contemporary terrorist leaders and recruits; the continued use of suicide bombers; and the likelihood of a chemical, biological, radiological, or nuclear terrorist strike. He also considers the resurgence of violent antigovernment militants, including white supremacists and opponents of abortion. He argues that the war on terrorism did not end with Osama bin Laden’s death and that ongoing instability and strife in Syria, Iraq, Afghanistan, Libya, and Yemen, among other places, will both sustain terrorist movements and have broad implications for domestic and international security around the globe.

Hoffman has for decades been one of the world’s greatest scholars of terrorism, and this new edition of his classic study is impressively wide-ranging and authoritative. Covering key issues such as definition, historical evolution, and internationalization, it also addresses thematic subjects such as religious terrorism and suicide attacks. The book serves as a valuable corrective to the amnesia of so much recent

BRUCE HOFFMAN

readers powerful insights for many years.” —Richard English, author of Does Terrorism Work? A History

work on terrorism, and it will offer

is a professor at Georgetown

University’s Walsh School of Foreign Service and director of the Center for Security Studies and the Security Studies Program. He is also a senior fellow at the U.S. Military Academy’s Combating Terrorism Center and a visiting professor of terrorism studies at St. Andrews University. Hoffman is the editor of the Columbia University Press

$26.95t / £21.95 paper 978-0-231-17477-0 $85.00 / £70.95 cloth 978-0-231-17476-3 $25.99t / £20.95 e-book 978-0-231-54489-4 S E P T E M B E R 528 pages / 6" x 9" / 22 b&w photographs POLITICAL SCIENCE COLUMBIA STUDIES IN TERRORISM AND I R R E G U L A R WA R FA R E

All Rights: Columbia University Press

14 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

series Columbia Studies in Terrorism and Irregular Warfare, coeditor of The Evolution of the Global Terrorist Threat: From 9/11 to Osama bin Laden’s Death (Columbia, 2014), and author of Anonymous Soldiers: The Struggle for Israel, 1917–1947 (2015).

The Best American Magazine Writing 2017

SID HOLT FOR THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MAGAZINE EDITORS, EDITOR

Introduction by Nicholas Thompson, editor in chief of Wired

With the work of reporters under fire, this year’s anthology of National Magazine Awards finalists and winners is a timely reminder of the power of journalism. Pieces from writers driven to explore America’s fault lines include Shane Bauer’s harrowing “My Four Months as a Private Prison Guard” (Mother Jones) and Sarah Stillman’s portrait of young people on sex-offender registries (The New Yorker). Nikole Hannah-Jones looks for a school for her daughter in a divided Brooklyn (New York Times Magazine), and Michael Chabon takes his thirteenyear-old son to Fashion Week in Paris (GQ). Pamela Colloff explores the 1966 University of Texas Tower shooting’s consequences for one survivor (Texas Monthly), and Siddhartha Mukherjee depicts the art and agony of oncology (New York Times Magazine).

Other selections take up the shocks of the election, including Matt Taibbi’s irreverent dispatches from the campaign trail (Rolling Stone) and George Saunders’s transfixing account of Trump’s rallies (The New Yorker). Jeffrey Goldberg talks through Obama’s legacy with the president (The Atlantic), Andrew Sullivan fears for democracy’s future (New York), and Gabriel Sherman relates how the women of Fox News exposed Roger Ailes’s predations (New York). Joining them are Rebecca Solnit’s wideranging Harper’s commentary, Becca Rothfeld on women waiting from Homer to Tinder (Hedgehog Review), David Quammen venturing to Yellowstone to consider the future of wild places (National Geographic), and Mac McClelland in search of the ivory-billed woodpecker in Cuba (Audubon). THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MAGAZINE EDITORS

Selections from: Audubon Harper’s Hedgehog Review Mother Jones National Geographic New York The New York Times Magazine Rolling Stone Texas Monthly The Atlantic The New Yorker

is the principal

organization for magazine journalists in the United States. SID HOLT

is chief executive of the American Society of Magazine

Editors and a former editor at Rolling Stone and Adweek magazines. NICHOLAS THOMPSON

is the editor in chief of Wired.

$19.95t / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-18159-4 $18.99t / £14.95 e-book 978-0-231-54469-6 D E C E M B E R 352 pages / 5.25" x 8" JOURNALISM

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: McCormick Literary C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 15

RUSSIAN LIBRARY

Found Life

Poems, Stories, Comics, a Play, and an Interview

Sisters of the Cross

ALEXEI REMIZOV

Translated by Roger Keys and Brian Murphy

LINOR GORALIK Edited by Ainsley Morse, Maria Vassileva, and Maya Vinokour

One of the first Russian writers to make a name for herself on the Internet, Linor Goralik writes conversational short works that conjure the absurd in all its forms, reflecting post-Soviet life and daily universals. Her mastery of the minimal, from spiritual rabbits and biblical zoos to poems about loss and comics about poetry, is on full display in this collection of works translated for the first time. LINOR GORALIK

(1975–) is an award-

winning Russian writer. Her works

The thirty-year-old Piotr Alekseevich Marakulin lives a contented if humdrum life as a financial clerk in a Petersburg trading company. He is jolted out of his daily routine when, quite unexpectedly, he is accused of embezzlement and loses his job. This change of status brings him into contact with a number of women—the titular “sisters of the cross”—whose sufferings will lead him to question the ultimate meaning of the universe. The first English translation of this remarkable novel from one of the most influential members of the Russian symbolist movement, Sisters of the Cross is a masterpiece of early modernist fiction.

include fourteen books and dozens of

ALEXEI REMIZOV

other print and electronic publications.

short-story writer known for his unique style, which blends a

(1877–1957) was a Russian novelist and

popular Russian idiom with the language of old Russian tales and folklore. AINSLEY MORSE

is the cotranslator of I Live I See: The

ROGER KEYS

is the author of The Reluctant Modernist:

Collected Poems of Vsevolod Nekrasov. MARIA VASSILEVA

Andrei Belyi and the Development of Russian Fiction,

is a Ph.D. candidate at Harvard University. MAYA VINOKOUR

1902–1914 (1996).

is a faculty fellow in the Department of Russian and Slavic Studies at New York University. $14.95t / £12.95 paper 978-0-231-18351-2 $30.00* / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-18350-5 $13.99t / £11.95 e-book 978-0-231-54497-9 N O V E M B E R 320 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" R U S S I A N L I T E R AT U R E R U S S I A N L I B R A RY

BRIAN MURPHY

is professor emeritus of Russian at the

University of Ulster.

$14.95t / £12.95 paper 978-0-231-18543-1 $30.00* / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-18542-4 $13.99t / £11.95 e-book 978-0-231-54615-7 D E C E M B E R 288 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" R U S S I A N L I T E R AT U R E

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

R U S S I A N L I B R A RY

All Other Rights: The Author

All Rights: Columbia University Press

16 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

RUSSIAN LIBRARY

Writings from the Golden Age of Russian Poetry KONSTANTIN BATYUSHKOV

Presented and translated by Peter France

Konstantin Batyushkov was one of the great poets of the Golden Age of Russian literature in the early nineteenth century. His verses, famous for their musicality, earned him the admiration of Aleksandr Pushkin and generations of Russian poets to come. In Writings from the Golden Age of Russian Poetry, Peter France interweaves Batyushkov’s life and writings, presenting masterful new translations of his work with the compelling story of Batyushkov’s career as a soldier, diplomat, and poet and his tragic decline into mental illness at the age of thirty-four, making his verse accessible to English-speaking readers in a necessary exploration of a transitional moment for Russian literature. KONSTANTIN BATYUSHKOV

(1787–1855) was a celebrated

Russian poet and essayist. He served in three campaigns of the Napoleonic wars and was posted to Naples on

In Gogol’s Shadow ANDREI SINYAVSKY

Translated by Josh Billings

Andrei Sinyavsky wrote In Gogol’s Shadow in a Soviet labor camp. Opening with Gogol’s funeral, this unorthodox biography strips the man away from the myth. Sinyavsky challenges the Russian and Soviet view that Gogol was first and foremost a political writer, whose biting satire was part of a quest for his country’s salvation. In Gogol’s Shadow reveals a writer more obsessed with language than with politics, whose attempt to force his art into exposing social ills is undermined by his uncanny imagination and inventiveness. This irreverent analysis of Gogol’s life and work is a path-breaking exploration of literary creativity in times of strict censorship and ideological control. ANDREI SINYAVSKY

(1925–1997) was a writer of fiction and

nonfiction. After emigrating to France in 1973, he taught for many years as professor of Slavic studies at the Sorbonne in Paris. He is the author of Strolls with Pushkin (Columbia, 2016), The Russian Intelligentsia, and many other works. has translated works including

diplomatic service before succumbing to incurable mental

JOSH BILLINGS

illness in 1822.

Aleksandr Kuprin’s The Duel and Aleksandr Pushkin’s

PETER FRANCE

is honorary fellow and professor emeritus

at the University of Edinburgh. $19.95t / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-18541-7 $35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-18540-0 $18.99t / £14.95 e-book 978-0-231-54614-0 N O V E M B E R 256 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" R U S S I A N L I T E R AT U R E

The Tales of Belkin. $19.95t / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-18177-8 $40.00* / £32.95 cloth 978-0-231-18176-1 $18.99t / £14.95 e-book 978-0-231-54381-1 J A N U A R Y 384 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" R U S S I A N L I T E R AT U R E R U S S I A N L I B R A RY

R U S S I A N L I B R A RY

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Other Rights: legor Siniavski C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 17

Silencing the Bomb

One Scientist’s Quest to Halt Nuclear Testing LYNN R. SYKES A L E A DI N G SC I EN TI ST RECA LLS HI S LI FELO N G BATTLE FO R A N UC LEA R TEST BA N TREATY

In December 2016, the Bulletin of Atomic Scientists moved their iconic “Doomsday Clock” forward to two and a half minutes to midnight, the latest it has been since 1952, the year of the first hydrogen bomb test. Ever since then, a group of scientists has sought to halt nuclear testing, advocating the Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty, still not ratified by China, Iran, North Korea—or the United States. The treaty rests on every nation’s ability to independently monitor the others’ nuclear activity. In Silencing the Bomb, the noted seismologist Lynn R. Sykes, a central figure in the development of the technology used in monitoring, tells the inside story behind scientists’ quest for disarmament.

“Lynn R. Sykes has a long record of using seismology to study the important question of how to

Called upon time and again to testify before Congress, Sykes and his colleagues were, for much of the Cold War, among the only people on earth able to say with certainty when and where a bomb was tested and how large it was. Methods of measuring earthquakes, researchers realized, could also detect underground nuclear explosions. When either side of the Iron Curtain attempted to sidestep disarmament or test ban treaties, Sykes was able to deploy the nascent science of plate tectonics to reveal the truth. Full of international intrigue and hard science used for the global good, Silencing the Bomb is a timely and necessary chronicle of the efforts to keep the clock from striking midnight.

differentiate nuclear explosions from earthquakes. That experience makes him uniquely qualified to present this cautionary tale about the sclerotic process by which well-founded scientific insight filters its way into the politically loaded formulation of national policy—particularly defense policy.” —Daniel Davis, Stony Brook University

LYNN R. SYKES

is Higgins Professor Emeritus of

$35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-18248-5 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54419-1 D E C E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9" /

10 color and 40 b&w illustrations SCIENCE / POLITICS COLUMBIA BUSINESS SCHOOL PUBLISHING

All Rights: Columbia University Press

18 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

Earth and Environmental Sciences at Columbia University’s Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory.

The Future of Us

What the Dreams of Children Mean for Twenty-First-Century America IRWIN REDLENER, MD Foreword by Jane Pauley WHAT A P ED IAT R IC IA N ’ S L I FE O F A DVO CACY TE AC H ES US ABOUT H OW TO BET T E R S E RV E AM ER ICA’S C H IL D R EN

Raymond is a talented young artist who carries his work between homeless shelters in a tattered bag but has never even been inside a museum. He is emblematic of the children that the renowned pediatrician and children’s advocate Irwin Redlener has met over the course of his career. Inadequate education, barriers to health care, and crushing poverty make it overwhelmingly difficult for them to realize their dreams. In this memoir, Redlener draws on poignant personal experiences to investigate the failures of our educational and health systems—and how we must drastically change our approach if the next generation is to fulfill its potential.

Redlener’s winding career—from his work as a pediatrician in the Arkansas delta, to helping children in the aftermath of 9/11 and Hurricane Katrina, to cofounding the Children’s Health Fund with the musician Paul Simon—is his springboard for discussing the policy issues that hinder us from eradicating childhood poverty. He meets children who are largely invisible to the system—homeless, in extended foster care, or rarely able to see a doctor—yet who nonetheless dream of becoming paleontologists, artists, and marine biologists. Redlener’s recommendations for policy makers and concerned citizens show a way forward if we can come together to advocate for children. IRWIN REDLENER

“Excellently done, and will be an inspiration to those who read it. It particularly addresses the need to form collaborations with others involved in caring for children in their communities. I cannot name another individual who could have written this book, considering Redlener’s vast experience.” —Michael Kappy, University of Colorado School of Medicine

is president and cofounder of the Children’s Health

Fund and director of the National Center for Disaster Preparedness and the Program on Child Well-Being and Resilience at Columbia University’s Earth Institute. He is also a professor at Columbia University’s Mailman School of Public Health. JANE PAULEY

is a television journalist and author. She is the anchor

$30.00* / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-17756-6 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-54594-5 S E P T E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9"

of CBS Sunday Morning and was previously cohost of Dateline NBC and

BIOGRAPHY / SOCIAL SCIENCE

NBC’s Today.

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Author C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 19

Inside Private Prisons

An American Dilemma in the Age of Mass Incarceration LAUREN-BROOKE EISEN

A CA N DI D LO O K AT THE P RI VATE- P RI SO N I N DUSTRY— A N D A N EX P LO RATI O N O F I TS FUTURE

“Lauren-Brooke Eisen illuminates the history of private prisons and their place in the current environment and the future of mass incarceration in America—which we are trying to minimize. She incorporates individual interviews with a collation of quantitative data to strike a balance between fine detail and the big picture of the complex and still-evolving discourse of private corrections: a vital discussion for the future of our criminal justice and immigration policies.” —Ernest Drucker, author of A Plague of Prisons: The Epidemiology of Mass Incarceration in America

When the tough-on-crime politics of the 1980s overcrowded state prisons, private companies saw potential profit in building and operating correctional facilities. Today more than a hundred thousand Americans are held in private prisons. Private prisons are criticized for making money off mass incarceration—to the tune of $5 billion in annual revenue. Based on Lauren-Brooke Eisen’s work as a prosecutor, journalist, and attorney at policy think tanks, Inside Private Prisons blends investigative reportage and quantitative and historical research to analyze privatized corrections in America. From divestment campaigns to boardrooms to immigration-detention centers, Eisen examines private prisons through the eyes of inmates, their families, correctional staff, policy makers, activists, undocumented immigrants, and corporate executives. Private prisons have become ground zero in the anti-mass-incarceration movement. Universities have divested from these companies, political candidates hesitate to accept their donations, and the Department of Justice tried to phase out its contracts with them. On the other side, impoverished rural towns often try to lure private prisons to create jobs. Neither an endorsement or a demonization, Inside Private Prisons details the complicated and perverse incentives rooted in the industry, from mandatory bed occupancy to vested interests in mass incarceration. This book is a blueprint for policy makers to reform practices and for concerned citizens to understand our changing carceral landscape. LAUREN-BROOKE EISEN

is senior counsel in the

Brennan Center’s Justice Program. Previously she

$32.00* / £26.95 cloth 978-0-231-17970-6 $31.99 / £26.95 e-book 978-0-231-54231-9

served as an assistant district attorney in New York

N O V E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9"

City and taught at Yale College and the John Jay

SOCIAL SCIENCE

College of Criminal Justice.

All Rights: Columbia University Press

20 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

Modern Slavery

A Global Perspective SIDDHARTH KARA

THE H OR R OR S OF S L AV E RY R E V E A L E D —A N D H OW TO ABOL IS H IT

Siddharth Kara is a tireless chronicler of the human cost of slavery around the world. He has documented the realities of human trafficking and forced labor in order to reveal the degrading and dehumanizing system that strips people of their dignity for the sake of profit—and to link the suffering of the enslaved to the day-to-day lives of consumers in the West. In Modern Slavery, Kara draws on his many years of expertise to demonstrate the scope of slavery and offer a concrete path to its abolition.

From labor trafficking in the U.S. agricultural sector to sex trafficking in Nigeria to forced labor in the Thai seafood industry, Kara depicts the myriad faces and forms of slavery, providing a comprehensive grounding in the realities of modern-day servitude. Drawing on sixteen years of field research in more than sixty countries around the globe—including revelatory interviews with both the enslaved and their oppressors—Kara sets out how slavery is embedded in global supply chains. Enslavement offers immense profits at minimal risk through the exploitation of vulnerable subclasses whose brutalization is tacitly accepted. Kara has developed a business and economic analysis of slavery based on metrics and data that attest to the scale and functioning of these systems of exploitation. Beyond this data-driven approach, Modern Slavery unflinchingly portrays the torments endured by the powerless. This searing exposé documents one of humanity’s greatest wrongs and lays out the framework for a comprehensive plan to eradicate it. SIDDHARTH KARA

“This book provides an overview of the different forms of modern-day slavery, as well as a framework for the eradication of the phenomenon. Siddharth Kara uses case studies to exemplify the cultural norms that perpetuate trafficking and provides anextensive analysis of data through a unique business-model approach. Using a combination of rigorous analysis and anecdotal stories, Kara delves into subfields in modern-day slavery that have rarely been covered.” —Jennifer Bryson Clark, coeditor of A Global Handbook on Human Trafficking and Modern Day Slavery

is director of the Program

on Human Trafficking and Modern Slavery at the Harvard Kennedy School of Government and a lecturer at the University of California, Berkeley. He

$35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-15846-6 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-52802-3

is the author of Sex Trafficking: Inside the Business

O C T O B E R 352 pages / 6" x 9"

of Modern Slavery (2008) and Bonded Labor:

SOCIAL SCIENCE

Tackling the System of Slavery in South Asia (2012),

All Rights Except Audio and Performance Rights:

both from Columbia University Press.

Columbia University Press; Audio and Performance Rights: The Gersh Agency C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 2 1

Cinematic Overtures

How to Read Opening Scenes ANNETTE INSDORF H OW THE O P EN I N GS O F FI LMS SHA P E VI EWERS’ E X PE R I EN C ES A N D EX P EC TATI O N S

A great movie’s first few minutes are the key to the rest of the film. Like the opening paragraphs of a novel, they draw the viewer in and set up the thematic concerns and stylistic approach that will be developed over the course of the narrative. A strong opening sequence leads the viewer to trust the filmmakers. Other times, opening shots are intentionally misleading as they invite alert, active participation with the film. In Cinematic Overtures, Annette Insdorf discusses the opening sequence so that viewers turn first impressions into deeper understanding of cinematic technique.

“Cinematic Overturesis about

From Joe Gillis’s voice-over in Sunset Boulevard as he lies dead in a swimming pool to the hallucinatory opening of Apocalypse Now, from a stream-ofconsciousness montage as found in Hiroshima, mon amour to the slowly unfolding beginning of Schindler’s List, Cinematic Overtures analyzes opening shots from a range of Hollywood and international films. Insdorf pays close attention to how the viewer makes sense of these scenes and the cinematic world they are about to enter. As she looks at the strategies of opening scenes, Insdorf also examines how films critique and explore the power of the camera’s gaze. Along with analyses of opening scenes, the book offers a series of revelatory and surprising readings of individual films and the works of some of the leading directors of the past seventy-five years. Erudite but accessible, Cinematic Overtures will lead film scholars and ardent movie fans alike to greater attentiveness to those fleeting opening moments.

openings; it serves as an opening to a much wider field of films. It is, therefore, a kind of overture itself. It’s surprising that nobody has thought to do this before, and it leads to a fascinating subject ripe for in-depth discussion. This book’s strengths lie in the erudition Annette Insdorf brings to the subject, her extensive experience of writing about and teaching film, and the precision of her formal analysis.” —Ed Sikov, author of Film Studies: An Introduction

O C T O B E R 208 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" /

42 b&w photographs FILM LEONARD HASTINGS SCHOFF LECTURES

All Rights Except Audio Rights: Columbia University Press; Audio Rights: Georges Borchardt, Inc.

22 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

ANNETTE INSDORF ©ANDREA TOMASETTI

$20.00* / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-18225-6 $60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-0-231-18224-9 $19.99 / £14.95 e-book 978-0-231-54406-1

is a professor in the Gradu-

ate Film Program of Columbia University’s School of the Arts and host of the Reel Pieces series at Manhattan’s 92nd Street Y. Her books include Indelible Shadows: Film and Holocaust (1983) and Double Lives, Second Chances: The Cinema of Krzysztof Kieslowski (1999).

Garden Variety

The American Tomato from Corporate to Heirloom JOHN HOENIG WHAT T H E TOM ATO T E AC H E S U S A BO U T A M E R I CA N FOO D C ULT UR E

Chopped in salads, slathered on pizza and pasta, squeezed onto burgers and fries, and aisles of roma, cherry, beefsteak, and heirloom: where would American food, fast and slow, high and low, be without the tomato? The tomato sums up the best and worst of American cuisine: though the plastic-looking corporate tomato is the hallmark of industrial agriculture, its history also encompasses farmers’ markets and home gardens. Garden Variety illuminates culinary culture from 1800 to the present, going beyond mass-produced homogeneity to demonstrate the persistence of diverse food cultures.

John Hoenig explores the path by which the tomato went from a rare seasonal crop to America’s favorite vegetable. He pays particular attention to the noncorporate tomato. During the twentieth century, as food production, processing, and distribution became increasingly centralized, the tomato remained the king of the vegetable garden and, in recent years, has become the centerpiece of alternative food cultures. Reading seed catalogs, menus, and cookbooks, Hoenig challenges the extent to which branding and advertising dominated twentieth-century American life. He emphasizes the importance of tomatoes to numerous immigrant groups and their influence on the American diet. Garden Variety highlights the limits on corporations’ ability to shape what we eat, inviting us to rethink the history of our foodways and to expand the palate of American cuisine. JOHN HOENIG

“A well-written book that demonstrates that the story of industrial food may not be nearly as linear or as top-down as we have thought.” —James McWilliams, Texas State University

is lecturer in history at

Pennsylvania State University. $35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-17908-9 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54638-6 N O V E M B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9" / 19 b&w illustrations F O O D S T U D I E S / H I S TO R Y A R T S A N D T R A D I T I O N S O F T H E TA B L E : P E R S P E C T I V E S O N C U L I N A RY H I S TO RY

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 2 3

Eating Ethically

Religion and Science for a Better Diet JONATHAN K. CRANE A N ETHI CA L CASE FO R EATI N G WELL BY EATI N G I N M O DERATI O N

We are eating ourselves to death in many ways, both bodily and societally. Few activities are as essential to human flourishing as eating, and fewer still are as ethically intricate. Eating well is particularly confusing. Conflicting recommendations, contradictory scientific studies, and the confounding environmental and economic factors that surround us make choices difficult. Eating “just right” is complex for the contemporary American, living amid excess and faced with moral, medical, and environmental consequences that influence our eating choices. A different eating strategy is needed, one grounded in our biology but also philosophically sound, theologically cogent, and personally achievable.

“An accomplished ethicist and philosopher, Crane crafts a careful argument for what it means to

Eating Ethically provides evidence and arguments for more adaptive eating practices. Drawing on religion, medicine, philosophy, cognitive science, art, ethics, and more, Jonathan K. Crane distinguishes among the eater, the eaten, and eating to promote a radical reorientation away from external cues and toward internal ones. From classic philosophy on appetite to contemporary studies of satiation, from the science of metabolism to metaphysics and theology, Crane intertwines ancient wisdom and cutting-edge scholarship to show that eating well is not only a biological necessity but also an integral facet of spiritual and social health. He draws on insights from Judaism, Christianity, and Islam that promote personal health and social cohesion. Eating Ethically, grounded in science, tradition, and our internal necessities, points us toward eating well.

eat well. Following a trajectory set by Michael Pollan and others, Eating Ethically is set apart by its interdisciplinarity, using biblical scholarship, nutritional science, biochemistry, and medicine to effectively buttress the idea that eating is an activity that resonates in both personal and social contexts.” —Benjamin Zeller, coeditor of Religion,

$35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-17344-5 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54587-7 D E C E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9" P H I LO S O P H Y / R E L I G I O N / S C I E N C E

All Rights: Columbia University Press

24 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

©EMORY UNIVERSITY P H O T O V I D E O B R YA N M E L T Z

Food, and Eating in North America

JONATHAN K. CRANE

is the Raymond F. Schinazi

Scholar in Bioethics and Jewish Thought at the Emory University Center for Ethics. He is the author of Narratives and Jewish Bieothics (2013); editor of Beastly Morality: Animals as Ethical Agents (Columbia, 2015); and coeditor of The Oxford Handbook of Jewish Ethics and Morality (2013).

The Sustainable City STEVEN COHEN

AN ACC ESS IB L E GUIDE TO T H E PO L I CY A N D MA NAGEM ENT OF UR BA N S U STA I N A BI L I T Y

Living sustainably is not just about preserving the wilderness or keeping nature pristine. The transition to a green economy depends on cities. For the first time in human history, the majority of the people on the planet live in urban areas. If we are to avert climate catastrophe, we will need our cities to coexist with nature without destroying it. Many places are already investing in the infrastructure of the future—including renewable energy, energy efficiency, mass and personal transit, and advanced waste management—but the modern city still has a long way to go.

In The Sustainable City, Steven Cohen provides a broad and engaging overview of the urban systems of the twenty-first century, surveying policies and projects already under way in cities around the world and pointing to more ways progress can be made. Cohen discusses the sustainable city from an organizational-management and public-policy perspective that emphasizes the local level, looking at case studies of existing legislation, programs, and public-private partnerships that strive to align modern urban life and sustainability. From waste management in Beijing to energy infrastructure in Africa to public space in Washington, D.C., there are concrete examples of what we can do right now. Cohen synthesizes the disparate strands of sustainable city planning in an approachable and applicable guide that highlights how these issues touch our lives on a daily basis, whether the transportation we take, where our energy comes from, or what becomes of our food waste. This book has invaluable lessons for anyone seeking to link public policy to promoting a sustainable lifestyle. STEVEN COHEN

“At the city level, the question of how to handle water resources, energy use, and transportation is not abstract but concrete. Citizens, planners, business people, and policy makers can easily see the problems and how a sustainable approach would be beneficial. Steven Cohen draws on his extensive teaching and public management experience in documenting the kinds of sustainability measures that have been successful in major cities around the world, and he points to what other cities realistically can do in the future.” —Michael E. Kraft, coeditor of The Oxford Handbook of U.S. Environmental Policy

is executive director of Columbia University’s Earth

Institute and a professor in the practice of public affairs at Columbia University’s School of International and Public Affairs. His books include Sustainability Management: Lessons from and for New York City, America, and the Planet (2011) and Understanding Environmental Policy (2014, second edition), both from Columbia University Press.

$26.00* / £20.95 paper 978-0-231-18205-8 $85.00 / £70.95 cloth 978-0-231-18204-1 $25.99 / £20.95 e-book 978-0-231-54397-2 N O V E M B E R 224 pages / 6" x 9" E N V I R O N M E N TA L S C I E N C E / U R B A N S T U D I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 2 5

Law and the Wealth of Nations

Finance, Prosperity, and Democracy TAMARA LOTHIAN

T H E PATH TO THE RECO N STRUC TI O N O F THE ECO N O MY I N T HE SERVI C E O F BOTH GROWTH A N D I N C LUSI O N

“This is a significant contribution to the central debates of our time, laying out a fresh vision of finance and, more broadly, of an inclusive, democratic market economy.” —Dani Rodrik, Harvard University

“Tamara Lothian makes a transformative contribution to the current debate on the role of finance—viewing it not in terms of ‘more state’ or ‘more market’ but of the need for innovations in the legal forms that structure markets, to bring together both economic progress and meaningful inclusion.” —Sanjay G. Reddy, the New School

Economic stagnation, financial crisis, and increasing inequality have provoked worldwide debate about the reshaping of the market economy. But few are willing to risk challening dominant ideas and entrenched structures. Right-wing populism has stepped into the void created by a failure to imagine structural alternatives. Tamara Lothian offers a deeper view, probing institutional innovations that would reignite economic growth by democratizing the market. Progressives have traditionally focused only on the demand side of the economy, abandoning the supply side to conservatives. Law and the Wealth of Nations offers a progressive approach to the supply side of the economy and proposes innovation in our fundamental economic arrangements. Lothian asks how finance can serve broad-based economic growth rather than serving only itself. She shows how the reform of finance can lead into the democratization of the economy. How can we ensure that the most advanced, knowledge-intensive practices spread throughout the economy rather than remaining in the hands of the entrepreneurial and technological elite? How can we anchor greater economic equality and empowerment in the way we organize the economy rather than just trying to diminish inequalities after the fact? How we can revise legal thought and economic theory to develop the intellectual equipment that these tasks require? Law and the Wealth of Nations will appeal to all who are searching for ways to think practically about change in our economic and political institutions. TAMARA LOTHIAN

(1958–2016) wrote and taught

widely in law and political economy after an early career in international finance. A companion $40.00* / £32.95 cloth 978-0-231-17466-4 $39.99 / £32.95 e-book 978-0-231-54583-9 O C T O B E R 416 pages / 6" x 9" ECONOMICS

All Rights: Columbia University Press

26 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

volume, Finance and Democracy in America, is forthcoming from Columbia University Press.

The Art of Sanctions A View from the Field RICHARD NEPHEW A PR AC T IT IONER ’ S G U I D E TO W H AT M A K E S SA N C T I ON S S U CC EED OR FAIL

Economic sanctions are intended to be a nonmilitary means for states to force their prerogatives on other states, entities, and individuals. Yet sanctions are ineffective if executed without a clear strategy that is responsive to the nature and changing behavior of the target. In The Art of Sanctions, Richard Nephew offers a much-needed practical framework that focuses not just on the design of sanctions but, crucially, on how to decide when sanctions have achieved maximum effectiveness and how to improve them along the way.

Nephew—a lead participant in the design and implementation of sanctions on Iran—develops guidelines for interpreting targets’ responses to sanctions based on two critical factors: pain and resolve. The efficacy of sanctions lies in the application of pain against a target, but targets may have significant resolve to resist, tolerate, or overcome this pain. Understanding the interplay of pain and resolve is central to using sanctions successfully and humanely. With attention to these two key variables, and to how they change over the course of the sanctions regime, policy makers can pinpoint when diplomatic intervention is likely to succeed or when escalation is necessary. Focusing on lessons from sanctions on both Iran and Iraq, Nephew provides policy makers with practical guidance on how to calibrate pain and measure resolve in the service of strong and successful sanctions regimes.

RICHARD NEPHEW

“Richard Nephew’s excellent book provides a basic framework for effectively employing sanctions. It makes a very important contribution to our understanding of how to use these tools—particularly from a practitioner’s perspective.” —Eric B. Lorber, Financial Integrity Network

is a senior research scholar

and program director at the Center on Global Energy Policy at Columbia University’s School of International and Public Affairs. Nephew spent over a decade in the U.S. government, serving as director for Iran on the National Security Council and as deputy coordinator for sanctions policy

$35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-18026-9 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54255-5

at the State Department. Nephew was the lead

D E C E M B E R 240 pages / 6" x 9"

sanctions expert for the U.S. team negotiating

I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S

with Iran from August 2013 to December 2014.

C E N T E R O N G LO B A L E N E R GY P O L I C Y S E R I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 27

In Search of the Lost Orient

An Interview

OLIVIER ROY Translated by C. Jon Delogu Foreword by Jean-Louis Schlegel and Olivier Mongin A L E GEN DA RY I N TERP RETER O F I SLA MI C CI V I L I Z ATI O N S REFLEC TS O N HI S J O URN EYS

“Olivier Roy is one of the most important analysts of political Islam working today, arguably the single most insightful voice in a vast field. In Search of the Lost Orient provides a complete intellectual life story and argues that empirical research and a focus on concrete social practices must be the basis by which Islam and its intersection with politics must be understood. An engagingly written, impressive book that provides a rare and unique view of political Islam and one of its major thinkers.” —Benjamin Brower, the University of Texas at Austin

Olivier Roy is one of the world’s leading experts on political Islam. But he is not only a scholar— he is also a traveler. Roy’s keen and iconoclastic insights emerge from a lifetime of study combined with intrepid exploration through Afghanistan and Central Asia. In this book-length interview with Jean-Louis Schlegel of the magazine Esprit, Roy tells the lively and colorful story of his many adventures and discoveries in a variety of social and political settings and how they have come to shape his understanding of the Islamic world and its complex recent history.

In Search of the Lost Orient is a candid, personal account of the experiences that led Roy to challenge his youthful ideas of an untouched, romanticized East and build a new intellectual framework. Alongside tales of backpacking from Paris to Kabul, his Afghan decade during the Soviet invasion, and official travel to post-Soviet Central Asia in the 1990s, Roy reflects on the nature of political and humanitarian engagement in this part of the world. He recounts his formative years, education, and developing political commitments and his evolving place within France’s shifting intellectual and religious cultures. Both a significant intellectual autobiography and a compelling travelogue, In Search of the Lost Orient offers a striking testimony to the many facets of an exceptional thinker. OLIVIER ROY

is joint chair of the Robert Schuman

Centre for Advanced Studies and Social and Political Sciences Department at the European $35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-17934-8 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54203-6 S E P T E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9" POLITICAL SCIENCE / MIDDLE EAST STUDIES

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Editions du Seuil

28 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

University Institute in Florence, where he heads the Mediterranean program. His books include Globalized Islam: The Search for a New Ummah (Columbia, 2004), Secularism Confronts Islam (Columbia, 2007), and Holy Ignorance: When Religion and Culture Part Ways (2010).

Tunisia

An Arab Anomaly SAFWAN M. MASRI Foreword by Lisa Anderson WHAT S ETS T UNIS IA A PA RT I N T H E A R A B WO R L D

The Arab Spring began and ended with Tunisia. In a region beset by repression, humanitarian disasters, and civil war, Tunisia’s Jasmine Revolution alone led to a peaceful transition to democracy. Within four short years, Tunisians passed a progressive constitution, held fair elections, and ushered in the country’s first democratically elected president. But did Tunisia simply avoid the misfortunes that befell its neighbors, or were there particular features that set the country apart and made it a special case?

In Tunisia: An Arab Anomaly, Safwan M. Masri examines the factors that have shaped the country’s exceptional experience. He traces Tunisia’s history of reform in the realms of education, religion, and women’s rights, arguing that the seeds for today’s relatively liberal society were planted as far back as the nineteenth century. Masri argues that this history set Tunisia on a separate trajectory from the rest of the region. The narrative explores notions of identity, the relationship between Islam and society, and the role of religion in shaping educational, social, and political agendas across the Arab region. Based on interviews with dozens of experts, leaders, activists, and ordinary citizens and a synthesis of a rich body of knowledge, Masri provides a sensitive, often personal account that is critical for understanding not only Tunisia but also the broader Arab world. SAFWAN M. MASRI

“Safwan M. Masri offers an informed history and an astute assessment of the case of Tunisia, specifically focusing on the country’s distinctive blend of modern Islam and secular democracy. He provides an extended and authoritative contemplation and a unique synthesis of the phenomenon that is Tunisia.” —Brinkley Messick, Columbia University

is executive vice president

©EILEEN M. BARROSO

for global centers and global development at Columbia University. He holds a senior research scholar appointment at Columbia’s School of International and Public Affairs and is an honorary fellow of the Foreign Policy Association. Previously vice dean of Columbia Business School, he earned his Ph.D. from Stanford in 1988. Masri lives in New York and Amman. LISA ANDERSON

is the James T. Shotwell Professor Emerita of

International Relations at Columbia University’s School of International and Public Affairs.

$35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-17950-8 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54502-0 S E P T E M B E R 352 pages / 6" x 9" H I S TO R Y / M I D D L E E A S T S T U D I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 2 9

The Theory That Changed Everything

“On the Origin of Species” as a Work in Progress PHILIP LIEBERMAN A VOYAGE THRO UGH CO N TEMP O RA RY S CI E NTI FI C RESEA RC H THAT REVEA LS DA RW I N ’ S O N GO I N G RELEVA N C E

Few people have done as much to change how we view the world as Charles Darwin. Yet On the Origin of Species is more cited than read. Some of it is considered outdated; in some ways, it has been consigned to the nineteenth century. In The Theory That Changed Everything, the renowned cognitive scientist Philip Lieberman demonstrates that there is no better guide to the world’s living things than Darwin, as the phenomena that he observed are still being explored at the frontiers of science.

“An awesome accompanying book

In a wide-ranging voyage from Darwin’s transformative trip aboard the Beagle to Lieberman’s own sojourns in the remotest regions of the Himalayas, this book relates contemporary findings to the major concepts of Darwinian theory. Drawing on his own research into the evolution of human linguistic and cognitive abilities, Lieberman explains the paths that adapted human anatomy to language. He demystifies the role of recently identified transcriptional and epigenetic factors encoded in DNA, explaining how nineteenth-century Swedish famines alternating with years of plenty caused survivors’ grandchildren to die many years short of their life expectancy. With conversational clarity and memorable examples, Lieberman relates the insights that led to groundbreaking discoveries in both Darwin’s time and our own while asking provocative questions about what Darwin would have made of controversial issues today.

for anyone who reads On the Origin of Species.” —Rob DeSalle, curator of entomology at the American Museum of Natural History

“Strikes a balance between the historical context in which Darwin made his remarkable contributions to science and contemporary scientific work.” —Christina Behme, Brandon University

PHILIP LIEBERMAN

is George Hazard Crooker

$30.00* / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-17808-2 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-54591-4 N O V E M B E R 224 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" /

10 b&w illustrations

©GIORGIA MÜLLER

University Professor Emeritus in the Department of Cognitive, Linguistic, and Psychological Sciences at Brown University. He is the author of Human Language and Our Reptilian Brain: The Subcortical Bases of Speech, Syntax, and Thought (2002);

S C I E N C E / E VO L U T I O N

Toward an Evolutionary Biology of Language

All Rights: Columbia University Press

(2006); and The Unpredictable Species: What Makes Humans Unique (2013), among others.

30 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

Evolving Brains, Emerging Gods Early Humans and the Origins of Religion E. FULLER TORREY HOW R EL IGION EM ER G E D FR O M T H E BRA IN’ S EVOLUT ION

Religions and mythologies from around the world teach that God or gods created humans. Atheist, humanist, and materialist critics, meanwhile, have attempted to turn theology on its head, claiming that religion is a human invention. E. Fuller Torrey draws on cutting-edge neuroscience research to propose a startling answer to the ultimate question. Evolving Brains, Emerging Gods locates the origin of gods within the human brain, arguing that religious belief is a byproduct of evolution.

Based on an idea originally proposed by Charles Darwin, Torrey marshals evidence that the emergence of gods was an incidental consequence of several evolutionary factors. Using data ranging from ancient skulls and artifacts to brain imaging, primatology, and child-development studies, this book traces how new cognitive abilities gave rise to new behaviors. For instance, autobiographical memory, the ability to project ourselves backward and forward in time, led to comprehension of mortality, spurring belief in an alternative to death. Torrey details the neurobiological sequence that explains why the gods appeared when they did, connecting archeological findings to cognitive developments. This book does not dismiss belief but rather presents religious belief as an inevitable outcome of brain evolution. Providing clear and accessible explanations of evolutionary neuroscience, Evolving Brains, Emerging Gods sheds new light on the mechanics of our deepest mysteries. E. FULLER TORREY

“A unique scholarly approach to the subject that is sure to be influential and highly regarded.” —Robert Sapolsky, John A. and Cynthia Fry Gunn Professor of Biology, Neurology, and Neurosurgery, Stanford University

“An excellent text that throws new light on where religious ideas come from.” —Patrick McNamara, Boston University School of Medicine and Northcentral University

is associate director of

research at the Stanley Medical Research Institute and the founder of the Treatment Advocacy Center. His books include The Roots of Treason: Ezra Pound and the Secret of St. Elizabeths (1984); The Insanity Offense: How America’s Failure to Treat the Seriously Mentally Ill Endangers Its Citizens (2008); and American Psychosis: How the Federal Government Destroyed the Mental Illness Treatment System (2013).

$35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-18336-9 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54486-3 S E P T E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9" RELIGION / COGNITIVE SCIENCE

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 31

Facing the Abyss

American Literature and Culture in the 1940s GEORGE HUTCHINSON T H E “ G REATEST GEN ERATI O N ” REVI SI TED THRO UGH T H E LI TERATURE A N D A RT THAT TRA N SFO RMED A M E R I CA N C ULTURE A N D SO C I ETY

Mythologized as the era of the “Greatest Generation,” the 1940s are frequently understood as a less complicated time. Yet just below the surface, a sense of dread, alienation, and the haunting specter of radical evil permeated American art and literature. Writers returned home from World War II and confronted bigotry, existential guilt, ecological concerns, and fear about the nature and survival of the human race. In Facing the Abyss, George Hutchinson offers readings of individual works and the larger intellectual and cultural scene to reveal the 1940s as a period of profound accomplishment.

“Bringing together art, literature, philosophy, and music, Hutchinson

Facing the Abyss examines the relation of aesthetics to politics, the idea of universalism, and the connections among authors across racial, ethnic, and gender divisions. Modernist and avant-garde styles were absorbed into popular culture as writers and artists turned away from social realism to emphasize the process of artistic creation. African American and Jewish novelists critiqued racism and anti-Semitism, women writers pushed back on wartime misogyny, and authors such as Gore Vidal and Tennessee Williams reflected a new openness in the depiction of homosexuality. Hutchinson argues that despite the individualized experiences depicted in these works, a common belief in art’s ability to communicate the universal in particulars united them. Hutchinson’s capacious view of American literary and cultural history masterfully weaves together a wide range of creative and intellectual expression into a sweeping new narrative of this pivotal decade.

has created a kind of critical mosaic that produces insights that open up the 1940s as a cultural field. The juxtapositions of unconnected figures induce a new vision of the era and new dimensions of the authors and works discussed. It is a work of exceptionally deft intellectual choreography, conducted with enviable precision and concision.” —Ross Posnock, Columbia University

$35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-16338-5 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54596-9 J A N U A R Y 288 pages / 6" x 9" L I T E R A R Y C R I T I C I S M / H I S TO R Y

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Trident Media Group

32 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

©GEOFF HUTCHINSON

GEORGE HUTCHINSON

is the Newton C. Farr

Professor of American Culture in the English Department at Cornell University, where he also directs the John S. Knight Institute. His books include The Harlem Renaissance in Black and White (1996) and In Search of Nella Larsen: A Biography of the Color Line (2006).

Hidden Atrocities

Japanese Germ Warfare and American Obstruction of Justice at the Tokyo Trial JEANNE GUILLEMIN THE UNTOL D STORY O F T H E U. S . R O L E I N COV E R I N G UP I MPER IAL JAPANES E G E R M WA R FA R E

In the aftermath of World War II, the Allied intent to bring Axis crimes to light led to both the Nuremberg trials and their counterpart in Tokyo, the International Military Tribunal of the Far East. Yet the Tokyo trial failed to prosecute imperial Japanese leaders for the very worst of war crimes: inhumane medical experimentation, including vivisection, pathogen and chemical tests that rivaled Nazi atrocities, and mass attacks using plague, anthrax, and cholera that killed thousands of Chinese civilians. In Hidden Atrocities, Jeanne Guillemin goes behind the scenes at the trial to reveal the American obstruction that denied justice to Japan’s victims.

Responsibility for Japan’s secret germ-warfare program, organized as Unit 731 in Harbin, China, extended to top government leaders and many respected scientists, all of whom escaped indictment. Instead, motivated by early Cold War tensions, U.S. military intelligence in Tokyo insinuated itself into the Tokyo trial by blocking prosecution access to key witnesses and then classifying incriminating documents. Washington decision makers, supported by the American occupation leader General Douglas MacArthur, sought to acquire Japan’s biologicalwarfare expertise to gain an advantage over the Soviet Union. Ultimately, U.S. national-security goals left the victims of Unit 731 without vindication. Guillemin’s vivid account of the cover-up at the Tokyo trial shows how without guarantees of transparency, power politics can jeopardize international justice, with persistent consequences. is senior advisor at the Security Studies

“Jeanne Guillemin is a recognized, well-published leading authority on the history of biological warfare in the United States. No other book delves this deeply into the behindthe-scenes machinations of U.S. military intelligence in Japan and the inner circle of presidential advisors in Washington to keep Unit 731 and its horrendous acts from being exposed to the light of justice in the Tokyo Trials.” —Walter E. Grunden, Bowling Green State University

Program in the MIT Center for International Studies. Her books include

$35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-18352-9 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54498-6

Biological Weapons: From the Invention of State-Sponsored Programs

S E P T E M B E R 432 pages / 6" x 9"

to Contemporary Bioterrorism (Columbia, 2004) and American Anthrax:

H I S TO R Y

Fear, Crime, and the Investigation of the Nation’s Deadliest Bioterrorist

A N A N C Y B E R N KO P F T U C K E R A N D

JEANNE GUILLEMIN

Attack (2011).

WA R R E N I . CO H E N B O O K O N A M E R I C A N – E A S T A S I A N R E L AT I O N S

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 33

Traditional Chinese Medicine Heritage and Adaptation PAUL U. UNSCHULD Translated by Bridie Andrews A CO N C I SE A N D CO MP ELLI N G I N TRO DUC TI O N TO THE H I STORY A N D P HI LOSO P HY O F C HI N ESE MEDI C I N E

A leading authority explains the origins and history of Chinese medicine from its beginnings in antiquity to today. Paul U. Unschuld describes medicine’s close connection with culture and politics throughout Chinese history. He brings together texts, techniques, and worldviews to understand changing Chinese attitudes toward healing and the significance of traditional Chinese medicine in both China and the Western world. “This small volume by one of the most distinguished living historians of traditional Chinese medicine is a tour de force of specialist knowledge.” —Victor H. Mair, University of Pennsylvania

Unschuld reveals the emergence of a Chinese medical tradition built around a new understanding of the human being, considering beliefs in the influence of cosmology, numerology, and the supernatural on the health of the living. He describes the variety of therapeutic approaches in Chinese culture, the history of pharmacology and techniques such as acupuncture, and the global exchange of medical knowledge. Insights are offered into the twentiethcentury decline of traditional medicine, as military defeats caused reformers and revolutionaries to import medical knowledge as part of the construction of a new China. Unschuld also recounts the reception of traditional Chinese medicine in the West since the 1970s, where it is often considered an alternative to Western medicine at the same time as China seeks to incorporate elements of its medical traditions into a scientific framework. This concise and compelling introduction to medical thought and history suggests that Chinese medicine is also a guide to Chinese civilization. PAUL U. UNSCHULD

is the director of the Horst-Goertz-Institute

for the Theory, History, and Ethics of Chinese Life Sciences, Charité$20.00* / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-17501-2 $60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-0-231-17500-5 $19.99 / £14.95 e-book 978-0-231-54626-3 D E C E M B E R 192 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" MEDICAL / ASIAN STUDIES

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Verlag C. H. Beck

34 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

Universitaetsmedizin Berlin. His books include What Is Medicine? Western and Eastern Approaches to Healing (2009) and The Fall and Rise of China: Healing the Trauma of History (2013).

Chinese Script

History, Characters, Calligraphy THOMAS O. HÖLLMANN Translated by Maximiliane Donicht A S U CC INC T, SWEEPI N G I N T R O D U C T I O N TO W R I T I N G I N CH INES E C ULT UR E

In this brisk and accessible history, the sinologist Thomas O. Höllmann explains the development of the Chinese writing system and its importance in literature, religion, art, and other aspects of culture. Spanning the earliest epigraphs and oracle bones to writing and texting on computers and mobile phones today, Chinese Script is a wide-ranging and versatile introduction to the complexity and beauty of written text and calligraphy in the Chinese world. Höllmann delves into the origins of Chinese script and its social and political meanings across millennia of history. He recounts the social history of the writing system; written and printed texts; and the use of writing materials such as paper, silk, ink, brush, and printing techniques. The book sheds light on the changing role of literacy and education; the politics of orthographic reform; and the relationship of Chinese writing to non-Han Chinese languages and cultures. Höllmann explains the inherent complexity of Chinese script, demonstrating why written Chinese expresses meaning differently than oral language and the subtleties of the relationship between spoken word and written text. He explores calligraphy as an art, the early letter press, and other ways of visually representing Chinese languages. Chinese Script also provides handy illustrations of the concepts discussed, showing how ideographs function and ways to decipher them visually. THOMAS O. HÖLLMANN

“A competent, comprehensive look at the historical development of the Chinese writing system and its manifestations in literature, calligraphy, religion, and other aspects of culture.” —Victor H. Mair, University of Pennsylvania

“A well-researched, detailed book that provides broad yet concise information on the Chinese writing system’s historical background, as well as its linguistic and artistic aspects.” —Peter Yang, Case Western Reserve University

is a professor of Chinese studies and

ethnology at the Ludwig Maximilian University in Munich and a former vice president of the Bavarian Academy of Science. He is also the author of The Land of Five Flavors: A Cultural History of Chinese Cuisine (Columbia, 2013).

$18.00* / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-18173-0 $55.00 / £45.95 cloth 978-0-231-18172-3 $17.99 / £14.95 e-book 978-0-231-54373-6 N O V E M B E R 128 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" /

40 b&w illustrations L A N G U AG E / A S I A N S T U D I E S

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Verlag C. H. Beck C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 35

Race on the Brain

What Implicit Bias Gets Wrong About the Struggle for Racial Justice JONATHAN KAHN T H E PERI LS O F SEEK I N G A SC I EN TI FI C C URE-A LL FO R R AC I SM

“Race on the Brain offers a provocative examination of contemporary discussions of race, racism, and law. Kahn carefully assesses the scientific framework of implicit bias, highlighting its laudable intent and aspirations while revealing hidden challenges. This is a thoughtful and timely contribution that will surely enrich ongoing conversations on race and human cognition and their socio-legal significance.” —Osagie K. Obasogie, author of Blinded by Sight: Seeing Race Through the Eyes of the Blind

Of the many obstacles to racial justice in America, none has received more recent attention than the one that lurks in our subconscious. The concept of implicit bias has taken center stage. Millions have taken online tests purporting to show the deep, invisible roots of their prejudice. When a recent study claimed to have found a drug that reduced implicit bias, it was only the starkest example of a pervasive trend. But what do we risk when we seek the simplicity of a technological diagnosis—and solution—for racism? What do we miss when we locate racism in our biology and our brains rather than in our history and our social practices?

In Race on the Brain, Jonathan Kahn argues that implicit bias has grown into a master narrative of race relations—with profound if unintended negative consequences. While useful to understand particular types of behavior, implicit bias is only one among many tools. An uncritical embrace, to the exclusion of power relations and structural racism, undermines civic responsibility for addressing the problem by turning it over to experts. Technological interventions are premised on a color-blind ideal and run the risk of erasing history, denying present reality, and obscuring accountability. Kahn cautions us against seeing implicit social cognition as a panacea for addressing longstanding problems. A bracing corrective to what has become a commonsense understanding of the power of prejudice, Race on the Brain challenges us all to engage more thoughtfully and more democratically in the difficult task of promoting racial justice. JONATHAN KAHN

$35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-18424-3 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54538-9

is the James E. Kelley Chair in

Tort Law and professor of law at Mitchell Hamline University School of Law. He is also the author of

N O V E M B E R 304 pages / 6" x 9"

Race in a Bottle: The Story of BiDil and Racialized

SOCIAL SCIENCE

Medicine in a Post-Genomic Age (Columbia, 2013).

All Rights: Columbia University Press

36 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

Down and Out in New Orleans

Transgressive Living in the Informal Economy PETER J. MARINA HOW T H OS E ON T H E M A R G I N S CO PE W I T H T H E CON T R AD IC T IONS O F L I FE I N N E W O R L E A N S

In the years since Hurricane Katrina, modern-day bohemians have flocked to New Orleans but often find themselves skirting poverty. The sociologist and ethnographer Peter J. Marina does not merely interview these spirited urban misfits—he lives among them. Down and Out in New Orleans follows their journeys, depicting the lives of those on the social fringes as they carve out unique paths in a resilient city.

Modeling his work after George Orwell’s Down and Out in Paris and London, Marina explores an unfamiliar side of the “new” New Orleans. In 1920s Paris, Orwell witnessed an influx of locals and outsiders seeking authenticity while struggling to live with bourgeois society. Marina finds a similar ambivalence in New Orleans: a tourism-dependent city whose commerce caters largely to well-heeled natives and upper-class travelers, where many creative locals and wanderers have remained outsiders, willingly or otherwise. Marina finds work as a bartender, street mime, and poet. Along the way, he visits homeless shelters, squats in abandoned buildings, attends rituals in cemeteries, and befriends writers, musicians, occultists, and artists as they look for creative solutions to the contradictory demands of late capitalism. Marina does for New Orleans what Orwell did for Paris a century earlier, providing a rigorous, unrelenting, and original glimpse into the subcultures of a city in rapid change. PETER J. MARINA

“Peter J. Marina provides an outstanding introduction to the sociology of transgression through his fascinating portrayal of life on the edge in post-Katrina New Orleans. His sociological insight, ethnographic ability, and love of the city uniquely position him to write about the sociology of living ‘down and out’ in the Crescent City.” —David Gladstone, University of New Orleans

is associate professor of

sociology at University of Wisconsin–La Crosse. He is the author of Chasing Religion in the Caribbean: Ethnographic Journeys from Antigua to Trinidad (2016). $35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-17852-5 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54519-8 S E P T E M B E R 352 pages / 6" x 9" / 45 b&w illustrations S O C I O LO G Y STUDIES IN TRANSGRESSION

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 37

American Capitalism New Histories

SVEN BECKERT AND CHRISTINE DESAN, EDITORS E SSAYS FRO M THE FO REFRO N T O F THE N EW HI STO RY O F CA P I TA LI SM

“Sven Beckert and Christine Desan are leaders in the burgeoning history of capitalism field, and they have put together a volume of outstanding scholars whose essays, in their chronological reach and subject matter, show this new literature at its best. A very fine and promising collection.” —Steven Hahn, New York University

The United States has long epitomized capitalism. From its enterprising shopkeepers, wildcat banks, violent slave plantations, and raucous commodities trade to its world-spanning multinationals, its massive factories, and the centripetal power of New York in the world of finance, America has shaped political economy for two centuries and more. But an understanding of “capitalism” is as elusive as it is urgent. What does it mean to make capitalism a subject of historical inquiry? What is its potential across multiple disciplines, alongside different methodologies, and in a range of geographic and chronological settings? And how does a focus on capitalism change our understanding of American history?

American Capitalism collects cutting-edge research from prominent scholars, sampling the latest work in the field. Rather than a monolithic perspective, these broad-minded and rigorous essays venture new angles on finance and debt, women’s rights, slavery and political economy, labor, and regulation, among other topics. Together, the essays suggest emerging themes in the field: a fascination with capitalism as it is made by public authority, how it is experienced in the detail of daily life, how it spreads across the globe, and how it can be reconceptualized as a discrete and quantified object. A major statement for a wide-open field, this book demonstrates the breadth and scope of the work the history of capitalism can provoke. SVEN BECKERT

is Laird Bell Professor of History at Harvard University

and cofounder of the Program on the Study of Capitalism. He is the $38.00* / £31.95 cloth 978-0-231-18524-0 $37.99 / £31.95 e-book 978-0-231-54606-5 F E B R U A R Y 416 pages / 6" x 9" H I S TO R Y C O L U M B I A S T U D I E S I N T H E H I S TO RY O F U . S . C A P I TA L I S M

All Rights: Columbia University Press

38 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

author of Empire of Cotton: A Global History (2014). CHRISTINE DESAN

is Leo Gottlieb Professor of Law at Harvard

University and cofounder of the Program on the Study of Capitalism. She is the author of Making Money: Coin, Currency, and the Coming of Capitalism (2014).

Democracy and the Welfare State

The Two Wests in the Age of Austerity ALICE KESSLER-HARRIS AND MAURIZIO VAUDAGNA, EDITORS

WHAT R EM AINS OF T W E N T I ET H - C E N T U RY S O C I A L DE MOC R ACY AND W H E R E I T M I G H T ST I L L L E A D U S

After World War II, states on both sides of the Atlantic enacted comprehensive social benefits to protect working people, linking social welfare to citizenship and upholding equality as the glue that held nations together. Though the “two Wests,” Europe and the United States, differ in crucial respects, they share a common history of social rights and welfare capitalism. But in a new age of global inequality, welfare-state retrenchment, and economic austerity, can capitalism and democracy still coexist? In this book, leading historians and social scientists from both sides of the Atlantic rethink the history of the welfare state in the United States and Europe in light of global economic transformations. They ask how changes in the distribution of wealth reshape the meaning of citizenship in a post-welfare-state era. Democracy and the Welfare State features essays, as well as interviews with Ira Katznelson and Frances Fox Piven, that explore the lives of migrant workers, gender and the family in welfare policies, the fate of the European Union, and the prospects of social movements, making for essential reading on the legacy of social welfare. ALICE KESSLER-HARRIS

“Linking questions of democracy to those of social provision through the generative concept of the ‘Two Wests,’ Kessler-Harris, Vaudagna, and their contributors offer a primer on the crisis of the welfare state, the grip of austerity politics, and the rise of right-wing nationalism that mark our times. An important contribution!” —Eileen Boris, University of California, Santa Barbara

is R. Gordon Hoxie

Professor of American History, emerita, and a professor in the Institute for Research on Women and Gender at Columbia University.

MAURIZIO VAUDAGNA

is professor of

contemporary history, emeritus, at the University of Eastern Piedmont. With Alice Kessler-Harris, he is the editor of Democracy and Social Rights in the “Two Wests” (2009).

$35.00* / £27.95 paper 978-0-231-18035-1 $105.00 / £87.95 cloth 978-0-231-18034-4 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54265-4 O C T O B E R 400 pages / 6" x 9" H I S TO R Y / P O L I T I C A L S C I E N C E

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 39

Earth at Risk

Natural Capital and the Quest for Sustainability CLAUDE HENRY AND LAURENCE TUBIANA A PR AGMATI C P LA N FO R THE TRA N SI TI O N TO S U STA I N A B I LI TY

“The authors are ideally situated to understand the ins and outs of the climate crisis, and in this book they deliver an insightful overview, one that will be useful to any student of our dilemma.” —Bill McKibben, author of The End of Nature

“Claude Henry and Laurence Tubiana do more than explain why action is urgently needed to conserve the world’s natural capital. They also explain why some previous efforts failed, why others succeeded, and how, drawing from the lessons of both kinds of experience, the world can achieve sustainable development.” —Scott Barrett, Columbia University

We are squandering our planet’s natural capital—its biodiversity, water and soil, and energy sources—at a blistering pace. Major changes must be made to steer our planet and people away from our current, doomed course. Though technology has been one of the drivers of the current trend of unsustainable development, it is also one of the essential tools for remedying it. Earth at Risk maps out the necessary transition to sustainability, detailing the innovations in technology, along with law, science, institutional design, and economics, that can and must be put to use to avert environmental catastrophe.

Claude Henry and Laurence Tubiana begin with a measure of the costs of ecological damage—the erosion of biodiversity; air, water, and soil pollution; and the wide-reaching effects of climate change— and then consider the solutions that are either now available or close on the horizon that may lead to a more sustainable global trajectory. What marketbased tools can be used to promote clean growth? How can renewable energy help us decrease our use of fossil fuels? Is international agreement on climate goals possible? Henry and Tubiana tackle a range of urgent questions, emphasizing possibilities for—and obstacles to—implementation and action. Building on the experience of the most significant climate negotiation of the decade, they show what a world organized along the principles of sustainability could look like. CLAUDE HENRY,

a physicist turned economist, is a professor of sus-

tainable development at Sciences Po Paris and at Columbia University. He is also currently president of the Scientific Council of the Institute of Sustainable Development and International Relations. LAURENCE TUBIANA

$35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-16252-4 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54491-7 N O V E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9" / 4 b&w illustrations E C O N O M I C S / E N V I R O N M E N TA L S T U D I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

40 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

is the founder and director of the Institute of

Sustainable Development and International Relations and professor and director of the Sustainable Development Center at Sciences Po Paris. She was the special representative of the French minister of foreign affairs for the 2015 Paris Climate Conference (COP-21) and French ambassador for climate negotiations.

Ethical Asset Valuation and the Good Society CHRISTIAN GOLLIER

AN E CONOM IST ’S GU I D E TO E VA LUAT I N G I N V E ST M E NT I N TER M S OF T H E P U BL I C G O O D

For all of their focus on asset prices, financial economists rarely ask if assets are priced ethically—that is, if their prices are compatible with the public good. Yet in a world facing major, possibly catastrophic problems, it is more important than ever that we allocate capital to projects that will benefit society as a whole, not just today but far into the future. In this book, Christian Gollier develops a powerful method for transforming societal goals into the cornerstone of our financial decision making.

Ethical Asset Valuation and the Good Society starts by stating transparent moral principles and, from these, derives simple rules that can be used to evaluate saving and investment decisions. Rather than trying to explain observed asset prices, Gollier derives what these prices ought to be in order to direct capital toward socially desirable investments. He focuses on the two prices that drive most financial decisions— the price of time as reflected in the interest rate, and the price of risk—and explores the role these play in long-term planning. If investment projects in renewable energy could be financed at a lower interest rate than those linked to fossil fuels, for instance, the energy transition would be easier to accomplish. Gollier suggests ways to shift investment toward the future through the discounting of the valuation of assets and investments with long-term benefits. In this sophisticated but accessible work, Gollier builds a bridge between welfare economics and finance theory to provide a framework for ethical valuation.

©TSE\STUDIO TCHIZ

CHRISTIAN GOLLIER

“Christian Gollier has a deep understanding of financial markets and how they often fail to advance social well-being. In this wise book, he develops analytic tools for aligning investment decisions with the public good, to point us in a better direction.” —Eric Maskin, Harvard University, Nobel laureate in economics

is a professor at the

Toulouse School of Economics and a visiting professor at Columbia University. He is the author of The Economics of Risk and Time (2004) and Pricing the Planet’s Future: The Economics of Discounting in an Uncertain World (2012) and a lead author of the fourth and fifth reports of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change.

$30.00* / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-17042-0 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-54592-1 O C T O B E R 224 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" ECONOMICS K E N N E T H J . A R R OW L E C T U R E S E R I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 41

Birth of a New Earth

The Radical Politics of Environmentalism ADRIAN PARR H OW A N EMA N C I PATO RY EN VI RO N MEN TA LI SM CA N R E V I TA LI Z E DEMO C RACY

In response to unprecedented environmental degradation, activists and popular movements have risen up to fight the crisis of climate change. The environmental movement has undeniably influenced even its adversaries, with the language of sustainability reaching corporate mission statements and government agendas. However, success has prompted soul-searching and questioning of the politics of environmentalism. Is it a revolutionary movement that opposes the current system? Or is it reformist, changing the system by working within it?

In Birth of a New Earth, Adrian Parr argues that this is a false choice, calling for a shift from an opposition between revolution and incremental change to a renewed collective imagination. Environmental destruction is at its core a problem of democratization and decolonization. It requires mobilizing an alternative political vision. Birth of a New Earth locates the emancipatory work of environmental politics in solidarities that can fuse opposing political strategies and paradigms by working both inside and outside the prevailing system. She discusses experiments in food sovereignty, collaborative natural-resource management, and public-interest design initiatives that test new models of economic democratization. Ultimately, environmental politics is the refusal to surrender life to the violence of global capitalism, corporate governance, and militarism. This defiance can serve as the source for the birth of a new earth.

“Birth of a New Earth is one of those rare and brilliant books that critiques the ongoing destruction of the environment in a writing style that is lyrical, compassionate, and as accessible as it is informative. Parr masterfully weaves together a language of critique and possibility and in doing so makes a convincing case for environmental and economic justice on a global scale and offers a powerful argument for rethinking the meaning and practice of politics.” —Henry Giroux, author of America at War with Itself

$28.00* / £22.95 paper 978-0-231-18009-2 $85.00 / £70.95 cloth 978-0-231-18008-5 $27.99 / £22.95 e-book 978-0-231-54245-6 O C T O B E R 304 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" P H I LO S O P H Y / E N V I R O N M E N TA L S T U D I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

42 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

©MICHAEL ZARETSKY

ADRIAN PARR

is chair and director of the Charles

Phelps Taft Research Center at the University of Cincinnati and a UNESCO Co-Chair of Water Access and Sustainability. Her books include The Wrath of Capital: Neoliberalism and Climate Change Politics (Columbia, 2013). She is also the producer and codirector (with Sean Hughes) of the award-winning documentary The Intimate Realities of Water (2016).

Speculative Taxidermy

Natural History, Animal Surfaces, and Art in the Anthropocene GIOVANNI ALOI HOW NONR EAL IST IC TAX I D E R M Y S U R FACE S I N CON T EM P OR ARY ART CA N L E A D U S TO R ET H I N K HU MAN-ANIM AL R ELAT I O N S

Taxidermy, once the province of natural history and dedicated to the pursuit of lifelike realism, has recently resurfaced in the world of contemporary art, culture, and interior design. In Speculative Taxidermy, Giovanni Aloi offers a comprehensive mapping of the discourses and practices that have enabled the emergence of taxidermy in contemporary art. Drawing on the speculative turn in philosophy and recovering past alternative histories of art and materiality from a biopolitical perspective, Aloi theorizes speculative taxidermy: a powerful interface that unlocks new ethical and political opportunities in human-animal relationships and speaks to how animal representation conveys the urgency of climate change, capitalist exploitation, and mass extinction.

A resolutely nonanthropocentric take on the materiality of one of the most controversial mediums in art, this approach relentlessly questions past and present ideas of human separation from the animal kingdom. It situates taxidermy as a powerful interface between humans and animals, rooted in a shared ontological and physical vulnerability. Carefully considering a select number of key examples including the work of Nandipha Mntambo, Maria Papadimitriou, Mark Dion, Berlinde De Bruyckere, Roni Horn, Oleg Kulik, Steve Bishop, Snæbjörnsdóttir/Wilson, and Cole Swanson, Speculative Taxidermy contextualizes the resilient presence of animal skin in the gallery space as a productive opportunity to rethink ethical and political stances in human-animal relationships.

“Speculative Taxidermy makes a fascinating contribution to the nonhuman turn and invites us to find new ways to envisage the relationships between human and nonhuman animals.” —Hannah Stark, University of Tasmania

“The first volume to focus on animals in a media-based subset of contemporary art, Speculative Taxidermy offers a lucid and compelling account of why animals have become serious subjects in art and with what consequences.” —Susan McHugh, University of New England

the School of the Art Institute of Chicago, Sotheby’s Institute of Art

$30.00* / £24.95 paper 978-0-231-18071-9 $90.00 / £74.95 cloth 978-0-231-18070-2 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-54321-7

GIOVANNI ALOI

is a lecturer in art history, theory, and criticism at

New York and London, and Tate Galleries. He is the author of Art and

D E C E M B E R 304 pages / 6" x 9" / 10 color illustrations

Animals (2011) and the founder and editor-in-chief of Antennae: The

A R T / P H I LO S O P H Y

Journal of Nature in Visual Culture.

CRITICAL LIFE STUDIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 43

South Korea at the Crossroads

Autonomy and Alliance in an Era of Rival Powers SCOTT A. SNYDER

CH A RTI N G SO UTH KO REA’ S FO REI GN - P O LI CY C HO I C ES I N A N I N C REASI N GLY UN C ERTA I N ASI A

Against the backdrop of China’s influence and North Korea’s growing nuclear capability, South Korea faces a set of strategic choices that will shape its economic prospects and national security. In South Korea at the Crossroads, Scott A. Snyder examines fifty years of South Korean foreign policy and offers predictions—and a prescription—for the future. Pairing a historical perspective with a shrewd view of today’s political landscape, Snyder contends that South Korea’s best strategy remains investing in a robust alliance with the United States.

“South Korea at the Crossroads provides a lucid and expansive coverage of the major forces that have shaped and influenced South Korean diplomacy since its founding in 1948. Scott A. Snyder emphasizes the contradictory forces that have shaped Seoul’s foreign policy, such as the pluses and minuses of geography, nationalism and internationalism, and autonomy and alliance through each administration. This volume will stand out as the best single-volume study on South Korean foreign policy.” —Chung Min Lee, Yonsei University

Snyder begins with South Korea’s effort in the 1960s to offset the risk of abandonment by the United States during the Vietnam War and the subsequent crisis in the alliance during the 1970s. A series of shifts in South Korean foreign relations followed, from the “Nordpolitik” engagement with the Soviet Union and China at the end of the Cold War; to Kim Dae Jung’s “Sunshine Policy,” designed to bring North Korea into the international community; to “trustpolitik,” which sought to foster diplomacy with North Korea and Japan; to changes in South Korea’s relationship with the United States. Despite its rise as a leader in international financial, development, and climate-change forums, South Korea will likely still require the commitment of the United States to guarantee its security. Although China is a tempting option, Snyder argues that only the United States is both credible and capable in this role. South Korea must ultimately balance the contradiction of desirable autonomy and necessary alliance. SCOTT A. SNYDER

J A N U A R Y 352 pages / 6" x 9" / 15 b&w illustrations I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S / SECURITY STUDIES A C O U N C I L O N F O R E I G N R E L AT I O N S B O O K

All Rights: Columbia University Press

44 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

is senior fellow for Korea

studies and director of the program on Korea-U.S. © K AV E H S A R D A R I

$35.00* / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-18548-6 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54618-8

policy at the Council on Foreign Relations. He is coauthor of The Japan–South Korea Identity Clash: East Asian Security and the United States (Columbia, 2015) and the author of Middle-Power Korea: Contributions to the Global Agenda (2015).

Taking Back Philosophy

A Multicultural Manifesto BRYAN W. VAN NORDEN Foreword by Jay L. Garfield

A PR OVOCAT IV E CAS E FO R A T R U LY G LO BA L CON C EP T ION OF P H I LOS O PH Y

Are colleges and universities failing their students by refusing to teach the philosophical traditions of China, India, and other non-Western cultures? Even though we live in an increasingly multicultural world, most philosophy departments stubbornly insist that only Western philosophy is real philosophy and denigrate everything outside the European canon. In Taking Back Philosophy, Bryan W. Van Norden lambastes academic philosophy for its insularity and issues a ringing call to make our educational institutions live up to their cosmopolitan ideals. In a cheeky and controversial style, Van Norden proposes an inclusive approach. He showcases several examples of how Western and Asian thinkers can be brought into dialogue, demonstrating that philosophy only becomes deeper as it becomes increasingly diverse. Taking Back Philosophy is at once a manifesto for multicultural education, an accessible introduction to Confucian and Buddhist philosophy, a defense of liberal arts education, and a call to return to the search for the good life that defined philosophy for Confucius, Socrates, and the Buddha. Building on a New York Times opinion piece that suggested renaming the typical philosophy department a “Department of European and American Philosophy,” this book challenges us to reconsider what constitutes the love of wisdom.

©ASSAR COLLEGE_ KARL RABE

BRYAN W. VAN NORDEN

“A vigorous, clear, and convincing book suitable for any reader who cares about philosophy, the liberal arts, or the relevance of diverse cultures to basic questions about how we ought to live.” —Aaron Stalnaker, Indiana University

“A delightful book that takes a global perspective, challenging narrowness in the current philosophic, political, and cultural scene.” —Stephen H. Phillips, University of Texas at Austin

is chair professor in the

School of Philosophy at Wuhan University, Kwan Im Thong Hood Cho Temple Professor at Yale-NUS College in Singapore, and professor of philosophy at Vassar College. His books include Virtue Ethics and Consequentialism in Early Chinese Philosophy (2007) and Introduction to Classical Chinese Philosophy (2011). JAY L. GARFIELD

is Doris Silbert Professor in the Humanities and

professor of philosophy, logic, and Buddhist studies at Smith College.

$26.00* / £20.95 paper 978-0-231-18437-3 $75.00 / £62.95 cloth 978-0-231-18436-6 $25.99 / £20.95 e-book 978-0-231-54545-7 N O V E M B E R 240 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" P H I LO S O P H Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 45

The Resurrection of the Body in Western Christianity, 200–1336 Expanded edition

CAROLINE WALKER BYNUM

A classic of medieval studies, The Resurrection of the Body in Western Christianity, 200–1336 traces ideas of death and resurrection in early and medieval Christianity. Caroline Walker Bynum explores problems of the body and identity in devotional and theological literature. This expanded edition includes her 1995 article “Why All the Fuss About the Body? A Medievalist’s Perspective” and a new introduction, which discusses the book’s context and why the Middle Ages matter for how we think about the body and life after death today. “There are few historians of whom one can say that they have actually shifted some of the landscape of the writing of history in their own generation, but

The Shadow of the Object

Psychoanalysis of the Unthought Known

Anniversary edition With a new preface

CHRISTOPHER BOLLAS

During our formative years, we are continually impressed by the object world. Most of this experience will never be consciously thought, but it resides within us as assumed knowledge. In this influential work, Christopher Bollas terms this “the unthought known,” offering radical new visions of the scope of psychoanalysis that expand our understanding of the creativity of the unconscious mind. First published in 1987, The Shadow of the Object remains a classic of the psychoanalytic literature written by a truly original thinker. This anniversary edition includes a new preface by Bollas. “A mind-expanding experience.” —American Journal of Psychiatry

Bynum is one of them.”

CHRISTOPHER BOLLAS

—New Republic CAROLINE WALKER BYNUM

is a member

of the British Psychoanalytical Society

is University Professor

and the Los Angeles Institute and

emerita at Columbia University and professor emerita

Society for Psychoanalytical Research.

of medieval European history at the Institute for Advanced Study. $35.00 / £27.95 paper 978-0-231-18529-5 $105.00 / £87.95 cloth 978-0-231-18528-8 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54608-9 N O V E M B E R 448 pages / 6" x 9" H I S TO R Y / R E L I G I O N

$30.00 paper 978-0-231-18507-3 S E P T E M B E R 304 pages / 6" x 9" P S YC H O LO G Y

A M E R I C A N L E C T U R E S O N T H E H I S TO RY O F R E L I G I O N S

English-language Rights in the U.S. and Canada: Columbia University Press;

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Other Rights: The Cathy Miller Foreign Rights Agency

46 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

From Da Ponte to the Casa Italiana BARBARA FAEDDA

The Casa Italiana—a neo-Renaissance palazzo located on Amsterdam Avenue near 117th Street— has been the most important expression of the Italian presence on Columbia University’s campus since its construction in 1927. As a site of interdisciplinary scholarship and promotion of Italian culture, the Casa Italiana has made a substantial contribution to the academic study of Italy in America and the understanding of Italian cultural identity abroad. Celebrating the Casa’s ninetieth anniversary, From Da Ponte to the Casa Italiana documents and recounts the history of the individuals, both Italian and American, who contributed to the formation of Columbia University’s rich tradition of Italian studies.

Barbara Faedda’s succinct yet detailed historical survey begins at the dawn of Italian studies at Columbia with Lorenzo Da Ponte, Mozart’s witty librettist who became the charismatic founder of the New York Metropolitan Opera and Columbia’s first professor of Italian. Covering figures such as the former revolutionary Eleuterio Felice Foresti, Faedda elucidates the complex and often controversial dimensions of the Casa’s history, highlighting protagonists such as Giuseppe Prezzolini and Nicholas M. Butler as well as Italian American students and community members. The Casa played a significant role in U.S.-Italian relations from its foundation, and at one point it came under fire, accused of ties to Mussolini and pro-Fascist leanings. Synthesizing archival documents with the work of historians, From Da Ponte to the Casa Italiana tells the compelling stories of the Casa and several of its leading figures, whose influence on the university can still be felt today. BARBARA FAEDDA

is the associate director of the Italian Academy

for Advanced Studies at Columbia University, where she is also adjunct assistant professor in the Department of Italian. Among other works, she is the editor of Present and Future Memory: Holocaust Studies at the Italian Academy (2008–2016) (2016).

$30.00 / £24.95 paper 978-0-231-18593-6 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-54640-9 F E B R U A R Y 104 pages / 7" x 10" / 40 b&w illustrations H I S TO R Y / E D U C AT I O N

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 47

N E W I N PA P E R

Building the New American Economy

Smart, Fair, and Sustainable JEFFREY D. SACHS Foreword by Bernie Sanders

“Jeffrey Sachs remains one of the most thought-provoking economists in the world today because he dares to challenge presidents of both parties and the orthodoxies that bind them to disastrous policies. His critiques are fierce and his solutions fearless in the face of political and academic groupthink. That makes Professor Sachs a rarity in public life and this book an absolute necessity.” —Joe Scarborough

In this passionate and powerful book—part manifesto, part plan of action—the renowned economist Jeffrey D. Sachs offers a practical strategy to move America, seemingly more divided than ever, toward a new consensus: sustainable development. Sustainable development is a holistic approach that emphasizes economic, social, and environmental objectives in shaping policy. In focusing too much on economic growth, the United States has neglected rising economic inequality and dire environmental threats. Now, even growth is imperiled. Sachs explores issues that have captivated the nation and dominated political debate, including infrastructure, trade deals, energy policy, the proper size and role of government, the national debt, and income inequality. Not only does he provide illuminating and accessible explanations of the forces at work in each case, but he also presents specific policy solutions. His argument rises above the pessimism born of political paralysis, economic stagnation, and partisanship to devise a brighter way forward, achievable both individually and collectively. In Building the New American Economy, Sachs shows how the United States can find a path to renewed economic progress that is fair and environmentally sustainable.

JEFFREY D. SACHS

is University Professor and serves as Quetelet

Professor of Sustainable Development and professor of health policy and management at Columbia University. He is a New York Times best-selling author, and his books include The End of Poverty (2005); Common Wealth: Economics for a Crowded Planet (2008); The Price of Civilization (2011); To Move the World: JFK’s Quest for Peace (2013); and The Age of Sustainable Development (Columbia University Press, 2015). $12.95t / £10.95 paper 978-0-231-18405-2 F E B R U A R Y 152 pages / 5.5" x 8.25" ECONOMICS

CLOTH EDITION 2017 978-0-231-18404-5

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Wylie Agency

48 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

N E W I N PA P E R

Charlie Munger

The Complete Investor TREN GRIFFIN

Wall Streeters

The Creators and Corruptors of American Finance EDWARD MORRIS

“Griffin does an extraordinary job of curating, synthesizing, and organizing the vast wisdom

“Experienced Wall Streeters will enjoy this book.

Munger has left for humanity.”

Students of finance should be required to read it.”

—Farnam Street

—Seeking Alpha

This book presents the essential steps of Munger’s investing strategy, condensed here for the first time from interviews, speeches, writings, and shareholder letters and paired with commentary from fund managers, value investors, and business-case historians. Munger’s approach is straightforward enough that ordinary investors can apply it to their portfolios. This book is not simply about investing. It is about cultivating mental models for your whole life, but especially for your investments.

Many of Wall Street’s contemporary trends can be traced back to the work of fourteen critical figures who wrote and occasionally broke the rules of American finance. Edward Morris details Wall Street’s transformation from a clubby enclave of financiers to a symbol of vast economic power. Anyone interested in the modern institution of American finance will devour this history of some of its most important players.

“A treasure trove of observations and comments by Mr. Munger, Warren Buffett’s investment expert.” —Pensions & Investments TREN GRIFFIN

works at Microsoft. Previously, he was a

partner at Eagle River, a private equity firm. Tren blogs about investing and other topics at 25iq.com.

“A book that every college student, baby boomer, and voter ought to read.” —Financial History EDWARD MORRIS

is a professor of finance and former

dean of the business school at Lindenwood University. Before beginning his teaching career, he was an investment banker and served as executive vice president of Stifel, Nicolaus, & Co.

$18.95t / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-17099-4

$19.95t / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-17055-0

S E P T E M B E R 224 pages / 6" x 9"

O C T O B E R 368 pages / 6" x 9" / 14 b&w illustrations

BUSINESS

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-17098-7

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-17054-3

CO L U M B I A B U S I N E S S S C H O O L P U B L I S H I N G

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 49

N E W I N PA P E R

Another Person’s Poison

The Thirteenth Step

A History of Food Allergy

Addiction in the Age of Brain Science

MATTHEW SMITH

MARKUS HEILIG

HONOR AB L E M EN T I O N — H I STO RY O F ST M CAT EGORY, P R OSE AWA R DS

For most of the twentieth century, food allergies were considered a fad or junk science. While many physicians and clinicians argued that certain foods could cause a range of chronic problems, others believed that allergies were psychosomatic. This book traces the trajectory of this debate and its effect on public-health policy and food production, illuminating society’s troubled relationship with disease, nature, and the creation of medical knowledge. “A fascinating overview of the contested history and meanings of food allergy over the past century.” —Los Angeles Review of Books

“Fundamentally fascinating.” —New York Times MATTHEW SMITH

“An informative and compassionate chronicle.” —Kirkus Reviews

Clarifying the cutting-edge science of addiction for both practitioners and general readers, The Thirteenth Step pairs stories of real patients with explanations of key concepts relating to their illness. Heilig paints a vivid, readable portrait of drug seeking, escalation, and other aspects of addiction and suggests science-based treatments that promise to improve troubling relapse rates. The Thirteenth Step offers compassionate, valuable answers to anyone who hopes for a better handle on a confounding disease. “Recommended for anyone who suffers from addiction or who knows someone who does.” —Library Journal MARKUS HEILIG

is a senior lecturer at the University

of Strathclyde’s Centre for the Social History of Health and Healthcare.

is a physician scientist and one of the

most highly cited addiction researchers of his generation. For the past decade, he has led one of the largest research programs on addictive disorders in the world at the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism at the National Institutes of Health.

$19.95t / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-16485-6 D E C E M B E R 312 pages / 6" x 9"

$19.95t / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-17237-0

MEDICAL / FOOD STUDIES

F E B R U A R Y 320 pages / 6" x 9"

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-16484-9

M E D I C A L / P S YC H O LO G Y

A R T S A N D T R A D I T I O N S O F T H E TA B L E : P E R S P E C T I V E S

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-17236-3

O N C U L I N A RY H I S TO RY

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Other Rights: Artellus Limited

50 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

N E W I N PA P E R

Pope Francis Among the Wolves

The Inside Story of a Revolution MARCO POLITI Translated by William McCuaig

Retreat from a Rising Sea

Hard Choices in an Age of Climate Change

ORRIN H. PILKEY, LINDA PILKEY-JARVIS, AND KEITH C. PILKEY

“All Francis-watchers will want to—should—read “Clear and authoritative. . . . If only our leaders would

Politi.”

read this book.”

—Booklist

—Miami Herald

Marco Politi takes us deep inside the power struggle roiling the Catholic Church worldwide, beginning with Benedict XVI’s resignation and intensifying with the contested and unexpected election of Pope Francis. Politi’s account balances the perspectives of Pope Francis’s supporters, Benedict’s sympathizers, and those disappointed members of the Catholic laity who feel alienated by the institution’s secrecy, financial corruption, and refusal to modernize. MARCO POLITI

has been a leading international expert on

Vatican issues for more than forty years. He is a journalist

This big-picture, policy-oriented book explains in gripping terms what rising oceans will do to coastal cities and the drastic actions we need to take now to remove vulnerable populations. The authors detail specific threats faced by Miami, New Orleans, New York, and Amsterdam, concluding with effective approaches for addressing climate-change denialism and powerful arguments for changing U.S. federal coastal-management policies. ORRIN H. PILKEY

is James B. Duke Professor Emeritus,

Division of Earth and Ocean Sciences, at Duke University.

with the newspaper Il Fatto Quotidiano and was the Vatican

LINDA PILKEY-JARVIS

correspondent for La Repubblica.

State Department of Ecology, where she helps manage the

WILLIAM MCCUAIG

is a translator living in Montreal.

is a geologist at the Washington

state’s oil-spills program. KEITH C. PILKEY

is an administrative law judge with the

Social Security Administration.

$19.95t / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-17415-2 N O V E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9" RELIGION

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-17414-5

$19.95t / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-16845-8 O C T O B E R 240 pages / 6" x 9" / 32 color illustrations P O L I T I C A L S C I E N C E / C L I M AT E C H A N G E

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-16844-1

All Other Rights: Gius. Laterza & Figli

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 51

N E W I N PA P E R

The Story of Life in 25 Fossils

Your Friend Forever, A. Lincoln

DONALD R. PROTHERO

CHARLES B. STROZIER

Tales of Intrepid Fossil Hunters and the Wonders of Evolution

“Engaging and accessible. . . . Ideal for anyone

The Enduring Friendship of Abraham Lincoln and Joshua Speed FI N A LI ST— 2017 GI LDER LEHRMA N

interested in the origins of life on earth.”

LI N CO LN P RI Z E

—Library Journal (starred review)

Your Friend Forever, A. Lincoln is a rich analysis of one of the most important friendships in American history. Joshua Speed and Abraham Lincoln played off each other’s strengths and weaknesses to launch themselves in love and life. Their friendship adds significant psychological depth to Lincoln’s later decisions as husband, war leader, and president.

Every fossil tells a story. The best-selling paleontology author Donald R. Prothero describes twenty-five famous, beautifully preserved fossils in a gripping scientific history of life on Earth. Recounting the adventures behind the discovery of these objects and fully interpreting their significance within the larger fossil record, Prothero creates a riveting history of life on our planet. “A magnificent journey through life’s story told in such loving detail. . . . Highly recommended.” —Choice DONALD R. PROTHERO

“Original, perceptive and persuasive.” —Wall Street Journal

“Anyone wanting to know more about the elusive private Lincoln will need to read this book.” —Library Journal

has taught college paleontology

and geology for almost four decades at the California Institute of Technology, Columbia University, Occidental College, Vassar College, and Knox College.

CHARLES B. STROZIER

is professor of history at

John Jay College, CUNY, and a practicing psychoanalyst in New York City.

$25.00* / £19.95 paper 978-0-231-17133-5 $26.00* / £20.95 paper 978-0-231-17191-5 F E B R U A R Y 408 pages / 6" x 9" / 150 b&w illustrations PA L E O N TO LO G Y

F E B R U A R Y 352 pages / 6" x 9" / 20 b&w illustrations H I S TO R Y

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-17132-8

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-17190-8

All Rights Except Audio Rights: Columbia University Press;

All Rights: Columbia University Press

Audio Rights: Janklow, Nesbit & Associates

52 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

N E W I N PA P E R

We Are All Cannibals

And Other Essays

CLAUDE LÉVI-STRAUSS Foreword by Maurice Olender Translated by Jane Marie Todd

Inside the Global Battle for Media Freedom JOEL SIMON

“Simon’s assessment of what it means to be a journalist and his call to action at book’s end are

“Essential.”

moving and practical. A must read.”

—Choice

—Booklist

Lévi-Strauss measures the short distance between “complex” and “primitive” societies and finds a shared madness in the ways we enact myth, ritual, and custom. Yet he also locates a pure and persistent ethics that connects the center of Western civilization to far-flung societies and forces a reckoning with outmoded ideas of morality and reason. CLAUDE LÉVI-STRAUSS

was born in Brussels in 1908.

He held the chair of social anthropology at the Collège de France from 1959 to 1982 and was elected a member of the Académie Française in 1973. He died in Paris on October 30, 2009.

Drawing on his experience defending journalists on the front lines, Joel Simon calls for a global freedom-of-expression agenda. He proposes ten key priorities, including combating the murder of journalists, ending censorship, and developing a global free-expression charter to challenge the criminal and corrupt forces that seek to manipulate the world’s news. “Simon makes a persuasive case that the global trend is toward less, not greater, freedom of the press.” —The New Yorker

MAURICE OLENDER

is maître de conférences at the

École des Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales, Paris. JANE MARIE TODD

The New Censorship

has translated more than seventy

books, including Catherine Clément and Julia Kristeva’s The Feminine and the Sacred.

“Joel Simon is a warrior for press freedom and the place of journalists in every culture and country. ” —Tom Brokaw JOEL SIMON

is the executive director of the Committee

to Protect Journalists (CPJ) and has written widely on $20.00* / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-17069-7 N O V E M B E R 176 pages / 5.5" x 8.25" P H I LO S O P H Y

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-17068-0 EUROPEAN PERSPECTIVES: A SERIES IN SOCIAL THOUGHT

media issues. $18.95* / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-16065-0 J A N U A R Y 248 pages / 5.5" x 8.25" JOURNALISM

CLOTH EDITION 2014 978-0-231-16064-3

A N D C U LT U R A L C R I T I C I S M

CO L U M B I A J O U R N A L I S M R E V I E W B O O K S

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

All Rights Except Motion Picture, TV, and Audio Rights: Columbia University

All Other Rights: Editions du Seuil

Press; Motion Picture, TV, and Audio Rights: Richard Parks Agency C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 53

N E W I N PA P E R

Hunting Girls

Sexual Violence from The Hunger Games to Campus Rape

Exhaustion

A History

ANNA KATHARINA SCHAFFNER

KELLY OLIVER “Schaffner’s imaginative and ambitious work offers 201 6 CH O ICE OUTSTA N D I N G ACA D E M I C T I T L E

rich materials with which to think about exhaustion.”

Kelly Oliver examines popular culture’s fixation on representing young women as predators and prey and the implication that violence—especially sexual violence—is an inevitable, perhaps even celebrated, part of a woman’s maturity. To underscore the threat of these depictions, Oliver locates their manifestation of violent sex in the growing prevalence of campus rape, the valorization of woman’s lack of consent, and the new urgency to implement affirmative consent policies.

—Times Literary Supplement

“A must read for scholars and students.” —Choice KELLY OLIVER

Beginning in classical antiquity, this book demonstrates how exhaustion has always been with us and helps us evaluate more critically the narratives we tell ourselves about the phenomenon. Pathologized, demonized, sexualized, and even weaponized, exhaustion unites the mind with the body and society in such a way that we attach larger questions of agency, willpower, and well-being to its symptoms. Exhaustion finds in our struggle to overcome weariness a more significant effort to master ourselves. “A fascinating study of the ways in which doctors

is W. Alton Jones Professor of Philosophy at

Vanderbilt University.

and philosophers have understood the limits of the human mind, body—and energy.” —BBC Futures ANNA KATHARINA SCHAFFNER

is reader in comparative

literature and medical humanities at the University of Kent.

$22.00* / £17.95 paper 978-0-231-17837-2

$24.00* / £19.95 paper 978-0-231-17231-8

O C T O B E R 216 pages / 5.5" x 8.25" / 24 b&w illustrations

S E P T E M B E R 304 pages / 6" x 9"

P H I LO S O P H Y / G E N D E R S T U D I E S

P H I LO S O P H Y

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-17836-5

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-17230-1

All Rights: Columbia University Press

54 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

N E W I N PA P E R

We Need Silence to Find Out What We Think Selected Essays

Virginia Woolf A Portrait

VIVIANE FORRESTER

SHIRLEY HAZZARD Edited with an introduction by Brigitta Olubas “Breathtaking and challenging.” —Toronto Star

Translated by Jody Gladding “[A] brilliant, provocative biography.” —USA Today

necessary once again.”

Virginia Woolf: A Portrait blends recently unearthed documents, key primary sources, and personal interviews with Woolf ’s relatives and other acquaintances to render in unmatched detail the author’s complicated relationship with her husband, Leonard; her father, Leslie Stephen; and her half-sister, Vanessa Bell. Forrester weaves a colorful, intense drama that forces readers to rethink their understanding of Woolf, her writing, and her world.

—Australian

“Offers unexpected insights and useful challenges

This collection of Shirley Hazzard’s nonfiction works confirms her place in postwar letters, thought, and politics and among a select group of writers who believe in the power of literature to console and inspire, despite—or maybe because of—the world’s disheartening realities. “Manages the difficult task of making old-school, mid-century liberal humanism feel alive, urgent, and

SHIRLEY HAZZARD

(1931–2016) won the National Book

Award for her 2003 novel The Great Fire and the National Book Critics Circle Award for The Transit of Venus. BRIGITTA OLUBAS

is associate professor of English

in the School of the Arts and Media at the University of New South Wales.

to settled ideas about Woolf, her friendships, her marriage, and her imagination.” —Open Letters Monthly VIVIANE FORRESTER

(1925–2013) was a writer, essayist,

novelist, and literary critic. JODY GLADDING

is a poet who has translated some thirty

works from French.

$26.00* / £20.95 paper 978-0-231-15357-7 $22.00* / £17.95 paper 978-0-231-17327-8 D E C E M B E R 348 pages / 5.5" x 8.25" L I T E R AT U R E

D E C E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9" LITERARY STUDIES

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-15356-0

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-17326-1

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Other Rights: Editions Albin Michel C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 55

N E W I N PA P E R

Industry and Intelligence

Medieval Tastes

Contemporary Art Since 1820

Food, Cooking, and the Table

LIAM GILLICK

MASSIMO MONTANARI

“Forceful, persuasive and provocative.”

Translated by Beth Archer Brombert

—Art Monthly

CH OI CE O UTSTA N DI N G ACA DEMI C TI TLE, 2015

The conceptual artist Liam Gillick writes a holistic genealogy of contemporary art, arguing that we need to appreciate its engagement with history, even when it seems apathetic or blind to current events. Gillick takes a broad view of artistic creation from 1820 to today, underscoring the industry and intelligence of artists as they have responded to incremental developments in science, politics, and technology.

The acclaimed historian Massimo Montanari traces the development of medieval tastes—both culinary and cultural—from raw materials to market and captures their reflections in today’s food trends. Tying the ingredients of our diet to the growth of human civilization, he details how food transformed from a simple staple to a symbol of social and ideological standing.

LIAM GILLICK

is an artist based in New York. His work has

been featured in numerous exhibitions, including documenta and the Venice and Berlin Biennales, and he has been nominated for a Turner Prize and Vincent Award.

“An elaborately researched, sophisticated treatment of the topic.” —Choice MASSIMO MONTANARI

is professor of medieval history

and the history of food at the Institute of Paleography and Medieval Studies, University of Bologna. BETH ARCHER BROMBERT

is the author of two acclaimed

biographies and translator of many French and Italian works.

$27.00* / £21.95 paper 978-0-231-16787-1 $25.00* / £19.95 paper 978-0-231-17021-5 J A N U A R Y 208 pages / 6" x 8" / 50 b&w illustraions ART

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-17020-8

O C T O B E R 280 pages / 6" x 9" FOOD STUDIES

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-16786-4 A R T S A N D T R A D I T I O N S O F T H E TA B L E : P E R S P E C T I V E S O N C U L I N A RY H I S TO RY

B A M P TO N L E C T U R E S I N A M E R I C A

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Other Rights: Gius. Laterza & Figli

56 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

N E W I N PA P E R

Of Reality

The Purposes of Philosophy GIANNI VATTIMO Translated by Robert T. Valgenti “An engaging and refreshing read for any serious student of philosophy.”

A Critical Encounter on the Politics of Freedom, Equality, and Identity AXEL HONNETH AND JACQUES RANCIÈRE Edited by Katia Genel and Jean-Philippe Deranty “This book will be a point of reference.”

—Library Journal

Drawing on Nietzsche and Heidegger, Gianni Vattimo develops a philosophy to combat the newest enemy of freedom and democracy: complacency toward reality. It is no accident that the call to embrace reality has emerged at a time when the inequalities of liberal capitalism are at their most extreme. Truth is therefore never objective, and resistance to reality becomes our best hope for countering the ongoing indifference to our fate. GIANNI VATTIMO

Recognition or Disagreement

is emeritus professor of philosophy at the

University of Turin and a former member of the European

—Étienne Balibar, author of Violence and Civility: On the Limits of Political Philosophy

Axel Honneth is known for his critique of modern society centered on a concept of recognition. Jacques Rancière has advanced a theory of modern politics based on disagreement. In a rare dialogue, they explore the affinities and tensions between their perspectives to provoke new ideas for social change. AXEL HONNETH

is professor of philosophy at the Johann

Wolfgang Goethe University of Frankfurt and the Jack C. Weinstein Professor for the Humanities at Columbia

Parliament. His most recent Columbia University Press books

University. JACQUES RANCIÈRE is professor of philosophy

include A Farewell to Truth (2011); Hermeneutic Communism:

emeritus at the University of Paris VIII. KATIA GENEL

From Heidegger to Marx (with Santiago Zabala, 2011); The

is associate professor of philosophy at the University of

Responsibility of the Philosopher (2010); and Art’s Claim to

Paris I—Panthéon-Sorbonne. JEAN-PHILIPPE DERANTY is

Truth (2008), all translated into several languages.

associate professor of philosophy at Macquarie University, Sydney.

$24.00* / £19.95 paper 978-0-231-17717-7 $26.00* / £20.95 paper 978-0-231-16697-3

O C T O B E R 240 pages / 5.5" x 8.25"

O C T O B E R 248 pages / 6" x 9"

P H I LO S O P H Y

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-17716-0

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-16696-6

N E W D I R E C T I O N S I N C R I T I C A L T H E O RY

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

All Rights Except French-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

All Other Rights: Garzanti Libri

French-language Rights: The Editors C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 57

N E W I N PA P E R

Plots

Éric Rohmer

ROBERT L. BELKNAP

A Biography

Introduction by Robin Feuer Miller

ANTOINE DE BAECQUE AND NOËL HERPE

“You may never look at a story the same way again after reading Robert Belknap’s incisively clear and

Translated by Steven Rendall and Lisa Neal

illuminating book.”

O N E O F PU BLI S H ER S WEEKLY’ S B EST SUMMER

—The Fictional 100

BO O KS, 2016

Literary narrative enchants us through its development of plot, but plot tells its own story about the making of narrative. Through rich readings of Shakespeare’s King Lear and Dostoevsky’s Crime and Punishment, Robert L. Belknap explores the spatial, chronological, and causal aspects of plot, revealing critical details about how and when a work came into being. Plots teach us novelistic rather than poetic justice. Operating according to their own logic, they provide us with a compelling way to see and order our world.

Éric Rohmer set the terms by which people watched, made, and thought about cinema for decades. This exhaustive biography uses personal archives and interviews to enrich our knowledge of Rohmer’s public achievements and voracious appetite for art, culture, and intellectual debate.

ROBERT L. BELKNAP

(1929–2014) was professor of Slavic

languages and a former dean of Columbia University.

“[A] superb new biography.” —The New Yorker

“Deeply researched and thoroughly enjoyable.” —Wall Street Journal ANTOINE DE BAECQUE

is a professor of the history of

cinema at the University of Nanterre. He has published biographies of François Truffaut and Jean-Luc Godard and was editor in chief of Cahiers du cinema. NOËL HERPE

is a senior lecturer at the Université de Paris

VIII. He has published works on René Clair and Sacha Guitry, as well as a book of interviews with Éric Rohmer about his text Le Celluloïd et le Marbre.

$25.00* / £19.95 paper 978-0-231-17783-2 S E P T E M B E R 200 pages / 5.5" x .25" LITERARY STUDIES

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-17782-5

$27.00* / £21.95 paper 978-0-231-17559-3 F E B R U A R Y 608 pages / 7" x 10" / 51 b&w illustrations FILM

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-17558-6

LEONARD HASTINGS SCHOFF LECTURES

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Other Rights: Editions Stock

58 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

N E W I N PA P E R

Not So Different

Ethical Loneliness

Finding Human Nature in Animals

The Injustice of Not Being Heard

NATHAN H. LENTS

JILL STAUFFER

Asia’s Space Race

National Motivations, Regional Rivalries, and International Risks JAMES CLAY MOLTZ

“Thoroughly enjoyable and

“A small book with immense

accessible. . . . Whether Lents is

breadth and insight.”

discussing love, grief, greed, or

—APA Newsletter on Feminism

envy, he provides ample evidence

and Philosophy

that animals have a rich inner life.” —Publishers Weekly (starred review)

Through a mix of colorful reporting and rigorous research, Nathan H. Lents describes the strides scientists have made in decoding animal behavior to drive home the truth that we are distinguished from animals only in degree, not in kind. Not So Different helps us lead more grounded, moral lives among our closest kin. NATHAN H. LENTS

is professor of

molecular biology and director of the biology and cell and molecular biology programs at John Jay College of the City University of New York.

Jill Stauffer examines difficult truths about the desire and potential for political forgiveness, transitional justice, and political reconciliation. Moving beyond a singular focus on truth commissions and legal trials, she considers more closely what is lost in the wake of oppression and violence, how selves and worlds are built and demolished, and who is responsible for re-creating lives after they are destroyed. JILL STAUFFER

is associate professor

of philosophy and director of the

“Moltz deftly melds technological expertise with history and political analysis.” —Foreign Affairs

James Clay Moltz conducts the first in-depth policy analysis of Asia’s leading space programs, concentrating especially on China, Japan, India, and South Korea. He makes recommendations for improved intra-Asian space cooperation to prevent civilian space competition from becoming a military race. JAMES CLAY MOLTZ

is a professor

at the Naval Postgraduate School. He is the author of The Politics of Space Security: Strategic Restraint and the Pursuit of National Interests.

concentration in peace, justice, and human rights at Haverford College. $27.00* / £21.95 paper 978-0-231-15689-9

$26.00* / £20.95 paper 978-0-231-17833-4

$27.00* / £21.95 paper 978-0-231-17151-9

J A N U A R Y 188 pages / 6" x 9"

N O V E M B E R 368 pages / 6" x 9"

S E P T E M B E R 240 pages / 6" x 9"

I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S

P H I LO S O P H Y / A N I M A L S T U D I E S

P H I LO S O P H Y

CLOTH EDITION 2011 978-0-231-15688-2

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-17832-7

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-17150-2

CO N T E M P O R A RY A S I A I N T H E WO R L D

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 59

N E W I N PA P E R

Karl Polanyi

A Life on the Left

The Fate of Ideas

Eqbal Ahmad

Seductions, Betrayals, Appraisals

Critical Outsider in a Turbulent Age

ROBERT BOYERS

STUART SCHAAR

of a far richer world of socialist

2 016 C H O I C E O UTSTA N DI N G

LO N GLI ST— 2016 P EN /

activity that once existed in

ACA D E M I C T I T LE

JACQ UELI N E BO GRA D WELD

GARETH DALE “Offers us a bracing reminder

much of the West.” —The Nation

This biography shows how Karl Polanyi transformed from a bourgeois radical into a Christian socialist. It highlights the historical ruptures, tensions, and upheavals that he sought to capture and comprehend and, in telling his story, engages with the intellectual and political history of a turbulent epoch. GARETH DALE

is senior lecturer in

As editor of the quarterly Salmagundi for the past fifty years, Robert Boyers has been on the cutting edge of developments in politics, culture, and the arts. He tells colorful stories about his own life and, in the process, studies the fate of ideas in a society committed to change and ill equipped to assess the losses entailed in modernity. “The twelve literary essays collected in this volume are

politics and international relations at

bottomless wells of provocation

Brunel University, London.

and insight.” —Publisher’s Weekly (starred review) ROBERT BOYERS

is professor of

AWA RD FO R B I O GRA P HY

“Essential.” —The National

Eqbal Ahmad was a bold and original activist, journalist, and theorist who brought uncommon perspective to the rise of militant Islam and the geopolitics of the Cold War. A long-time friend and intellectual collaborator of Ahmad, Stuart Schaar connects Ahmad’s experiences to the major currents of modern history. STUART SCHAAR

is professor emeri-

tus of Middle East and North African history at Brooklyn College, CUNY.

English at Skidmore College and founder and editor of the quarterly Salmagundi. $25.00* / £19.95 paper 978-0-231-17157-1 S E P T E M B E R 240 pages / 5.5" x 8.25" /

$27.00* / £21.95 paper 978-0-231-17609-5

$25.00* / £19.95 paper 978-0-231-17381-0

J A N U A R Y 400 pages / 6" x 9"

D E C E M B E R 280 pages / 6" x 9"

H I S TO R Y / B I O G R A P H Y

LITERARY CRITICISM

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-17608-8

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-17380-3

All Rights Except South Asian Rights: Columbia

All Rights: Columbia University Press

University Press; South Asian Rights: The Author

60 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

20 b&w photographs POLITICS / BIOGRAPHY

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-17156-4

N E W I N PA P E R

The End of Progress

Planetary Modernisms Spirals

Decolonizing the Normative Foundations of Critical Theory

Provocations on Modernity Across Time SUSAN STANFORD

The Whirled Image in Twentieth-Century Literature and Art

AMY ALLEN

FRIEDMAN

NICO ISRAEL

“A major contribution to the

“This book is bound to spark

“Stunningly ambitious. . . . Israel’s

decolonization of Frankfurt

intellectual discussion for years

book opens up a number of of new

School critical theory.”

to come.”

avenues for investigation.”

—Theory & Event

—World Literature Today

—Modernism/Modernity

Amy Allen fractures critical theory from within by dispensing with its progressive reading of history while retaining its notion of progress as a political imperative. In reimagining a decolonized critical theory after the end of progress, she rescues it from oblivion and gives it a future.

Susan Stanford Friedman recasts modernity as a networked, circulating, global, and recurrent phenomenon. Rejecting the modernist concepts of marginality, othering, and major/minor, Friedman instead favors rupture, mobility, speed, networks, and divergence.

Nico Israel reveals spirals throughout the most significant literature and visual art of the twentieth century. Juxtaposing the work of writers and artists—W. B. Yeats and Vladimir Tatlin, James Joyce and Marcel Duchamp, and Samuel Beckett and Robert Smithson—he argues that spirals help decode modernity, history, and geopolitics.

AMY ALLEN

is Liberal Arts Research

Professor of Philosophy and head of

SUSAN STANFORD FRIEDMAN

the Virginia Woolf Professor of English and Women’s Studies, the Hilldale

the Philosophy Department at Pennsyl-

Professor of the Humanities, and

vania State University. She is the editor

director for the Institute for Research

of the Columbia University Press series

in the Humanities at the University of

New Directions in Critical Theory.

Wisconsin–Madison.

NICO ISRAEL

is an associate

professor of English at the City University of New York Graduate Center and Hunter College.

$27.00 / £21.95 paper 978-0-231-17091-8

$27.00 / £21.95 paper 978-0-231-15303-4

$26.00 / £20.95 paper 978-0-231-17325-4

D E C E M B E R 472 pages / 6" x 9" /

D E C E M B E R 272 pages / 6" x 8" /

O C T O B E R 304 pages / 6" x 9"

45 b&w illustrations

18 color and 60 b&w illustrations

P H I LO S O P H Y

LITERARY STUDIES

LITERARY STUDIES / ART

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-17324-7

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-17090-1

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-15302-7

N E W D I R E C T I O N S I N C R I T I C A L T H E O RY

M O D E R N I S T L AT I T U D E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 61

N E W I N PA P E R

Beyond the Secular West

AKEEL BILGRAMI, EDITOR

“Highly recommended.” —Choice

What is the character of secularism in countries that were not pervaded by Christianity, such as China, India, and the nations of the Middle East? Extending Charles Taylor’s A Secular Age, this anthology explores the transformation of Western secularism beyond Europe, and the collection closes with Taylor’s response to each essay. AKEEL BILGRAMI

is the Sidney

Morgenbesser Professor of Philosophy and a professor on the Committee on Global Thought at Columbia University.

The Ethnic Avant-Garde

Minority Cultures and World Revolution STEVEN S. LEE

Learning to Kneel

Noh, Modernism, and Journeys in Teaching CARRIE J. PRESTON

“A tour de force of memoir and

CO -W I N N E R , 2 017 A LDO A N D

scholarship.”

J E A N N E S CAG LI O N E P RI Z E

—Rebecca Walkowitz,

FO R CO M PA R ATI VE LI TERA RY ST U D I E S , M O D E RN LA N GUAGE ASS O CI AT I O N

The Ethnic Avant-Garde remaps global modernism along minority and Soviet-centered lines. Writers and artists cohered around distinct forms that mirrored Soviet techniques of montage, fragment, and interruption, advancing the avant-garde project of seeing the world anew. “Provocative and wide-ranging.” —Slavic Review STEVEN S. LEE

is an associate profes-

sor in the Department of English at the University of California, Berkeley.

Rutgers University

Carrie J. Preston locates noh drama’s influence on American and European writers, dancers, and composers. Preston’s work has been profoundly shaped by her training in noh performance technique in Tokyo. Pound, Yeats, Brecht, and others are often criticized for their Orientalist tendencies, but Preston’s own journey reflects a more nuanced understanding of cultural exchange. CARRIE J. PRESTON

is associate

professor of English and director of the Women’s, Gender, and Sexuality Studies Program at Boston University.

$30.00 / £24.95 paper 978-0-231-17353-7 $26.00 / £20.95 paper 978-0-231-17081-9

D E C E M B E R 344 pages / 6" x 9" /

$26.00 / £20.95 paper 978-0-231-16651-5

N O V E M B E R 296 pages / 6" x 9"

18 b&w photographs

D E C E M B E R 352 pages / 6" x 9"

P H I LO S O P H Y / R E L I G I O N

LITERARY STUDIES

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-17080-2

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-17352-0

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-16650-8

R E L I G I O N , C U LT U R E , A N D P U B L I C L I F E

M O D E R N I S T L AT I T U D E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

62 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

N E W I N PA P E R

Love Letters from Golok

The Capitalist Unconscious

HOLLY GAYLEY

HYUN OK PARK

A Tantric Couple in Modern Tibet Love Letters from Golok chronicles the courtship between two Buddhist tantric masters, Tāre Lhamo (1938–2002) and Namtrul Rinpoche (1944–2011), and their passion for reinvigorating Buddhism in eastern Tibet during the post-Mao era. Holly Gayley retrieves the personal and prophetic dimensions of their courtship and its consummation in a twenty-year religious career. “Gayley has that rarest of gifts, a scholar’s eye and a storyteller’s ear.” —Anne C. Klein, cofounder of Dawn Mountain HOLLY GAYLEY

Emperor Wu Zhao and Her Pantheon of From Korean Unification to Devis, Divinities, and Transnational Korea Dynastic Mothers H O N O R A BL E M E N TI O N — 2017

N. HARRY ROTHSCHILD

“A lively and captivating narrative

JA M E S D. PA L A I S BO O K P RI Z E,

that is sure to please both

N O RT H E AST AS I A CO UN C I L

specialist and student alike.”

( N E AC ) O F T H E ASSO C I ATI O N

—Studies in Chinese Religions

FO R AS I A N ST U D I ES

The unification of North and South Korea is volatile for global politics, but The Capitalist Unconscious argues that capital has already unified Korea, imagining the integration of the Korean peninsula and diaspora as a new democratic moment. “Fundamentally challenges existing understandings of Korean unification.” —American Journal of Sociology HYUN OK PARK

is associate professor

of sociology at York University.

Wu Zhao (624–705), better known as Wu Zetian or Empress Wu, is the only woman to have ruled China as emperor. How did she ascend the dragon throne? This multifaceted history suggests that China’s pantheon of female divinities and eminent women played an integral part in the construction of Wu Zhao’s sovereignty. N. HARRY ROTHSCHILD

is professor

of Asian history at the University of North Florida.

is assistant professor

of Buddhist studies at the University

$30.00 / £24.95 paper 978-0-231-16939-4

of Colorado Boulder.

N O V E M B E R 384 pages / 6" x 9" /

$30.00 / £24.95 paper 978-0-231-18053-5

$28.00 / £22.95 paper 978-0-231-17193-9

18 b&w illustrations

N O V E M B E R 416 pages / 6" x 9" /

J A N U A R Y 400 pages / 6" x 9" /

H I S TO R Y

28 b&w photographs

17 b&w illustrations

RELIGION / BUDDHISM

KO R E A N S T U D I E S / S O C I O LO G Y

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-18052-8

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-17192-2

BUDDHIST STUDIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-16938-7 THE SHENG YEN SERIES IN CHINESE

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 63

N E W I N PA P E R

A Rasa Reader

Classical Indian Aesthetics SHELDON POLLOCK, TRANSLATOR AND EDITOR

“A brilliant compendium of

The Highway of Despair

Critical Theory After Hegel ROBYN MARASCO

“Should be read by anyone

Schools for Conflict or for Peace in Afghanistan DANA BURDE

WI N N ER O F THE 2017

with an interest in the future

UN I VERSI TY O F LO UI SVI LLE

in elegant prose.”

of critical theory.”

GRAWEMEYER AWA RD FO R

—The Hindu

—Theory and Event

comparative aesthetic scholarship

I DEAS I MP ROVI N G WO RLD O RDER

This book is the first in any language to follow the evolution of rasa, or taste, the word Indian intellectuals chose to describe art’s aesthetics. A Rasa Reader incorporates primary texts by every significant thinker of classical Indian aesthetics, many never translated before, from rasa’s origins in dramaturgy to its flourishing in literary thought. SHELDON POLLOCK

is the Arvind

Raghunathan Professor of Sanskrit

Hegel’s “highway of despair,” introduced in his Phenomenology of Spirit, represents the tortured path traveled by “natural consciousness” on its way to freedom. This book follows Theodor Adorno, Georges Bataille, and Frantz Fanon as they each read, resist, and reconfigure a strand of Hegelian thought. ROBYN MARASCO

is associate

Dana Burde shows how aid to education in Afghanistan bolstered conflict, both deliberately in the 1980s and inadvertently in the 2000s. She also reveals how dominant humanitarian models have limited attention toward education. “Provides rare insights into the potential for Afghanistan’s educational system to advance

professor of political science at

either political violence or peace.”

Hunter College.

—H-War

and South Asian Studies at Columbia

DANA BURDE

University.

is an assistant profes-

sor of international education at New York University’s Steinhardt School.

$35.00 / £27.95 paper 978-0-231-17391-9 J A N U A R Y 472 pages / 7" x 10" P H I LO S O P H Y / S O U T H A S I A N S T U D I E S

$28.00 / £22.95 paper 978-0-231-16867-0 S E P T E M B E R 240 pages / 6" x 9"

$27.00 / £21.95 paper 978-0-231-16929-5 S E P T E M B E R 232 pages / 6" x 9" /

P H I LO S O P H Y

6 b&w illustrations

CLOTH EDITION 2015 978-0-231-16866-3

P O L I T I C A L S C I E N C E / E D U C AT I O N

CLASSICAL INDIAN THOUGHT

N E W D I R E C T I O N S I N C R I T I C A L T H E O RY

CLOTH EDITION 2014 978-0-231-16928-8

All Rights: Columbia University Press

CLOTH EDITION 2016 978-0-231-17390-2 H I S TO R I C A L S O U R C E B O O K S I N

64 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

ECONOMICS

Confronting the Climate Challenge

A General Equilibrium Assessment of U.S. Policy Options LAWRENCE GOULDER AND MARC HAFSTEAD “Curbing greenhouse gases is one of the most challenging issues we face. While the benefits are potentially huge, developing policies to keep costs down is urgent. Goulder and Hafstead’s well-written and accessible book carefully explains the issue and evaluates the main policy proposals. It is a must-read for anyone interested in the details of climate

Sovereign Wealth Funds in Resource Economies

Institutional and Fiscal Foundations KHALID ALSWEILEM AND MALAN RIETVELD

mitigation. I strongly recommend it.” —Robert Mendelsohn, Yale University

Confronting the Climate Challenge presents a new framework for evaluating the costs and benefits of climate-policy options. Lawrence Goulder and Marc Hafstead analyze the cost-effectiveness of four different mechanisms to reduce carbon dioxide emissions: a revenue-neutral carbon tax, a cap-and-trade program, a clean-energy standard, and an increase in the federal gasoline tax. They demonstrate that these policies—if designed correctly—can achieve a reduction in carbon emissions at low cost while avoiding undesirable impacts on vulnerable U.S. households or industries. LAWRENCE GOULDER

is the Shuzo Nishihara Professor

of Environmental and Resource Economics at Stanford University and director of the Stanford Environmental and

Created as a way to direct excess wealth toward economic development and longterm returns, many sovereign wealth funds are now facing a new challenge—how to spend sustainably without depleting the funds. Sovereign Wealth Funds in Resource Economies explains the fiscal rules and institutional structures that can make SWFs thrive, providing a practical and theoretical guide to their optimal use in resourcerevenue management. Bringing together the practitioner perspective and scholarly expertise, this single-authored book will be invaluable for global policy makers. KHALID ALSWEILEM

is a nonresident fellow at the Belfer

Center for Science and International Affairs at the Harvard Kennedy School. He is also global sovereign wealth funds advisor for PwC and the former chief counselor and head of investment at the Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency. is a fellow at the Columbia Center on

Energy Policy Analysis Center. He is also senior fellow at the

MALAN RIETVELD

Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research; a research

Sustainable Investment at Columbia University. He is the

associate at the National Bureau of Economic Research; and

editor of several books, including The New Frontiers of Sov-

a university fellow at Resources for the Future.

ereign Investment (Columbia, 2017), and has advised several

MARC HAFSTEAD

is a fellow at Resources for the Future.

SWFs on governance, management, and strategic issues.

$65.00 / £54.95 cloth 978-0-231-17902-7 $64.99 / £54.95 e-book 978-0-231-54593-8

$65.00 / £54.95 cloth 978-0-231-18354-3 $64.99 / £54.95 e-book 978-0-231-54499-3

D E C E M B E R 304 pages / 6" x 9" / 48 b&w illustrations

O C T O B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9" / 14 b&w illustrations

ECONOMICS

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 65

SOCIOLOGY / SOCIAL POLICY

Sociology and Social Policy

Essays on Community, Economy, and Society HERBERT J. GANS “Written by a master sociologist in his

characteristically lucid, accessible prose, these deep and compelling ruminations offer challenges to thought and action on every page.” —Ira Katznelson, Ruggles Professor of Political Science and History, Columbia University

This collection of recent essays by the influential sociologist Herbert J. Gans brings together the many themes of Gans’s wide-ranging career to make the case for a policy-oriented vision of sociology. Sociology and Social Policy presents a range of studies that explicate and help solve social problems by studying what people, institutions, and social structures do with, for, and against one another. These works from across Gans’s major areas of study—the city, poverty, ethnicity, employment and political economy, and the relationship between race and class—together make a powerful call to action for the field of sociology. “These essays remind us of the balance and the wonderful clarity and compassion that inform all of Gans’s work on urban and other social problems. And they remain acutely insightful and compelling at this perilous moment in American history.” —Frances Fox Piven, the Graduate Center, City University of New York HERBERT J. GANS

is Robert S. Lynd Professor Emeritus of

Leader Communities

The Consecration of Elites in Djursholm MIKAEL HOLMQVIST “One of the very few extensive and penetrating ethnographic studies of an upper-class community.” —Trygve Gulbrandsen, Institute for Social Research (Norway)

Leader Communities is a study of Stockholm’s suburb Djursholm and similar places around the world: privileged communities where elites choose to live, socialize with other elites, and, most importantly, raise their children into future elites. The sociologist Mikael Holmqvist argues that such communities offer their residents a social environment that imbues them with a sense of importance. Based on a comprehensive five-year ethnographic study, this book provides unparalleled insight into the character of today’s upper-class environments and the moral, social, and political consequences of elites’ aspirations to lead societies.

sociology at Columbia University. His many books include

MIKAEL HOLMQVIST

People, Plans, and Policies: Essays on Poverty, Racism, and

and professor of business administration at Stockholm

Other National Urban Problems (1991) and The Levittowners:

University.

is associate professor of sociology

Ways of Life and Politics in a New Suburban Community (Legacy Edition, 2017), both from Columbia University Press.

$35.00 / £27.95 paper 978-0-231-18305-5 $105.00 / £87.95 cloth 978-0-231-18304-8 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54509-9

$30.00 / £24.95 paper 978-0-231-18427-4 $90.00 / £74.95 cloth 978-0-231-18426-7 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-54539-6

S E P T E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9"

S E P T E M B E R 304 pages / 6" x 9" / 13 b&w illustrations

S O C I O LO G Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press

66 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

An Intimate Examination of Black Fatherhood AASHA M. ABDILL

“A beautiful and honest ethnography of low-income black fathers in Brooklyn’s Bedford-Stuyvesant community that neither romanticizes nor pathologizes them. Through her keen observations and interviews with fathers, teachers, mothers, and grandmothers, Abdill handily illustrates how

Reassembling Motherhood

Procreation and Care in a Globalized World

fatherhood is a collective enterprise that by its public practice generates more of the same.” —Roberta Coles, author of The Myth of the Missing Black Father

SOCIOLOGY / SOCIAL POLICY

Fathering from the Margins

YASMINE ERGAS, JANE JENSON, AND SONYA MICHEL, EDITORS “An important collection that crystallizes the unequal and uneven transformations in the legal, social, economic, and biological relations of motherhood in the twenty-first century.” —Eileen Boris, the University of California, Santa Barbara

Reassembling Motherhood brings together contributors from across the disciplines to examine the transformation of motherhood as an identity and a role. It examines issues such as artificial reproductive technologies, surrogacy, and the legal status of kinship, showing how complex chains of procreation and care have generated both greater liberty and new forms of constraint. YASMINE ERGAS

is the director of the gender and public

policy specialization at Columbia University’s School of

Aasha M. Abdill draws on four years of fieldwork in Bedford-Stuyvesant to dispel stereotypes of black men as “deadbeat dads.” She presents qualitative and quantitative evidence that confirms the increasing presence of black fathers in their communities, arguing that changing social norms about gender roles in black families have shifted behaviors. Abdill shows how supporting black men in their quest to be—and be seen as—family men is the key to securing not only their children’s well-being but also their own. AASHA M. ABDILL

is an independent researcher in New

York City. Her work focuses on diverse voices that provide scholarship and know-how to initiatives dedicated to family and community socioeconomic empowerment. She holds advanced degrees in quantitative methodology from Columbia University and sociology from Princeton University.

International and Public Affairs. JANE JENSON

is professor of political science at the

Université de Montréal. SONYA MICHEL

is professor emerita of history, American

studies, and women’s studies at the University of Maryland, College Park.

$65.00 / £54.95 cloth 978-0-231-17050-5 $64.99 / £54.95 e-book 978-0-231-53807-7

$60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-0-231-18002-3 $59.99 / £49.95 e-book 978-0-231-54227-2

O C T O B E R 336 pages / 6" x 9"

D E C E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9"

S O C I O LO G Y / G E N D E R S T U D I E S

S O C I O LO G Y / A F R I C A N A M E R I C A N S T U D I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 67

LITERARY STUDIES

Thick and Dazzling Darkness Religious Poetry in a Secular Age PETER O'LEARY “Thick and Dazzling Darkness undertakes the daunting task of exploring spirituality (qua poetry) in a way that connects such otherwise dissimilar poetics as the self-consciously looking backward of Robinson Jeffers, the peculiarly American modernism of Robert Duncan, and the (at)tendent postmodernism of Fanny Howe and Nathaniel Mackey. O’Leary creates a conceptual fabric through which we can ‘read’ this diverse group of poets— some well-served in scholarly circles, others rapidly falling off the American poetry radar. Given our cultural predicament as Americans, this work could not be more timely.” —G. C. Waldrep, Bucknell University

In Thick and Dazzling Darkness, Peter O’Leary offers a new reading of modern and contemporary poets’ treatment of religion and the nature of the divine in a secular age. The book seeks to come to terms with an often obscured spiritual impulse that drives the production and imagination of American poetry. He argues that an anxiety of misunderstanding exists in the study and writing of poetry between secular and religious impulses and that the religious nature of poets’ works is too often marginalized. Examining the works of a specific poet in each chapter, O’Leary argues for the value and meaning of religious poetry against the grain of a secular society. PETER O’LEARY

Critics, Coteries, and Pre-Raphaelite Celebrity WENDY GRAHAM

Founded by a band of young iconoclasts, the Pre-Raphaelite Brotherhood stunned Victorian England with its revaluation of culture and lifestyle. In Critics, Coteries, and Pre-Raphaelite Celebrity, Wendy Graham traces the critical discourses that greeted the Pre-Raphaelites’ debut, shaped their contemporary reception, and continued to inform responses to them well after their heyday. She explains the mechanics of fame and the politics of scandal contributing to the rise of aestheticism, providing a new interpretation of the place of aesthetic counterculture in Victorian England. Graham documents the symbiotic relationship between periodical writers and the artists and poets they helped make famous, demonstrating that the origin myth of bohemian artistic transcendence was connected with the rise of a professional class of journalists. She shows that the Pre-Raphaelites innovated many of the phenomena now associated with Oscar Wilde, arguing that they were foundational for him in forging an artistic and personal identity with a full-blown publicity apparatus. Wilde had models. This book is about them. WENDY GRAHAM

is professor of English at Vassar College

and the author of Henry James’s Thwarted Love (1999).

is the author of Gnostic Contagion: Robert

Duncan and the Poetry of Illness (2002), as well as several books of poetry, most recently The Sampo (2016), and the editor of a new edition of Ronald Johnson’s ARK (2014). He teaches at the School of the Art Institute of Chicago and the University of Chicago.

$60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-0-231-17330-8 $59.99 / £49.95 e-book 978-0-231-54597-6

$60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-0-231-18020-7 $59.99 / £49.95 e-book 978-0-231-54253-1 N O V E M B E R 352 pages / 6" x 9" / 17 color and 30 b&w illustrations

N O V E M B E R 240 pages / 6" x 9"

LITERARY STUDIES

G E N D E R A N D C U LT U R E S E R I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

68 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

GLORIA FISK

When Orhan Pamuk won the Nobel Prize for Literature in 2006, he was honored for using his craft as a novelist to bridge a troubling gap between the Judeo-Christian West and the Islamic East. Gloria Fisk contests this pervasive way of reading Pamuk to look skeptically at the ways Western literary cultures expand their reach around the world. Taking the Turkish novelist as a case study in that expansion, Fisk reads his post-9/11 novels in the context of their international reception to weigh the costs and benefits of valuing literature as a source of cross-cultural understanding. The result is a case study in the uneven processes of translation, circulation, and judgment that carry a writer across the eastern edge of Europe to his readers all over the globe. GLORIA FISK

is an associate professor at Queens College,

CUNY. Her work has been published in New Literary History, n+1, and The American Reader.

The Digital Banal

New Media and American Literature and Culture ZARA DINNEN

“Zara Dinnen clearly and forcefully articulatesthe importance of her new concept, ‘the digital banal’ as well as the way it plays out across multiple social and aesthetic practices. Nothing could be more

LITERARY STUDIES

Orhan Pamuk and the Good of World Literature

fundamentally important than the everyday, now utterly embedded in the digital.The Digital Banal empowersus not just to see ourselves as we now are but to become active participants in everyday digital life.” —Lori Emerson, University of Colorado, Boulder

Zara Dinnen analyzes a range of prominent contemporary novels, films, and artworks to contend that we live in the condition of the “digital banal,” not noticing the affective novelty of our relationship to digital media. Writers and artists, Dinnen argues, offer ways of resisting the more troubling aspects of the effects of new technologies, as well as timely methods for seeing the digital banal as a politics of suppression. Bridging the gap between literary studies and media studies, The Digital Banal recovers the shrouded disturbances that can help us recognize and antagonize our media environment. ZARA DINNEN

is a lecturer in modern and contemporary

literature at the University of Birmingham. She is coeditor of The Edinburgh Companion to Contemporary Narrative Theories (2018).

$60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-0-231-18326-0 $59.99 / £49.95 e-book 978-0-231-54482-5

$60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-0-231-18428-1 $59.99 / £49.95 e-book 978-0-231-54540-2

F E B R U A R Y 256 pages / 6" x 9"

D E C E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9" / 9 b&w photographs

LITERARY STUDIES

L I T E R AT U R E N OW

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 69

PHILOSOPHY

Philosophies of Happiness

A Comparative Introduction to the Flourishing Life DIANA LOBEL “An impressive comparative study of conceptions of happiness found in East Asian, South Asian, and Western traditions of thought that will be read with interest by a wide range of scholars in religious studies, philosophy, and psychology.”

Why Only Art Can Save Us

Aesthetics and the Absence of Emergency SANTIAGO ZABALA “Zabala’s extraordinary book strikes at the very heart of our spiritual predicament. From austerity politics to security measures, everything is legitimized with the axiom that we live in a state of emergency. The first task of the critique of ideology today is thus to dispel this myth of emergency—something that Zabala does brilliantly, combining theoretical stringency with immense readability.” —Slavoj Žižek, author of Less than Nothing

In this provocative book, Santiago Zabala declares that in an age where the greatest emergency is the absence of emergency, only contemporary art’s capacity to alter reality can save us. He advances a new aesthetics that draws on Martin Heidegger’s distinction between works of art that rescue us from emergency and those that are rescuers into emergency. The former are conservers of the status quo; the latter are disruptive events. Zabala shows how art’s ability to create new realities is fundamental to the politics of radical democracy today. SANTIAGO ZABALA

is ICREA Research Professor of

—Philip J. Ivanhoe, City University of Hong Kong

Philosophies of Happiness provides a rich spectrum of arguments for a theory of happiness as flourishing, offering a global, cross-cultural, and interdisciplinary perspective on how to create a vital, fulfilling, and significant life. Diana Lobel brings together perspectives from a broad range of philosophical traditions—East and West, ancient and contemporary—to show that while thick descriptions of happiness differ widely, certain themes resonate across texts from different places and times, suggesting core features of a happy life. Happiness is the healthy and flourishing condition of the whole human being, and we experience the most complete happiness when we realize our potential through creative engagement. “I know of no other work that engages so many traditions comparatively; this work stands to make a significant contribution to our understanding of happiness across different religious and philosophical traditions.” —Erin M. Cline, Georgetown University DIANA LOBEL

is associate professor of religion at

Boston University. Her books include The Quest for God and the Good: World Philosophy as a Living Experience (Columbia, 2011).

Philosophy at the Pompeu Fabra University in Barcelona.

$60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-0-231-18348-2 $59.99 / £49.95 e-book 978-0-231-54496-2 S E P T E M B E R 224 pages / 6" x 9" / 12 b&w illustrations P H I LO S O P H Y

$35.00 / £27.95 paper 978-0-231-18411-3 $105.00 / £87.95 cloth 978-0-231-18410-6 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54532-7 O C T O B E R 400 pages / 6" x 9"

All Rights Except Italian-language and Spanish-language Rights: Columbia

P H I LO S O P H Y

University Press; Italian-language and Spanish-language Rights: The Author

All Rights: Columbia University Press

70 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

PHILOSOPHY

The Habermas Handbook

HAUKE BRUNKHORST, REGINA KREIDE,

AND CRISTINA LAFONT, EDITORS “A global, comprehensive one-stop volume— truly a handbook—for anyone working seriously with Habermas.”

Responses to Anti-Semitism

ANDREW J. MITCHELL AND PETER TRAWNY, EDITORS “An impressive collection that genuinely enriches the conversation on Heidegger’s politics and philosophy.”

—Max Pensky, Binghamton University

Jürgen Habermas is among the most influential philosophers of our time. His diagnosis of contemporary society and concepts such as the public sphere, communicative rationality, and cosmopolitanism have influenced virtually all academic disciplines, spurred political debates, and shaped intellectual life in Germany and beyond for more than fifty years. In The Habermas Handbook, leading scholars elucidate his thought, providing essential insight into his key concepts, the breadth of his work, and his influence across public life. HAUKE BRUNKHORST

Heidegger’s Black Notebooks

is professor of sociology and head

of the Institute of Sociology at the European University– Flensburg. REGINA KREIDE is professor of political theory and the history of ideas at the Justus Liebig University of Giessen. CRISTINA LAFONT is professor of philosophy at Northwestern University.

—Gil Anidjar, Columbia University

The publication of Martin Heidegger’s Black Notebooks has sparked international controversy. While Heidegger’s engagement with National Socialism was well known, the notebooks contain not just anti-Semitic remarks but anti-Semitism deeply embedded in the language of his thought. This book brings together an international group of scholars from a variety of disciplines to discuss the ramifications of the Black Notebooks for philosophy and the humanities. ANDREW J. MITCHELL

is professor of philosophy at

Emory University. He is the author of Heidegger Among the Sculptors: Body, Space, and the Art of Dwelling (2010) and The Fourfold: Reading the Late Heidegger (2015). PETER TRAWNY

teaches at the Bergische University

Wuppertal, where he is the director of the Martin-HeideggerInstitute. He is the editor of several volumes of the MartinHeidegger-Gesamtausgabe, including the Black Notebooks. His English-language publications include Heidegger and the Myth of a Jewish World Conspiracy (2015).

$75.00 / £62.95 cloth 978-0-231-16642-3 $74.99 / £62.95 e-book 978-0-231-53588-5 O C T O B E R 720 pages / 6.125" x 9.25" P H I LO S O P H Y N E W D I R E C T I O N S I N C R I T I C A L T H E O RY

$30.00 / £24.95 paper 978-0-231-18045-0 $90.00 / £74.95 cloth 978-0-231-18044-3 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-54438-2 S E P T E M B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9"

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

P H I LO S O P H Y

All Other Rights: J. B. Metzler Verlag

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 7 1

PHILOSOPHY

Kuhn’s Legacy

Epistemology, Metaphilosophy, and Pragmatism BOJANA MLADENOVIĆ “This may well amount to the most successful reconstruction of Kuhn’s philosophy of science yet undertaken. Bojana Mladenović’s interpretive account is a significant intellectual service to scholarship in the history, sociology, and philosophy of science.” —Rupert Read, University of East Anglia

Thomas Kuhn’s The Structure of Scientific Revolutions is one of the most important books of the twentieth century, with its influence and key terms reaching far beyond the philosophy of science. However, Kuhn’s philosophy is still often misunderstood and underappreciated. In Kuhn’s Legacy, Bojana Mladenović offers a novel analysis of Kuhn’s central philosophical project, focusing on his post-Structure writings, to demonstrate the vitality of Kuhn’s philosophical project and its importance for the study of the philosophy and history of science today. BOJANA MLADENOVIĆ

is a professor of philosophy at

Williams College. She is the editor of Kuhn’s last writings, The Shearman Memorial Lectures, and his unfinished book, The Plurality of Worlds: An Evolutionary Theory of Scientific Development.

Neither Ghost nor Machine

The Emergence and Nature of Selves JEREMY SHERMAN Foreword by Terrence Deacon

How can we explain the nature and origin of selves and aims without resorting to supernatural forces or explaining them away as nothing but cause-and-effect mechanisms? In Neither Ghost nor Machine, Jeremy Sherman distills emergent-dynamics theory for a general audience. Developed by the neuroscientist Terrence Deacon, the theory provides a testable hypothesis for how mattering arose from matter, function from physics, and means-to-ends behavior from cause-and-effect dynamics. It offers a physics of purpose, demonstrating that there is a strictly physical explanation for the emergence and nature of selves and aims, one that shows our existence in an otherwise inanimate universe is not absurd. JEREMY SHERMAN

writes about biophilosophy, psychology,

and politics. He teaches college courses across the social sciences and writes for Psychology Today and Alternet. He has studied and collaborated with Terrence Deacon for twenty years. TERRENCE DEACON

is professor of biological anthropol-

ogy at the University of California, Berkeley.

$60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-0-231-14668-5 $59.99 / £49.95 e-book 978-0-231-52074-4

$30.00 / £24.95 paper 978-0-231-17333-9 $90.00 / £74.95 cloth 978-0-231-17332-2 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-54599-0

S E P T E M B E R 240 pages / 6" x 9"

O C T O B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9" / 11 b&w illustrations

P H I LO S O P H Y

P H I LO S O P H Y / S C I E N C E

All Rights: Columbia University Press

72 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

PHILOSOPHY

Excessive Subjectivity

Kant, Hegel, Lacan, and the Foundations of Ethics DOMINIK FINKELDE “The predominant notion of subjectivity today is the Habermasian project of the mutual recognition of free responsible agents. What disappears in this project is the antagonistic core of subjectivity, a traumatic disturbance inscribed into the very notion of subject from Kant to Hegel. With reference to Lacan, Finkelde forcefully brings back this obliterated dimension: the true meaning of ‘excessive

Sibling Action

subjectivity’ is that subjectivity is as such an excess.

The Genealogical Structure of Modernity

Excessive Subjectivity is not just an important

STEFANI ENGELSTEIN

contribution to the topic of subjectivity, it does much more: it redefines the entire field. In short, it is an

academic book as I have encountered. An

instant classic.” —Slavoj Žižek, University of Ljubljana and New York University

How are we to conceive of acts that suddenly expose the injustice of the prevailing order? Dominik Finkelde rereads the tradition of German idealism and finds in it the potential for transformative acts. Finkelde’s discussion of the meaning and structure of the ethical act meticulously engages thinkers typically treated as opposed—Kant, Hegel, and Lacan—to develop the concept of excessive subjectivity, which is characterized by nonconformist acts that reshape the contours of ethical life. Through these thinkers, Finkelde develops a radical ethics for contemporary times. DOMINIK FINKELDE

“As inviting, invigorating, and stimulating an

is professor of contemporary

political philosophy and epistemology at the Munich School of Philosophy.

astonishing read from the first page to the last.” —Adrian Daub, Stanford University

Stefani Engelstein explores the pivotal and unacknowledged significance of sibling structures in the modern organization of knowledge and identity across the European long nineteenth century. Sibling Action argues that this relational paradigm came to structure the modern subject, life sciences, human sciences, and collective identities such as race, religion, and gender. Integrating close readings across the disciplines with panoramic intellectual history and arresting literary interpretations, Sibling Action presents a compelling new understanding of systems of knowledge in a genealogical age and provides the foundation for less confrontational formulations of belonging. STEFANI ENGELSTEIN

is associate professor and chair of

the department of Germanic languages and literature at Duke University. She is the author of Anxious Anatomy: The Conception of the Human Form in Literary and Naturalist $65.00 / £54.95 cloth 978-0-231-17318-6 $64.99 / £54.95 e-book 978-0-231-54577-8

Discourse (2008).

S E P T E M B E R 368 pages / 6" x 9" P H I LO S O P H Y INSURRECTIONS: CRITICAL STUDIES IN RELIGION, POLITICS, A N D C U LT U R E

$65.00 / £54.95 cloth 978-0-231-18040-5 $64.99 / £54.95 e-book 978-0-231-54271-5 D E C E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9" / 18 b&w illustrations

All Rights Except German-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

P H I LO S O P H Y / H I S TO R Y

German-language Rights: The Author

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 73

POLITICS

Japan, South Korea, and the United States Nuclear Umbrella

Deterrence After the Cold War TERENCE ROEHRIG

“Terence Roehrig offers an excellent evaluation of extended-deterrence strategies, bringing together theory and policy in their historical context in a readable fashion.” —T. V. Paul, James McGill Professor of International

Life and Money

The Genealogy of the Liberal Economy and the Displacement of Politics UTE TELLMANN “A fascinating and intricately argued study that redescribes significant moments in the development of economics not just as ‘discoveries’ but as moments in which the very nature of the economic and the political is reconstituted.” —Stephen J. Collier, the New School

Ute Tellmann uncovers the contentious history of the boundary between economy and politics in liberalism. Life and Money investigates two historical moments of crisis: the period following the French revolution, through Malthus, and the Great Depression, through John Maynard Keynes. Tellmann gives a radically novel interpretation of scarcity, economic subjectivity, and money and challenges the displacement of politics in liberal economic thought. UTE TELLMANN

is associate professor of sociology and

political theory at the University of Erfurt, Max-Weber-Kolleg.

$65.00 / £54.95 cloth 978-0-231-18226-3 $64.99 / £54.95 e-book 978-0-231-54407-8 N O V E M B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9" P O L I T I C S / S O C I O LO G Y COLUMBIA STUDIES IN POLITICAL THOUGHT /

Relations, McGill University

For close to sixty years, the United States has maintained alliances with Japan and South Korea that have included a nuclear umbrella, guaranteeing their security as part of a strategy of extended deterrence. In this book, Terence Roehrig provides a detailed and comprehensive look at the nuclear umbrella in northeast Asia in the broader context of deterrence theory and U.S. strategy. He examines the role of the nuclear umbrella in Japanese and South Korean defense planning and security calculations, including the likelihood that either will develop its own nuclear weapons. Roehrig argues that the nuclear umbrella is most important as a political signal demonstrating commitment to the defense of allies and as a tool to prevent further nuclear proliferation in the region. TERENCE ROEHRIG

is professor of national security affairs

and director of the Asia-Pacific Studies Group at the U.S. Naval War College. His books include From Deterrence to Engagement: The U.S. Defense Commitment to South Korea (2007); and, with Uk Heo, South Korea Since 1980 (2010) and South Korea’s Rise: Economic Development, Power, and Foreign Relations (2014).

$30.00 / £24.95 paper 978-0-231-15799-5 $90.00 / £74.95 cloth 978-0-231-15798-8 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-52783-5 S E P T E M B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9" I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S / S E C U R I T Y S T U D I E S

P O L I T I C A L H I S TO RY

CO N T E M P O R A RY A S I A I N T H E WO R L D

All Rights: Columbia University Press

74 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

POLITICS

The Politics of Secularism

Religion, Diversity, and Institutional Change in France and Turkey MURAT AKAN

“Akan’s book makes significant contributions to the study of religion and secularism, especially (but not only) in France and Turkey. It also offers deep archival engagement. . . . The Politics of Secularism is comparative history at its best.” —Cihan Tuğal, University of California at Berkeley

Murat Akan reframes the question of secularism, exploring its presence both outside and inside Europe and offering a rich empirical account of how it moves across borders and through time, through detailed studies of France and Turkey. Akan analyzes prominent debates in both countries on topics such as the visibility of the headscarf and other religious symbols, religion courses in the public school curriculum, and state salaries for clerics and imams. Disputing the prevalent idea that diversity is a new challenge to secularism and focusing on comparison as part of the politics of secularism, this book makes a major contribution to understanding secular politics and its limits. MURAT AKAN

is associate professor in the Department of

Political Science and International Relations at Boğaziçi University. He was a guest researcher at the Max Planck Institute for the Study of Religious and Ethnic Diversity, Germany in 2012 and 2013.

When the State Winks

The Performance of Jewish Conversion in Israel MICHAL KRAVEL-TOVI

“Easily the best recent ethnography of state bureaucratic practice in Israel. Kravel-Tovi’s work is grounded in significant ethnographic fieldwork and moves beyond accounts that treat ‘the State’ as a monolithic and inimical entity. Real people— rabbis, converts and state workers—emerge from these pages, not stick figures of the sociological imagination.” —Don Seeman, Emory University

When the State Winks carefully traces the performance of state-endorsed Orthodox conversion in Israel. Michal Kravel-Tovi follows conversion candidates—mostly secular young women from a former Soviet background—and state conversion agents. She complicates the popular perception that conversion is a “wink-wink” relationship in which both sides agree to treat the converts’ pretenses of faith as real, developing new ways to think about the complex connection between conversion and the nation-state. MICHAL KRAVEL-TOVI

is an assistant professor

in the department of sociology and anthropology at Tel Aviv University. $65.00 / £54.95 cloth 978-0-231-18180-8 $64.99 / £54.95 e-book 978-0-231-54380-4

$65.00 / £54.95 cloth 978-0-231-18324-6 $64.99 / £54.95 e-book 978-0-231-54481-8

S E P T E M B E R 368 pages / 6" x 9"

S E P T E M B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9"

RELIGION / POLITICAL SCIENCE

R E L I G I O N / S O C I O LO G Y

R E L I G I O N , C U LT U R E , A N D P U B L I C L I F E

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 75

RELIGION

Sharī‘a Scripts

A Historical Anthropology BRINKLEY MESSICK “This book explores debates, within an Islamic legal tradition, about the status of writing and thus of recorded truth. This is an impressive piece of work that draws upon the author’s four decades of thought and reading. No one else can move among these Yemeni texts with such assurance, and classic works such as those of Kitāb al-Azhār, Sharh al-Azhār

Mary and the Art of Prayer

The Hours of the Virgin in Medieval Christian Life and Thought

and Sayl al-Jarrār are read more closely than any Western academic has attempted previously. A formative and distinguished book.” —Paul Dresch, St John’s College, Oxford

RACHEL FULTON BROWN “A remarkable intellectual exploration fueled by a personal passion.” —Ann Astell, University of Notre Dame

Would you like to learn to pray like a medieval Christian? In Mary and the Art of Prayer, Rachel Fulton Brown traces the history of the medieval practice of praising Mary through the complex of prayers known as the Hours of the Virgin. More than just a work of historical scholarship, the book asks readers to immerse themselves in the experience of believing in and praying to Mary, suggesting what it would have been like for medieval Christians to encounter Mary in prayer. RACHEL FULTON BROWN

is associate professor of history

at the University of Chicago. She is the author of From Judgment to Passion: Devotion to Christ and the Virgin Mary,

A case study in the textual architecture of the venerable legal and ethical tradition at the center of the Islamic experience, Sharī‘a Scripts focuses on highland Yemen in the early twentieth century, when the Zaydī school of jurisprudence, rooted there for a millennium, still held sway. Brinkley Messick uses the richly varied writings of the Yemeni past to offer a uniquely comprehensive view of the sharī‘a as a localized and lived phenomenon, reading a wide spectrum of sources in search of a new historicalanthropological perspective on Islamic textual relations. Sharī‘a Scripts also ventures a major methodological contribution by confronting anthropology’s longstanding reliance upon the observational and the colloquial, seeking to develop tools for the anthropologist as reader. is professor of anthropology and

800–1200 (2002) and coeditor of History in the Comic Mode:

BRINKLEY MESSICK

Medieval Communities and the Matter of Person (2007), both

Middle Eastern, South Asian, and African studies at Columbia

from Columbia University Press.

University. He is the author of The Calligraphic State: Textual Domination and History in a Muslim Society (1993) and coeditor of Islamic Legal Interpretation (1996).

$75.00 / £62.95 cloth 978-0-231-18168-6 $74.99 / £62.95 e-book 978-0-231-54371-2

$70.00 / £58.95 cloth 978-0-231-17874-7 $69.99 / £58.95 e-book 978-0-231-54190-9

N O V E M B E R 656 pages / 6.125" x 9.25" / 25 b&w illustrations

O C T O B E R 512 pages / 6" x 9" / 27 b&w photographs

RELIGION

MIDDLE EAST STUDIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press

76 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

Contending Visions of the Divine from the Qajars to the Islamic Republic

Religious Statecraft

The Politics of Islam in Iran MOHAMMAD AYATOLLAHI TABAAR

HOSSEIN KAMALY “Continually changing narratives, based on individual,

In God and Man in Tehran, Hossein Kamaly explores the historical processes that have made and unmade contending visions of God in Iran’s capital throughout the past two hundred years. Kamaly examines how ideas of God have been mobilized, contested, and transformed, emphasizing how notions of the divine have given shape to and in turn have been shaped by divergent conceptualizations of nature, reason, law, morality, and authority. Kamaly considers continuity and change in religiosity under the Qajar and Pahlavi dynasties; why a modernizing nation took a sudden turn toward state religiosity; and how the Islamic Republic deploys visions of God against foreign enemies and domestic critics. Beyond the majority Shia Muslim population, the book includes minority and suppressed voices, discussing the views of Sunni Muslims, Armenian and Assyrian Christians, Jews, Baha’is, and Zoroastrians and investigating issues of gender and class. With a focus on the diversity of ideas of the divine, God and Man in Tehran offers a novel perspective on the intellectual movements that have shaped Iranian modernity. HOSSEIN KAMALY

has taught at Barnard College and

Columbia University.

factional, or regime interests, rather than any consistent or immutable commitment to Islamic teachings and principles, define the ebbs and flows of Iran’s postrevolutionary politics. As Tabaar puts it, ‘There is no such thing as political Islam. There is, however, a politics of Islam.’ Through meticulous and

MIDDLE EAST STUDIES

God and Man in Tehran

extensive use of official, semiofficial, independent, and oppositional media, both in Iran and abroad, Religious Statecraft illustrates and persuasively proves this argument.” —Ali Banuazizi, Boston College

Since the 1979 revolution, scholars and policy makers have tended to see Iranian political actors as religiously driven to overturn the international order. In Religious Statecraft, Mohammad Ayatollahi Tabaar argues that such views get backward the link between religious ideology and political order. He explains how competing political actors strategically construct and deploy Shia-inspired ideologies to gain credibility and raise mass support. This provocative book does not examine political Islam but rather the politics of Islam—demonstrating that religious narratives can change rapidly, frequently, and dramatically, in accordance with elites’ threat perceptions. Religious Statecraft revises our understanding of the revolution, the U.S. embassy hostage crisis, the Iran-Iraq War, the Green Movement, nuclear politics, and U.S.-Iran relations. MOHAMMAD AYATOLLAHI TABAAR

is an assistant profes-

sor at the Bush School of Government and Public Service at Texas A&M University and a fellow at the Baker Institute for Public Policy at Rice University.

$60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-0-231-17682-8 $59.99 / £49.95 e-book 978-0-231-54108-4

$60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-0-231-18366-6 $59.99 / £49.95 e-book 978-0-231-54506-8 N O V E M B E R 368 pages / 6" x 9"

J A N U A R Y 240 pages / 6" x 9"

MIDDLE EAST STUDIES

CO L U M B I A S T U D I E S I N M I D D L E E A S T P O L I T I C S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 7 7

ASIAN STUDIES

Genuine Pretending

On the Philosophy of the “Zhuangzi”

The Merchant’s Tale

HANS-GEORG MOELLER AND

Yokohama and the Transformation of Japan

PAUL J. D’AMBROSIO

SIMON PARTNER

“[The book’s] scholarship is first rate and the contribution original and timely. The authors offer genuinely illuminating and original readings of many of the widely discussed parts of the Zhuangzi.” —Barry Allen, McMaster University

Genuine Pretending presents an innovative reading of Daoist philosophy that highlights the critical and therapeutic functions of satire and humor. Hans-Georg Moeller and Paul J. D’Ambrosio show how the Zhuangzi distances itself from the pursuit of authenticity and subverts the dominant Confucianism of its time through satirical allegories and ironical reflections. The Zhuangzi expounds the Daoist art of “genuine pretending”: the paradoxical skill of not only surviving but thriving by enacting social roles without being tricked into submitting to them or letting them define one’s identity. “A highly insightful new reading of the Zhuangzi that is exceptionally sensitive to both philosophical and textual subtleties.” —Brook Ziporyn, University of Chicago Divinity School HANS-GEORG MOELLER

is professor of philosophy at the

In April 1859, at age fifty, Shinohara Chūemon left his old life behind. Chūemon, a well-off farmer in his home village, departed for the new port city of Yokohama, where he remained for the next fourteen years. There, as a merchant trading with foreigners in the aftermath of Japan’s 1853 “opening” to the West, he witnessed the collapse of the Tokugawa shogunate, the civil war that followed, and the Meiji Restoration’s reforms. The Merchant’s Tale looks through Chūemon’s eyes at the upheavals of this period, using the story of an ordinary merchant farmer and its Yokohama setting as a vantage point onto sweeping social transformation and its unwitting agents. In a narrative history rich in colorful detail, Simon Partner focuses on Japan’s common people to investigate the relationship between individual motivation and social change. Partner’s microhistory of a vibrant meeting place humanizes the story of Japan’s revolutionary 1860s and their profound consequences for Japanese society and culture. SIMON PARTNER

is professor of history at Duke University.

University of Macau. His books include The Philosophy of

He is the author of Assembled in Japan: Electrical Goods

the Daodejing (2006); The Moral Fool: A Case for Amorality

and the Making of the Japanese Consumer (1999); Toshie: A

(2009); and The Radical Luhmann (2011), all from Columbia

Story of Rural Life in Twentieth-Century Japan (2004); and

University Press.

The Mayor of Aihara: A Japanese Villager and His Community,

PAUL J. D’AMBROSIO

is assistant professor of Chinese

1865–1925 (2009).

philosophy at East China Normal University. He is the coeditor (with Michael Sandel) of Encountering China: Michael Sandel and Chinese Philosophy (2017).

$35.00 / £27.95 paper 978-0-231-17750-4 $105.00 / £87.95 cloth 978-0-231-18398-7 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54526-6

$60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-0-231-18292-8 $59.99 / £49.95 e-book 978-0-231-54446-7 D E C E M B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9" / 20 b&w illustrations

O C T O B E R 240 pages / 6" x 9"

H I S TO R Y / J A PA N E S E S T U D I E S

A S I A N S T U D I E S / P H I LO S O P H Y

A S I A P E R S P E C T I V E S : H I S TO RY, S O C I E T Y, A N D C U LT U R E

All Rights: Columbia University Press

78 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

ASIAN STUDIES

Food of Sinful Demons

Erotic Poems from the Sanskrit

Meat, Vegetarianism, and the Limits of Buddhism in Tibet

An Anthology

GEOFFREY BARSTOW

TRANSLATOR

“A creative and nuanced exploration of Tibetan

R. PARTHASARATHY, EDITOR AND

“The book succeeds very well at giving the reader

religiosity that has heretofore remained largely in the

a firm sense of the literary sensibility that informs

dark. An important and exciting book.”

Sanskrit erotic verse. It has both a breadth of

—Andrew Quintman, Yale University

reference and a cosmopolitan spirit.”

In this study of the place of vegetarianism within Tibetan religiosity, Geoffrey Barstow explores the tension between Buddhist ethics and Tibetan cultural ideals to offer a novel perspective on the spiritual and social dimensions of meat eating. Barstow offers a detailed analysis of the debates over vegetarianism from the first references to such a diet in the tenth century through the 1950s, showing how nonreligious norms shaped religious beliefs and practices. “A very welcome and entirely novel work on the place of vegetarianism in Tibet. There is simply nothing else like it.” —Gray Tuttle, Leila Hadley Luce Associate Professor of Modern Tibetan Studies, Columbia University GEOFFREY BARSTOW

—Whitney Cox, University of Chicago

Classical Sanskrit literature boasts an exquisite canon of poetry devoted to erotic love. In Erotic Poems from the Sanskrit, noted translator and scholar R. Parthasarathy curates a selection in a new verse translation that introduces readers to Sanskrit poetry in a modern English vernacular. The volume features works by seventy-two poets, including seven women poets and thirty-five anonymous poets, primarily composed between the fourth and seventeenth centuries. It includes a detailed introduction that guides readers through Sanskrit poetic forms. R. PARTHASARATHY

is professor emeritus of English at

Skidmore College. He is the editor and translator of The Tale of an Anklet: An Epic of South India (Columbia, 1993).

is an assistant professor of religious

studies at Oregon State University. $65.00 / £54.95 cloth 978-0-231-17996-6 $64.99 / £54.95 e-book 978-0-231-54230-2 O C T O B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9" / 13 b&w illustrations BUDDHISM / ASIAN STUDIES S T U D I E S O F T H E W E AT H E R H E A D E A S T A S I A N I N S T I T U T E ,

$25.00 / £19.95 paper 978-0-231-18439-7 $75.00 / £62.95 cloth 978-0-231-18438-0 $24.99 / £19.95 e-book 978-0-231-54546-4 S E P T E M B E R 176 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" POETRY / SOUTHEAST ASIAN STUDIES

CO L U M B I A U N I V E R S I T Y

T R A N S L AT I O N S F R O M T H E A S I A N C L A S S I C S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 79

ASIAN STUDIES

The Book of Swindles

Quelling the Demons’ Revolt

Selections from a Late Ming Collection

A Novel from Ming China

ZHANG YINGYU

ATTRIBUTED TO LUO GUANZHONG

Translated by Christopher Rea and Bruce Rusk

Translated by Patrick Hanan

The Book of Swindles, a seventeenth-century story collection, offers a panoramic guide to the art of deception. Ostensibly a manual for self-protection, it presents a tableau of criminal ingenuity in late-Ming China, featuring an array of smooth operators, crooks, and charlatans, from unscrupulous merchants and corrupt officials to covetous monks and venal eunuchs. Each story comes with commentary by the author, Zhang Yingyu, who expounds a moral lesson while also speaking as a connoisseur of the swindle. This volume contains annotated translations of just over half of the eighty-odd tales in Zhang’s landmark work. ZHANG YINGYU

(fl. 1612–1617) lived during the Wanli period

(1573–1620) of the Ming dynasty. CHRISTOPHER REA

is associate professor of Asian studies

at the University of British Columbia. He is the author of The Age of Irreverence: A New History of Laughter in China (2015), and the editor of several books, including Humans, Beasts, and Ghosts: Stories and Essays by Qian Zhongshu (Columbia, 2011). BRUCE RUSK

is associate professor of Asian studies at

the University of British Columbia. He is the author of Critics and Commentators: The Book of Poems as Classic

Introduction by Ellen B. Widmer and David Der-wei Wang

In this Ming-era novel, historical narrative, raucous humor, and the supernatural are interwoven to tell the tale of an unsuccessful attempt to overthrow the Song dynasty. Though Quelling the Demons’ Revolt centers on the events of the rebellion led by Wang Ze in 1047–48, facts are distorted and intermingled with slapstick humor and wild fictions. The author points to human vanities and fixations as well as social injustice, warning of the vulnerability of any pursuit of order in a world plagued by demonic forces as well as mundane corruption. This translation offers English-speaking readers a spirited example of social critique and caustic humor. LUO GUANZHONG

(c. 1330–c. 1400) is the alleged author

of two of China’s most famous and beloved works of fiction, The Romance of the Three Kingdoms and The Water Margin. PATRICK HANAN

(1927–2014) was Victor S. Thomas

Professor of Chinese Literature at Harvard University. He was one of the foremost translators of Chinese fiction from the fourteenth to the twentieth century.

and Literature (2012).

$28.00 / £22.95 paper 978-0-231-17863-1 $75.00 / £70.95 cloth 978-0-231-17862-4 $27.99 / £22.95 e-book 978-0-231-54564-8

$28.00 / £22.95 paper 978-0-231-18307-9 $85.00 / £70.95 cloth 978-0-231-18306-2 $27.99 / £22.95 e-book 978-0-231-54473-3

S E P T E M B E R 208 pages / 5.5" x 8.5"

S E P T E M B E R 240 pages / 5.5" x 8.5"

C H I N E S E L I T E R AT U R E

T R A N S L AT I O N S F R O M T H E A S I A N C L A S S I C S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

80 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

ASIAN STUDIES

Premodern Korean Literary Prose

An Anthology

MICHAEL J. PETTID, GREGORY N. EVON, AND CHAN PARK, EDITORS

This anthology presents new translations of Korean prose works from the tenth to the nineteenth century. It offers insight into past Korean societies by highlighting genres that have largely not been translated, such as diaries, short fictional biographies, erotic tales, oral narratives, and novellas, all of which illustrate the depth and variety of premodern Korean writings. The selections are intended to show what literate people of the premodern period enjoyed reading and demonstrate the cultural diversity of the creation of literature, including a range of writings by women and nonelites such as commoners. The volume also includes critical essays and short introductions to contextualize the materials and explain the ideological backdrop behind the creation of the works. MICHAEL J. PETTID

is professor of Korean studies at

Binghamton University. His publications include Unyŏng-jŏn: A Love Affair at the Royal Palace of Chosŏn Korea, with annotations and introduction (2009, with Kil Cha). GREGORY N. EVON

is senior lecturer in the School of

Humanities and Languages at the University of New South Wales–Sydney. He has published articles on premodern Korean literary and intellectual history.

Contemporary Chinese Short-Short Stories

A Parallel Text

T RANSLATED AND EDITED BY AILI MU WITH MIKE SMITH

This book presents Chinese short-short stories in English and Chinese, integrating language learning with cultural studies for intermediate to advanced learners of Mandarin Chinese and students of contemporary Chinese literature. Each chapter begins with a critical introduction, followed by two or more stories in parallel Chinese and English texts. It offers students a window onto China today and pathways to its traditions and past as they gain language competence and critical cultural skills. AILI MU

is associate professor of Chinese in the Department

of World Languages and Cultures at Iowa State University. CHAN E. PARK

is professor of Korean literature and director

of the Korean Performance Research Program at the Ohio

She is a cotranslator of Loud Sparrows: Contemporary Chinese Short-Shorts (Columbia, 2006).

State University. She is the author of Voices from the Straw Mat: Toward an Ethnography of Korean Story Singing (2003).

MIKE SMITH

is associate professor of English at Delta

State University.

$35.00 / £27.95 paper 978-0-231-16581-5 $105.00 / £87.95 cloth 978-0-231-16580-8 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54601-0 J A N U A R Y 352 pages / 6" x 9"

$40.00 / £32.95 paper 978-0-231-18153-2 $120.00 / £99.95 cloth 978-0-231-18152-5 $39.99 / £32.95 e-book 978-0-231-54363-7 O C T O B E R 480 pages / 6" x 9" C H I N E S E L I T E R AT U R E / L A N G U AG E

KO R E A N L I T E R AT U R E

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Other Rights: The Author C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 8 1

JOURNALISM

HISTORY

Radiation Nation

Three Mile Island and the Political Transformation of the 1970s NATASHA ZARETSKY

Becoming the News

How Ordinary People Respond to the Media Spotlight RUTH PALMER

“This is an epic book, speaking to grand stakes. Centered on Three Mile Island, it is actually a chronicle of postwar America, touching on

“Becoming the News examines the seemingly mundane experience of having been mentioned in

everything from atomic-age anxieties, to declining

the news—an important social phenomenon that

faith in expertise, to the long-grindng pessimism of

scholars have ignored and one that changes how

the ‘anthropocene.’ It is, in short, brilliant, among the

huge numbers of Americans think not only about the

best works of history I have read in years.”

news media but about themselves. Palmer weaves a

—Jeremy Varon, the New School

On March 28, 1979, the worst nuclear reactor accident in U.S. history occurred at the Three Mile Island plant. Natasha Zaretsky uses the accident to provide a fresh interpretation of the political realignment of the 1970s. Drawing on the testimony of the men and women who lived in the shadow of the reactor, Radiation Nation discusses how the region’s citizens, especially its mothers, grew convinced that they had sustained radiological injuries that threatened their reproductive futures. Their politics was shaped by what Zaretsky calls “biotic nationalism,” which imagined the nation as a living being and portrayed sickened Americans as evidence of betrayal. The first cultural history of the accident, Radiation Nation emphasizes how local women crafted a homegrown ecological politics and reveals the surprising dimensions of post-Vietnam conservatism. NATASHA ZARETSKY

is associate professor of history at

Southern Illinois University. She is the author of No Direction Home: The American Family and the Fear of National Decline, 1968–1980 (2007).

compelling tapestry of classic social theory, modern scholarship, and outstanding interviews. Built on thoughtful and sensitive research and brimming with insight, Becoming the News is a breakthrough contribution to the fields of sociology and journalism studies.” —David Pritchard, University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee

What does it feel like to be featured, quoted, or just named in a news story? Based on dozens of interviews with news subjects, Becoming the News studies how ordinary people make sense of their experience as media subjects. Ruth Palmer charts the arc of the experience of “making” the news, from the events that brought an ordinary person to journalists’ attention through their interactions with journalists and reactions to the news coverage and its aftermath, with important implications for how we think about the production and consumption of news at a time when Americans distrust the news media more than ever. RUTH PALMER

is an assistant professor of communications

at IE University in Madrid and Segovia. Her work has been published in Journalism, Journalism Studies, and Literary Journalism Studies. She was also a writer and editor for the Knight Case Studies Initiative at the Columbia University Graduate School of Journalism.

$35.00 / £27.95 paper 978-0-231-17981-2 $105.00 / £87.95 cloth 978-0-231-17980-5 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54248-7

$35.00 / £27.95 paper 978-0-231-18315-4 $105.00 / £87.95 cloth 978-0-231-18314-7 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54476-4

F E B R U A R Y 288 pages / 6" x 9" / 22 b&w illustrations

N O V E M B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9"

H I S TO R Y

JOURNALISM

All Rights: Columbia University Press

82 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

FILM STUDIES

Religion and Film

Cinema and the Re-creation of the World Second edition

S. BRENT PLATE Praise for the first edition: “[An] excellent little volume.” —Journal of Religion

Religion and cinema share a capacity for world making, ritualizing, mythologizing, and creating sacred time and space. Religion and Film introduces readers to both religious studies and film studies by focusing on the formal similarities between cinema and religious practices and on the methods they each use to re-create the world. By analyzing the ways films are constructed, we can shed new light on the ways religious myths and rituals are constructed and vice versa. This thoroughly expanded and revised edition includes new chapters that offer theories and methods for thinking about cinema in a manner that more fully connects film studies with religious studies. S. BRENT PLATE

is a writer, editor, and visiting associate

professor of religious studies at Hamilton College. His books include Representing Religion in World Cinema: Filmmaking, Mythmaking, Culture Making (2003), Blasphemy: Art That Offends (2006), and A History of Religion in 5½ Objects: Bringing the Spiritual to Its Senses (2014). Plate is also cofounder and managing editor of the journal Material Religion: The Journal of Objects, Art, and Belief.

The Essay Film After Fact and Fiction NORA M. ALTER

Nora M. Alter argues that the essay film is a hybrid genre that fuses three major categories of film: feature, art, and documentary. Much like the written essay, its literary predecessor, the essay film draws on a variety of forms and approaches, fundamentally altering the shape of cinema. Alter traces the essay film’s origins to early silent cinema, charting the genre’s evolution with the advent of sound, its emergence as a recognized category of film in the postwar period, and the ways the genre developed in the later twentieth century. In addition to exploring the broader history of the essay film, Alter discusses the work of artists including Robert Smithson, Martha Rosler, Isaac Julien, John Akomfrah, Harun Farocki, and Hito Steyerl. NORA M. ALTER

is professor of comparative film and media

studies in the School of Theater, Film, and Media Arts at Temple University. She is the author of Vietnam Protest Theatre: The Television War on Stage (1996); Projecting History: German Nonfiction Cinema, 1967–2000 (2002); and Chris Marker (2006) and coeditor (with Timothy Corrigan) of Essays on the Essay Film (Columbia, 2017).

$30.00 / £24.95 paper 978-0-231-17675-0 $90.00 / £74.95 cloth 978-0-231-17674-3 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-54579-2

$30.00 / £24.95 paper 978-0-231-17821-1 $90.00 / £74.95 cloth 978-0-231-17820-4 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-54598-3 J A N U A R Y 384 pages / 6" x 9"

S E P T E M B E R 224 pages / 6" x 9" / 47 b&w photographs

FILM

FILM / RELIGION

F I L M A N D C U LT U R E S E R I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 8 3

WA L L F L O W E R P R E S S

Ingmar Bergman’s Face to Face MICHAEL TAPPER

The 1976 premiere of Face to Face came at the height of Ingmar Bergman’s career. Yet today Face to Face is a largely overlooked and dismissed work. This book tells the story of its rise and fall. It presents a new portrait of Bergman as a political artist exploring a new medium with huge public impact: television. Inspired by Henrik Ibsen, feminism, and alternative psychotherapy, he made a series of portraits of the modern bourgeois family focusing on the plight of women; Face to Face followed in the tracks of The Lie (1970) and Scenes from a Marriage (1973), investigating the heart of repressive family structures to eventually glimpse a way out. This volume culminates in an extensive study of the twoyear process from the first outlines of the screenplay to the reception and aftermath of Face to Face. It thus offers a unique insight into Bergman’s ideas and artistry during a turbulent time in cinema history. MICHAEL TAPPER

is an affiliated researcher in film studies

at Lund University, Sweden, and a film critic at the daily papers Sydsvenska Dagbladet and Helsingborgs Dagblad. His previous books include Swedish Cops: From Sjöwall and

A Search for Belonging

The Mexican Cinema of Luis Buñuel MARC RIPLEY

Despite the fact that the twenty films Luis Buñuel made in Mexico between 1946 and 1965 represent the most prolific stage of his career as a filmmaker, these have remained relatively neglected. This book focuses on nine of the films made in Mexico in order to show that a concerted focus on space can unlock new meaning in this rich body of work. Focusing on films such as Los olvidados, Nazarín, and El ángel exterminador alongside La mort en ce jardin, The Young One, and Simón del desierto, it avoids the tropes most often associated with Buñuel—surrealism, Catholicism, the derision of the bourgeoisie—and the approach most often invoked in analysis of these themes: psychoanalysis. Instead, it argues that, ultimately, these films depict an overriding sense of placelessness, overtly or subliminally enacting a search for belonging that forces the viewer to question what it means to be in place. MARC RIPLEY

is a teaching fellow in Spanish and Latin

American studies at the University of Leicester.

Wahlöö to Stieg Larsson (2014).

$30.00* / £24.95 paper 978-0-231-17653-8 $90.00 / £74.95 cloth 978-0-231-17652-1 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-85121-3

$30.00* / £24.95 paper 978-0-231-18235-5 $90.00 / £74.95 cloth 978-0-231-18234-8 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-85109-1

S E P T E M B E R 216 pages / 6" x 9" / 16 b&w photographs

N O V E M B E R 224 pages / 6" x 9" / 24 b&w illustrations

FILM

All Rights: Columbia University Press

84 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

WA L L F L O W E R P R E S S

The Hollywood B-Film

Cinema in the Digital Age

Cinema on a Shoestring

Revised edition

KYLE EDWARDS

NICHOLAS ROMBES

The Hollywood B-Film offers a concise overview of the so-called ‘B-film’ in the United States between the late 1920s—when the emergence of the double-feature format led to the creation of motion pictures intended for the bottom half of a dual bill—and the contemporary period, when an increasing number of distribution channels and exhibition outlets have shifted the B-film’s traditional definition but not its cultural importance or pervasiveness. Each chapter of this volume offers a clear and concise examination of a distinct period in the history of this vast but relatively unknown area of film history. Case studies explore Warner Bros.’ B-film unit in the 1930s, Poverty Row stalwart Monogram Pictures in the 1940s and 1950s, independent upstart King Bros. in the 1960s and 1970s, and Quentin Tarantino’s and Robert Rodriguez’s homage to B-film excess in Grindhouse (2007).

Have digital technologies transformed cinema into a new art, or do they simply replicate and mimic analogue, film-based cinema? This updated edition of Cinema in the Digital Age takes a fresh look at the historical and contemporary state of digital cinema. It pays special attention to the ways in which nostalgia for the look and feel of analogue disrupts the aesthetics of the digital image, as well as how recent films such as The Social Network (2010) and The Girl with the Dragon Tattoo (2011)—both shot digitally—have disguised and erased their digital foundations. The book also explores new possibilities for writing about and theorizing film, such as randomization.

KYLE EDWARDS

NICHOLAS ROMBES

is professor of English at the

University of Detroit Mercy. He is the author of several books on cinema and punk, including The Ramones (2005), and editor of New Punk Cinema (2005). He also directed the feature-length lo-fi paranoid thriller The Removals (2016).

is associate professor of cinema studies

at Oakland University and associate editor of Creative Industries Journal.

$20.00* / £14.95 paper 978-0-231-17265-3 $19.99 / £14.95 e-book 978-0-231-54611-9 J A N U A R Y 144 pages / 6" x 9" / 12 b&w illustrations

$30.00 / £24.95 paper 978-0-231-16755-0 $90.00 / £74.95 cloth 978-0-231-16754-3 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-85118-3

FILM

D E C E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9" / 4 b&w illustrations

SHORT CUTS

FILM

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 8 5

DIRECTORS’ CUTS

WA L L F L O W E R P R E S S

The Cinema of Pawel Pawlikowski

The Cinema of Tom DiCillo

JOANNA RYDZEWSKA

WAYNE BYRNE

Sculpting Stories

Already regarded as one of the most important contemporary British and Polish directors, Pawel Pawlikowski’s 2013 receipt of the Academy Award for the Best Foreign Film for his Holocaust drama Ida secured his place in world cinema. Drawing on a series of original interviews, this full account of Pawlikowski’s extraordinary life charts his career from his departure from Poland in the 1970s to his international success. Highlighting Pawlikowski’s collaborative working practices, personal approach to filmmaking, and different places of residence, the volume analyzes his preoccupation with questions of identity mapped against historical events and social change. Examining the varied production histories of Pawlikowski’s films, this volume also offers a larger reflection on transnational developments in European film. JOANNA RYDZEWSKA

is senior lecturer in film studies at

Swansea University.

Include Me Out

Foreword by Steve Buscemi

The Cinema of Tom DiCillo: Include Me Out considers this acclaimed director’s entire oeuvre, addressing themes such as identity, family, and masculinity, as well as the generic and aesthetic aspects of DiCillo’s distinctive and influential style. This comprehensive study documents the writing, production, and release of every DiCillo picture, each followed by a Q&A with the director. Also featured is a foreword written by Steve Buscemi, as well as exclusive interviews and commentary with cast members and collaborators, including Kevin Corrigan, Peter Dinklage, Gina Gershon, Catherine Keener, Alison Lohman, Matthew Modine, Chris Noth, Sam Rockwell, John Turturro, and members of the Doors. Films covered include Johnny Suede, Living In Oblivion, Box of Moonlight, The Real Blonde, Double Whammy, Delirious, When You’re Strange, and Down in Shadowland. WAYNE BYRNE

is a freelance film studies lecturer and

education consultant. $30.00* / £24.95 paper 978-0-231-17723-8 $90.00 / £74.95 cloth 978-0-231-17722-1 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-85119-0

$30.00* / £24.95 paper 978-0-231-18535-6 $90.00 / £74.95 cloth 978-0-231-18534-9 $29.99 / £24.95 e-book 978-0-231-85120-6

D E C E M B E R 216 pages / 6" x 9" / 16 b&w photographs

S E P T E M B E R 208 pages / 6" x 9" / 16 b&w photographs

FILM

All Rights: Columbia University Press

86 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

C U LT O G R A P H I E S

WA L L F L O W E R P R E S S

Serenity

Danger: Diabolik

Joss Whedon’s Serenity (2005) is at once a symbol of failure and a triumphant success of fan activism. The cult television icon’s feature directorial debut functions as an extension of his canceled Fox series Firefly. Mourning their loss, fans of the show fought for more, making Serenity not just a cult film but a monument to cultdom. A minor box-office success upon first release, Serenity continues to be a sci-fi favorite. This book examines the relationship between the film and its peculiar cult following, largely established before a cult object even existed, and situates the film in relation to the series and its other transmedia continuations to plumb the status of different media texts and their platforms. Additionally, it explores those cult features of Serenity—a playful engagement with genre, with high and low culture, with gender roles—that predisposed it to such a fierce following, one that would follow Whedon into future series and blockbuster projects such as The Avengers.

Danger: Diabolik (1968) was adapted from a comic, a phenomenon in Italy, featuring a masked master criminal—part Fantômas, part James Bond—and his elegant companion, Eva Kant. The film partially reinvents the character as a countercultural prankster and places him in a futuristic underground hideout and Eva in a series of unforgettable outfits. A commercial disappointment on its original release, Danger: Diabolik’s reputation has grown along with that of its director, Mario Bava, the quintessential cult auteur, while the pop-art glamour of its costumes and sets have caught the imagination of such people as Roman Coppola and the Beastie Boys. This study examines its status as a comic-book movie, including its relation both to the original fumetto and to its sisterfilm, Barbarella. It traces its production and cult afterlife as both a pop-art classic and campy “bad film” featured in the final episode of Mystery Science Theatre 3000.

FREDERICK BLICHERT

is a film critic, journalist, and

LEON HUNT

is a senior lecturer in film and TV studies at

Brunel University.

academic based in Vancouver.

$15.00* / £12.95 paper 978-0-231-18233-1 $14.99 / £12.95 e-book 978-0-231-54411-5

$15.00* / £12.95 paper 978-0-231-18281-2 $14.99 / £12.95 e-book 978-0-231-85112-1

N O V E M B E R 128 pages / 6" x 9" / 16 b&w photographs

F E B R U A R Y 128 pages / 6" x 9" / 12 b&w illustrations

FILM

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 87

SCIENCE

SOCIAL WORK

Cultivating Professional Resilience in Direct Practice

A Guide for Human Service Professionals JASON M. NEWELL

Origins of Darwin’s Evolution

Solving the Species Puzzle Through Time and Place J. DAVID ARCHIBALD

“Newell emphasizes the importance of professional self-care as it relates to providing ethical and quality services to others who are vulnerable and needing help. Clearly, if as helping professionals we do not take the first breath of oxygen, how is it possible to help others breathe?” —Carolyn Szafran, Washburn University

Overwhelming empirical evidence indicates that new social workers going into child welfare or other trauma-related care discover emotional challenges. However, the revised CSWE Educational Policy and Accreditation Standards (EPAS) does not mandate the inclusion of content related to self-care in social work curricula. In a textbook that bridges the gap between theoretical and pragmatic approaches, Jason M. Newell provides a solution by conceptualizing self-care as the key to professional resilience. By examining four key constructs—stress, empathy, resilience, and self-care—from different theoretical dimensions, Newell offers an extensive, competency-based model. He describes a framework grounded in the ecological-systems perspective conceptualizing self-care as a broader set of practice behaviors pertaining to the whole person. This comprehensive approach to self-care can help practitioners remain resilient and committed to social work in the face of trauma. JASON M. NEWELL

In On the Origin of Species (1859), Charles Darwin presented his evidence for evolution and natural selection as its mechanism, drawing upon his earliest data gathered during his voyage on the HMS Beagle. By the end of the voyage, he had come to the realization that species evolved in different regions throughout the world, but he did not express this revelation explicitly in his notebooks until shortly after his return. Over the years, Darwin collected more evidence supporting evolution, but his early work remained paramount. Many discussions of Darwin’s landmark book give scant attention to this wealth of evidence, and today we still do not fully appreciate its significance in Darwin’s thinking. In Origins of Darwin’s Evolution, J. David Archibald explores this lapse. Carefully retracing Darwin’s gathering of evidence and the evolution of his thinking, Origins of Darwin’s Evolution achieves a new understanding of how Darwin crafted his transformative theory. J. DAVID ARCHIBALD

is professor emeritus of biology at

San Diego State University as well as curator of mammals in the SDSU Vertebrate Collections. His books include Dinosaur Extinction and the End of an Era: What the Fossils Say (1996) and Aristotle’s Ladder, Darwin’s Tree: The Evolution of Visual Metaphors for Biological Order (2014), both from Columbia University Press.

is associate professor and director of

the social work program at the University of Montevallo.

$35.00 / £27.95 paper 978-0-231-17659-0 $105.00 / £87.95 cloth 978-0-231-17658-3 $34.99 / £27.95 e-book 978-0-231-54490-0

$65.00 / £54.95 cloth 978-0-231-17684-2 $64.99 / £54.95 e-book 978-0-231-54529-7

S E P T E M B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9"

S E P T E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9"

S O C I A L WO R K

SCIENCE

All Rights: Columbia University Press

88 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

H A R R I N G T O N PA R K P R E S S

Transgender Sex Work and Society LARRY NUTTBROCK, EDITOR

This is the only book that systematically examines transgender sex work in the United States and globally. Bringing together perspectives from a rich range of disciplines and experiences, it is an invaluable resource on issues related to commercial sex in the transgender community and in the lives of trans sex workers, including mental-health, substance use, relationship dynamics, encounters with the criminal justice system, and opportunities and challenges in the realm of public health.

The volume covers trans sex workers’ interactions with health, social service, and mental health agencies, featuring more than forty contributors from across the globe. Synthesizing introductions by the editor help organize and put into context a vast and scattered research and empirical literature. The book is essential for researchers, health practitioners, and policy analysts in the areas of sex-work research, HIV/AIDS, and LGBTQ/gender studies. “This book explores the role of sex work in the lives

“This is a wonderful collection that helps to fill a huge gap in the research literature. Transgender individuals are the least studied of all sex workers. Wide-ranging in scope, the book covers key social, health,

with this type of work, revealing a complex interplay

victimization, criminal justice, and

between sex and gender, survival and validation,

policy issues in different nations. The

desire and love, social justice and health. A must-read

findings document diversity within

for any researcher, health provider, advocate, or policy

the transgender population but also

maker concerned with the health and well-being of sex

indicate that transgender individuals

workers of all genders.”

face some unique challenges and are

—Walter Bockting, codirector, Program for the Study of LGBT Health, Columbia University Medical Center LARRY NUTTBROCK

received a Ph.D. in sociology from Case Western

Reserve University. He subsequently completed a postdoctoral fellow-

doubly stigmatized by virtue of their gender and involvement in sex work.” —Ronald Weitzer, George Washington University, author of Legalizing

ship in psychiatric epidemiology from Columbia University. Currently

Prostitution: From Illicit Vice to Lawful

a private research consultant, he was previously affiliated with the

Business and Sex for Sale: Prostitution,

National Development and Research Institutes in New York City.

Pornography, and the Sex Industry

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

of transgender women and the hazards that come

He recently completed a large NIH-funded study of HIV among transgender women and remains active in the field of transgender health.

$75.00 / £62.95 cloth 978-1-939594-22-8 $45.99 / £38.95 e-book 978-1-939594-23-5 N O V E M B E R 416 pages / 6” x 9” S O C I O LO G Y / H E A LT H C A R E / LG B TQ I A S T U D I E S

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 89

COLUMBIA BOOKS ON ARCHITECTURE AND THE CITY

And Now

Architecture Against a Developer Presidency (Essays on the Occasion of Trump’s Inauguration) JAMES GRAHAM, ALISSA ANDERSON, CAITLIN BLANCHFIELD, JORDAN CARVER, JACOB MOORE, AND ISABELLE KIRKHAM-LEWITT, EDITORS THE AVERY REVIEW

AND NOW INCLUDES ESSAYS BY:

Ananya Roy • Teddy Cruz and Fonna Forman • Laura Kunreuther • Ann Lui • Alexandra Délano Alonso • Manuel Shvartzberg Carrió • Shela Shekh • Anooradha Iyer Siddiqi • Rebecca Choi • Rachel Weber • and others

The election of Donald J. Trump as the president of the United States of America has provoked an unprecedented intensity of reflection in virtually all academic disciplines. The professions of architecture and planning, faced with the phenomenon of a self-proclaimed “builder in chief,” have found themselves facing a series of fundamental questions, both old and new. How should we think, teach, and practice under a developer presidency? What sort of walls will we and won’t we choose to build? What are our commitments of critical thought, and what obligations should we turn our energies toward?

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

The essays gathered in And Now explore the nature of architecture’s many long-standing complicities. Architecture coordinates colossal expenditures (of material, of energy); it scripts forms of labor (in its construction, in its operation, and in the programs it houses); and it is both a repository and generator of capital. Architecture participates, centrally, in defining modes of life, whether for the privileged or the dispossessed—designing and building the boundaries between the “haves” and the “have-nots.” This fundamental reality of architectural practice need not inspire either nihilism or defensiveness but should rather be understood, quite simply, as the terrain we navigate. Naming these complicities and the injustices they perpetuate is a first step toward addressing them. THE AVERY REVIEW

is a monthly journal of critical essays on

architecture published by the Office of Publications at Columbia University’s Graduate School of Architecture, Planning and Preservation, and can be found at averyreview.com. $20.00* / £14.95 cloth 978-1-941332-31-3 S E P T E M B E R 256 pages / 5” x 7” /

b&w illustrations throughout ARCHITECTURE T H E AV E RY R E V I E W

90 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

ESTHER CHOI AND MARRIKKA TROTTER, EDITORS

ESTHER CHOI

is a Ph.D. candidate at Princeton University

School of Architecture. She is currently assistant professor at OCAD University. MARRIKKA TROTTER

Reflections on Culture and Politics 1894–1959 KENNETH FRAMPTON

Wright’s Writings traces the discursive work of Frank Lloyd Wright through a set of essays by Kenneth Frampton. Originally written as a series of introductions to the five-volume collection of Wright’s writing published in 1992, the essays are gathered here as a critical survey of the architect’s written and spoken work—a body of text that testifies to Wright’s staggering prolificacy, pleasure in argument, diversity of interests, and desire to engage with timely political debates. Alongside these five essays, Wright’s Writings provides a visual record of Wright’s literary output, demonstrating the range of media he employed in the act of making architecture. Read together, it presents a history of the architect through the essays, books, letters, lectures, and speeches he wrote as well as the material and social cultures he navigated. KENNETH FRAMPTON

is Ware Professor of Architecture

at Columbia University’s Graduate School of Architecture, is a Ph.D. candidate in architecture,

urbanism, and landscape at Harvard University.

Planning, and Preservation, where he has taught since 1972. His books include Studies in Tectonic Culture (1995),

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

Architecture Is All Over investigates architecture’s simultaneous diminishment and ubiquity in the early twenty-first century. It features original texts and design proposals from emerging and established scholars and practitioners. Together these pieces probe architecture’s relationship to liminal zones and immaterial systems, reframing instability and mutability as enduring qualities that form architecture’s core—a perspectival shift with new possibilities for agency and resistance. Case studies that propose new strategies are placed alongside provocative historical examples to tease out the implications of architecture’s indeterminacy. Taken together, the pieces in this volume reinterpret architecture’s “all-over-ness” as an untapped disciplinary property rather than a temporary or terminal condition.

Wright’s Writings

COLUMBIA BOOKS ON ARCHITECTURE AND THE CITY

Architecture Is All Over

American Masterworks (1995), Le Corbusier (2001), Labour, Work, and Architecture (2005), and L’Altro Movimento Moderno (2015). $28.00* / £22.95 paper 978-1-941332-30-6 S E P T E M B E R 288 pages / 6.5” x 9.25” /

$24.00* / £19.95 paper 978-1-941332-35-1

b&w illustrations throughout with two-color diagrams

S E P T E M B E R 160 pages / 6” x 9”

ARCHITECTURE

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 9 1

P E T E R S O N I N S T I T U T E F O R I N T E R N AT I O N A L E C O N O M I C S

The Paradox of Risk

Leaving the Monetary Policy Comfort Zone ÁNGEL UBIDE

Previously Announced, Now Available.

In the decades before the global financial crisis of 2007, economic policy makers kept to the primary goal of containing inflation and public deficits. Today, after years of sluggish economic recovery, the time has come for a new strategy of monetary stimulus to spur economic growth and encourage risk taking by investors. In this book, Ángel Ubide surveys the actions taken by central banks in the wake of the 2007 crisis and draws lessons from the unpredictable interaction among markets, countries, and financial institutions. Ubide concludes that fear of another crippling crisis has caused central banks to become dangerously risk-averse and overly complacent about dampened economic growth. He advances the provocative thesis that monetary policy makers, accustomed to a “boring” role in managing economies, must now leave their “comfort zones” and embrace risk as a necessary requirement for growth. ÁNGEL UBIDE

is a managing director at Goldman Sachs and former

senior fellow at the Peterson Institute for International Economics.

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

The Peterson Institute for International Economics (PIIE) is a private, nonpartisan nonprofit institution for rigorous, intellectually open, and in-depth study and discussion of international economic policy. Its purpose is to identify and analyze important issues to make globalization beneficial and sustainable for the people of the United States and the world and then develop and communicate practical new approaches for dealing with those issues.

$23.95* / £19.95 paper 978-0-88132-719-9 N O V E M B E R 170 pages / 6” x 9” ECONOMICS P O L I C Y A N A LYS E S I N I N T E R N AT I O N A L ECONOMICS

92 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

TULIKA BOOKS

Vivan Sundaram: History Project

The Dancing Poet

Sibaji Bandyopadhyay

RIMLI BHATTACHARYA

The first site-specific installation staged in India was Vivan Sundaram’s History Project, located in the Victoria Memorial and Museum in Kolkata, marking fifty years of Indian independence. The choice of setting was a challenge: to “occupy” an imperial edifice; to reflect India’s struggle for independence through an anachronistic mirror; and to engage with postcolonial contradictions through recursive narration. This book critically investigates Sundaram’s aesthetic, formal choices, and method in essays by cultural theorists, art and architectural historians. It carries detailed, annotated illustrations of the installation.

This book casts Rabindranath Tagore as the “Dancing Poet”—in whose work dance signifies how a pan-Indian diversity could merge, albeit selectively, with that of the world. The book outlines the contradictions and possibilities in such aspirations, central to the new cultural texts that Tagore sought to produce in lyric, songs, dance, image, or narrative. Focusing on the first four decades of the twentieth century, the book evokes an international backdrop of movements, revolutionary and reactionary, whose thrust is on putting “the people” center stage. It takes as a comparative frame cultural experiments in Russia, Japan, and Germany alongside movements in colonial India to weave together education, art, and entertainment, often with a founding guru at the center.

HOMI K. BHABHA

is the Anne F. Rothenberg Professor

of English and American Literature and Language, and the director of the Mahindra Humanities Center at Harvard University. GEETA KAPUR is an art critic and curator based in New Delhi. SALONI MATHUR is assistant professor of art history at the University of California, Los Angeles. ARINDAM DUTTA

is associate professor of architectural his-

RIMLI BHATTACHARYA

F O R SA L E T H R O U G H O U T T H E WO R L D, E XC LU D I N G S O U T H A S I A

Essays by Geeta Kapur, Saloni Mathur, Arindam Dutta,

Rabindranath Tagore and Modernity in Performance

Foreword by Homi K. Bhabha

has trained in comparative

literature, and works in the fields of gender, genre and

tory and director of the History, Theory, Criticism Program

performance, children’s literature and expressive forms,

in Art and Architecture at the Massachusetts Institute of

and comparative narratology. She is the author of Binodini

Technology. SIBAJI BANDYOPADHYAY is former professor

Dasi: My Story and My Life as an Actress (1998) and Public

of cultural studies, Centre for Studies in Social Sciences,

Women: Playing the Icon on the Urban Stage (forthcoming).

Kolkata. $40.00 / £32.95 cloth 978-93-82381-98-3 $70.00 / £58.95 cloth 978-93-82381-94-5

N O V E M B E R 232 pages / 6.25" x 9.5" /

S E P T E M B E R 308 pages / 8" x 10" / fully illustrated, full color

b&w photographs and illustrations

ART

LITERARY STUDIES

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 93

TULIKA BOOKS

Similarities

A Paradigm for Culture Theory ANIL BHATTI AND DOROTHEE KIMMICH, F O R SA L E T H R O U G H O U T T H E WO R L D, E XC LU D I N G S O U T H A S I A

EDITORS

Evidence from Village Studies in India V. K. RAMACHANDRAN,

This collection of papers explores the idea that the concept of similarity could offer a new, alternative approach in cultural studies, as compared to the dominant paradigm of difference. Though the postcolonial critique of identity has emphasized alterity and hybridity, the category of similarity offers an alternative for examining our complex cultural world. This book seeks to introduce and explore interpretations of similarity, with essays from literary and cultural studies, philosophy, political science, sociology, ethnology, and history. The first part of the book deals with conceptual attempts to establish the relevance of similarity, and the second part is devoted to testing different areas and models of application. ANIL BHATTI

Agrarian Studies 5 How Do Small Farmers Fare?

is professor emeritus at the Centre of German

Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. DOROTHEE KIMMICH

is professor of modern German

literature at the University of Tübingen.

GENERAL EDITOR OF THE SERIES MADHURA SWAMINATHAN AND SANDIPAN BAKSI, EDITORS

This book examines the socioeconomic characteristics of small producers in different agro-ecological regions of India in the broader context of the capitalist development of Indian agriculture. Drawing on surveys collected in seventeen villages, it examines issues such as the productivity and economic viability of small farms, sources of household income, patterns of input use, and the extent of labor small farmers perform on their own holdings. While not romanticizing the role of small farmers, the book brings out the need for strong state support to enable them to meet the challenges they face. MADHURA SWAMINATHAN

is professor and head

of the Economic Analysis Unit at the Indian Statistical Institute, Bangalore. SANDIPAN BAKSI

is the program coordinator at the

Foundation for Agrarian Studies, Bangalore. He is a Ph.D. candidate at the School of Habitat Studies, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai.

$43.00 / £35.95 cloth 978-93-82381-97-6 $62.00 / £51.95 cloth 978-93-82381-96-9

O C T O B E R 280 pages / 6.25" x 9.5"

O C T O B E R 380 pages / 6.25" x 9.5"

ECONOMICS

C U LT U R A L S T U D I E S

AG R A R I A N S T U D I E S

94 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

TULIKA BOOKS

Interpreting the World to Change It C. P. CHANDRASEKHAR AND

JAYATI GHOSH, EDITORS

Prabhat Patnaik is one of the outstanding economists of his generation and a leading Marxist theoretician. His academic insights and political commitments have stimulated intellectual activity and inspired a multitude of people from all walks of life. Versatile in his knowledge and mastery of different schools of thought but unflinching in his commitment to the use and extension of a Marxist approach, he has influenced several generations of social scientists through his life as a tireless public intellectual. This volume brings together contributions from some who have benefited from interaction with him over decades, in a tribute and continuing conversation. C.P. CHANDRASEKHAR

is dean, School of Social Sciences,

and professor at the Centre for Economic Studies and Planning, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. JAYATI GHOSH

is professor at the Centre for Economic

Studies and Planning, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.

Essays for Binay Bhushan Chaudhuri SHUBHRA CHAKRABARTI AND UTSA PATNAIK, EDITORS

There is no area in the agrarian history of eastern India that Binay Bhushan Chaudhuri has not traversed. His extensive opus surveys the agrarian economy of eastern India and all its protagonists. The essays in this volume are on diverse themes. A number of essays are on different aspects of the agrarian world, the major focus of B.B. Chaudhuri’s academic research: his concept of the peasantry; the growth of commercial agriculture in eastern India; the process of depeasantization by which small and marginal peasants gradually lost their land and turned into sharecroppers or hired labor; and the more or less forcible induction of a large number of tribes and forest dwellers into settled agriculture, resulting in spates of rebellion. Other essays discuss aspects of social and cultural history; and there are three essays on Rabindranath Tagore. SHUBHRA CHAKRABARTI

F O R SA L E T H R O U G H O U T T H E WO R L D, E XC LU D I N G S O U T H A S I A

Essays for Prabhat Patnaik

Agrarian and Other Histories

teaches history in Dyal Singh

College, University of Delhi, New Delhi. UTSA PATNAIK

is professor emeritus at the Centre for

Economic Studies and Planning, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.

$53.00 / £44.95 cloth 978-93-82381-93-8

$62.00 / £51.95 cloth 978-93-82381-95-2

S E P T E M B E R 300 pages / 6.25" x 9.5"

S E P T E M B E R 392 pages / 6.25" x 9.5"

POLITICS / ECONOMICS

I N D I A N H I S TO R Y

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 95

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

News under Fire

China’s Propaganda against Japan in the English-Language Press, 1928–1941 SHUGE WEI

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A DA , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , S O U T H A M E R I C A , T H E C A R I B B E A N , T H E U N I T E D K I N G D O M , E U R O P E , T H E M I D D L E E A S T, A F R I C A , A N D I N D I A

“An absorbing and well-sourced study of KMT propaganda efforts to convince the United States to side with China rather than Japan in WWII. The study shows how the KMT, facing a massive power asymmetry compared to its Japanese opponent, managed to effectively use the soft power of foreign propaganda.”

News under Fire: China’s Propaganda against Japan in the English-Language Press, 1928–1941 is the first comprehensive study of China’s efforts to establish an effective international propaganda system during the Sino-Japanese crisis. It explores how the weak Nationalist government managed to use its limited resources to compete with Japan in the international press. By retrieving the long-neglected history of English-language papers published in the treaty ports, Shuge Wei reveals a multilayered and often chaotic English-language media environment in China and demonstrates its vital importance in defending China’s sovereignty. Chinese bilingual elites played an important role in linking the party-led propaganda system with the treaty-port press. Yet the development of propaganda institutions did not foster the realization of individual ideals. As the Sino-Japanese crisis deepened, the war machine absorbed treaty-port journalists into the militarized propaganda system and dashed their hopes of maintaining a liberal information order.

—Rudolf G. Wagner, senior professor of

“A superbly researched and well-nuanced account of

Chinese studies, Cluster of

an overlooked topic: nationalist China’s propaganda

Excellence Asia and Europe,

system and the multiple ways in which it intersected

Heidelberg University, Germany

with the treaty-port foreign-language press of the time. Combining a wealth of archival and newspaper sources, it is destined to be on the ‘must-read’ list of all who are interested in state propaganda and news dissemination in the Republican period.” —Julia C. Strauss, professor of Chinese politics, SOAS, University of London SHUGE WEI

is a historian based at the Australian National University.

Her research interests include Chinese media history, Chinese political culture, the Sino-Japanese War, and grassroots movements in China $45.00 / £37.95 cloth 978-988-8390-61-8 S E P T E M B E R 300 pages / 6" x 9" / 20 b&w illustrations H I S TO R Y

96 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

and Taiwan.

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

The Making and Remaking of China’s “Red Classics” Politics, Aesthetics, and Mass Culture

EDITED BY ROSEMARY ROBERTS AND LI LI

The Making and Remaking of China’s “Red Classics” is the first full-length work to bring together research on the “red classics” across the entire Maoist period through to the reform era. It covers a representative range of genres including novels, short stories, films, TV series, picture books, animation, and traditionalstyle paintings. Collectively the chapters offer a panoramic view of the production and reception of the original “red classics” and the adaptations and remakes of such works after the Cultural Revolution.

ROSEMARY ROBERTS

researches Chinese gender and culture

at the University of Queensland and is the author of Maoist Model Theatre: The Semiotics of Gender and Sexuality in the Chinese Cultural Revolution (2010). LI LI

is associate professor of Chinese and Asian studies at the

University of Denver. She is the author of Memory, Fluid Identity, and the Politics of Remembering: The Representations of the Chinese Cultural Revolution in English-Speaking Countries (2016).

$60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-988-8390-89-2 F E B R U A R Y 232 pages / 6" x 9" /

15 color and 9 b&w illustrations

The contributors present fascinating stories of how a work came to be regarded as or failed to become a “red classic.” There has never been a single answer to the question of what counts as a “red classic”; artists had to negotiate the changing political circumstances and adopt the “correct” artistic technique to bring out the “authentic” image of the people while appealing to the taste of the mass audience at the same time. A critical examination of these works reveals their sociopolitical and ideological import, aesthetic significance, and function as mass-cultural phenomena at particular historical moments. This volume marks a step forward in the growing field of the study of Maoist cultural products.

H I S TO R Y / L I T E R AT U R E

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 97

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

The Australian Pursuit of Japanese War Criminals, 1943–1957 From Foe to Friend

DEAN ASZKIELOWICZ

Previous scholarship on trials of war criminals focused on the legal proceedings with only tacit acknowledgment of the political and social context. Dean Aszkielowicz argues in The Australian Pursuit of Japanese War Criminals, 1943–1957: From Foe to Friend that the trials of Class B and Class C Japanese war criminals in Australia were not only an attempt to punish Japan for its militaristic ventures but also a move to exert influence over the future course of Japanese society, politics, and foreign policy, as well as to cement Australia’s position in the Pacific region as a major power.

“Australia’s unique contributions to defeating imperial Japan are legendary, but perhaps less so is the crucial role Australia played in postwar Allied war-crimes investigations and trials of the Japanese. Aszkielowicz sheds new light on this underappreciated story and assesses its implications to Australian domestic politics and international relations in the Asia-Pacific region.” —Yuma Totani, University of Hawai‘i at Mānoa, author of The Tokyo War Crimes Trial: The Pursuit of Justice in the Wake of World War II

During the Allied occupation of Japan, Australia energetically tried Japanese Class B and Class C war criminals. However, as the Cold War intensified, Japan was increasingly seen by the United States and its allies as a potential ally against communism and was no longer considered a threat to Pacific security. In the 1950s, concerns about the guilt of individual Japanese soldiers made way for pragmatism and political gain when the sentences of war criminals became a political bargaining chip. “Aszkielowicz demonstrates that the Australian trials, while pursuing a form of justice, never veered too far away from political and diplomatic concerns. This book charts new research to identify and historicize the evolution and impact of how the Australian nation adjudicated imperial Japanese war crimes.” —Barak Kushner, University of Cambridge; author of Men to Devils, Devils to Men: Japanese War Crimes and Chinese Justice DEAN ASZKIELOWICZ

teaches at Murdoch University and is an Asia

Research Centre Fellow. He is one of the four authors of Japanese War Criminals: The Politics of Justice After the Second World War (Columbia, 2017). $50.00 / £41.95 cloth 978-988-8390-72-4 S E P T E M B E R 180 pages / 6" x 9" H I S TO R Y

98 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

Encounters across Cultures in Hong Kong, 1841–1984 EDITED BY ELIZABETH SINN AND CHRISTOPHER MUNN

Reduced to a Symbolical Scale

The Evacuation of British Women and Children from Hong Kong to Australia in 1940 TONY BANHAM

Based on archival research of official documents, letters and memoirs, and interviews and discussions with more than one hundred evacuees and their families, this book studies the evacuation within the entire context. TONY BANHAM

is the author of

Given its geographical location, its status as a free port, and its role as a center of migration, Hong Kong was an extraordinarily porous place. People of diverse cultures met and mingled here, often with unexpected results. The case studies in this book draw both on previously unused sources and on a rigorous rereading of familiar materials. They explore relationships between and within the Japanese, Eurasian, German, Portuguese, British, Chinese, and other communities in areas of activity that have often been overlooked. In their diverse experiences we see not just East meeting West, but also East meeting East, and South meeting North—in fact, a range of complex and dynamic processes that seem to render obsolete any simplistic conception of “East meets West.”

Not the Slightest Chance: The

ELIZABETH SINN

Defence of Hong Kong, 1941; We Shall

nia Gold, Chinese Migration, and the Making of Hong Kong.

is the author of Pacific Crossing: Califor-

Suffer There: Hong Kong’s Defenders Imprisoned, 1942–45; and The Sinking of the Lisbon Maru: Britain’s Forgotten

CHRISTOPHER MUNN

is the author of Anglo-China: Chinese

People and British Rule in Hong Kong, 1841–1880.

Wartime Tragedy. $45.00 / £37.95 cloth 978-988-8390-87-8

$50.00 / £41.95 cloth 978-988-8390-84-7

N O V E M B E R 232 pages / 6" x 9" / 24 b&w illustrations

F E B R U A R Y 240 pages / 6" x 9" / 27 b&w illustrations

H I S TO R Y

In July 1940, the wives and children of British families in Hong Kong, military and civilian, were compulsorily evacuated, following a plan created by the Hong Kong government in 1939. That plan focused exclusively on the process of evacuation itself, but issues concerning how the women and children should settle in the new country, communication with abandoned husbands, and reuniting families after the war were not considered. In practice, few would ever be addressed. When evacuation came, 3,500 people would simply be dumped in Australia.

Meeting Place: Encounters across Cultures in Hong Kong, 1841–1984 presents detailed empirical studies of day-to-day interactions between people of different cultures in a variety of settings. The broad conclusion— that there was sustained and multilevel contact between men and women of different cultures—will challenge and complicate traditional historical understandings of Hong Kong as a city either of rigid segregation or of pervasive integration.

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

Meeting Place

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 9 9

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

Boys’ Love, Cosplay, and Androgynous Idols

Queer Fan Cultures in Mainland China, Hong Kong, and Taiwan EDITED BY MAUD LAVIN, LING YANG, AND JING JAMIE ZHAO

Chinese-speaking popular cultures have never been so queer in this digital, globalist age. The title of this pioneering volume, Boys’ Love, Cosplay, and Androgynous Idols: Queer Fan Cultures in Mainland China, Hong Kong, and Taiwan already gives an idea of the colorful, multifaceted realms the fans inhabit today. Contributors to this collection situate the proliferation of (often online) queer representations, productions, fantasies, and desires as a reaction against the norms in discourses surrounding nationstates, linguistics, geopolitics, genders, and sexualities. Moving beyond the easy polarities between general resistance and capitulation, Queer Fan Cultures explores the fans’ diverse strategies in negotiating with cultural strictures and media censorship. It further outlines the performance of subjectivity, identity, and agency that cyberspace offers to female fans. Presenting a wide array of concrete case studies of queer fandoms in Chinese-speaking contexts, the essays in this volume challenge long-established Western-centric and Japanese-focused fan scholarship by highlighting the significance and specificities of Sinophone queer fan cultures and practices in a globalized world. The geographic organization of the chapters illuminates cultural differences and the other competing forces shaping geocultural intersections among fandoms based in Mainland China, Hong Kong, and Taiwan. MAUD LAVIN

is a visual and critical studies and art history professor at

the School of the Art Institute of Chicago and author of Push Comes to Shove: New Images of Aggressive Women. LING YANG

is an assistant professor of Chinese at Xiamen University

and author of Entertaining the Transitional Era: Super Girl Fandom and the Consumption of Popular Culture. $60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-988-8390-80-9

JING JAMIE ZHAO

O C T O B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9" / 13 b&w illustrations

University of Warwick. She has completed a Ph.D. in gender studies at

S O C I O LO G Y

the Chinese University of Hong Kong.

QUEER ASIA

100 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

is a Ph.D. student in film and TV studies at the

An Introduction

DAVID C. S. LI AND ZOE PEI-SUI LUK

DAVID C. S. LI

is a professor and head of the Department

of Chinese and Bilingual Studies (CBS) at the Hong Kong Polytechnic University. ZOE PEI-SUI LUK

is an assistant professor in the

Department of Linguistics and Modern Language Studies

English Exposed

Common Mistakes Made by Chinese Speakers STEVE HART

Having analysed the most commonest ˆ English errors made in more than 600 academic papers written by Chinese undergraduates, postgraduates, and researchers, Steve Hart has written an essential, practical guide specifically for the native chinese Chinese speaker on how to write ˆ good academic English. English Exposed is divided by into three main sections. The ˆ first section examines errors made with verbs, nouns, prepositions, and other grammatical classes of words. The second section focuses on problems of word choice. In additional ˆIn addition to helping the reader finding ˆfind the right word, it provides instruction for selecting the right style, too. The third section covers a variety of other areas essential for the academic writer, like such ˆ as using punctuation, adding appropriate references, referring to tables and figures, and selecting among various English date and time phrases. STEVE HART

is an academic English tutor and dissertation

supervisor at a higher education institution in Cambridge, England.

at the Education University of Hong Kong. $25.00 / £19.95 paper 978-988-8390-86-1 $45.00 / £37.95 cloth 978-988-8390-85-4

$26.00 / £20.95 paper 978-988-8390-75-5

N O V E M B E R 160 pages / 6" x 9" / 17 b&w figures

S E P T E M B E R 228 pages / 6" x 9"

L A N G U AG E

The main objective of this book is to familiarize the reader with a subset of the learning difficulties and common errors in ESL/EFL pronunciation and lexico-grammatical structures encountered by Chinese learners and users of English in Hong Kong and beyond. It also helps readers understand some of the ways in which the Chinese language has undergone structural change as a result of Europeanization. The book begins with a review of Cantonese-English contrastive phonology; which is followed by a detailed analysis of lexico-grammatical deviations found among Chinese ESL/EFL learners. It concludes with a brief history of the Europeanization of the Chinese language and a discussion on commonly encountered lingua-cultural problems encountered by Chinese users of English in intercultural communication settings.

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

Chinese-English Contrastive Grammar

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 101

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

Problem-Based Medical Case Management second edition

Neurology in Practice fifth edition

Y. L. YU, J. K. Y. FONG, S. L. HO,

EDITED BY KATHRYN TAN

R. T. F. CHEUNG, AND K. H. CHAN

Medicine is an ever-changing science. Since this book was first published in 2006, there have been major advances in many aspects of medicine. In this second edition, medical cases, diagnostic approaches, and treatment modalities have been brought up to date, in keeping with advances in medical science. Chapters on respiratory medicine have been thoroughly revised and strengthened to reflect the most current information in the field. New topics in medical case management, such as emerging controversies in medical ethics and issues of professional conduct are covered.

Since it was first published in 1994, Neurology in Practice has been widely used as a textbook by students, trainees, physicians, and allied health professionals. While there have been transformative advances in neuroscience in the past two decades, clinical practice remains central. In this fifth edition, the authors highlight proper clinical methodology and application of evidence-based knowledge for effective management. All chapters have been thoroughly updated and two new chapters, Disorders of Cerebrospinal Fluid Dynamics and Autoimmune Disorders of the Nervous System, have also been added.

Problem-Based Medical Case Management primarily provides a compact and essential aid for medical students preparing for their examinations in general medicine. Doctors will also find this book useful in their day-to-day practice and when preparing for case presentation. KATHRYN CHOON-BENG TAN

is Sir David Todd Professor

in Medicine at the Department of Medicine, the University of

Y. L. YU

is a neurologist in private practice.

J. K. Y. FONG S. L. HO

is a neurologist in private practice.

is the Henry G. Leong professor in neurology and

division chief (neurology) at the University of Hong Kong. R. T. F. CHEUNG

is the Lee Man-Chiu professor in

neuroscience at the University of Hong Kong. K. H. CHAN

is a clinical associate professor in the

Department of Medicine at the University of Hong Kong.

Hong Kong.

$27.00 / £21.95 paper 978-988-8390-79-3

$45.00 / £37.95 paper 978-988-8390-73-1

N O V E M B E R 480 pages / 4.75" x 7.5" / 86 color and b&w illustrations

S E P T E M B E R 344 pages / 4.75" x 7.5"

MEDICINE

102 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

EDITED BY GARY SOO

The book consists of eight chapters that range from the interpretation of construction contracts to contractual termination and alternative dispute resolution. Each chapter is divided into sections that cover specific issues, making it easy for readers to find a particular topic. Key case laws regulating the main areas of contractual disputes in the construction industry are discussed, with a view to providing crucial insights into the current norms and recent developments affecting the daily administration of construction contracts and the resolution of possible disputes. GARY SOO

is a practicing barrister and chartered engineer.

He has been practicing in areas of civil litigation involving commercial and construction disputes and arbitration for more than twenty years.

A Practical Guide to Development in Hong Kong third edition

LAWRENCE WAI-CHUNG LAI, DANIEL CHI-WING HO, AND HING-FUNG LEUNG

Change in Use of Land is a guide for professionals in real estate development in Hong Kong. This third edition provides an account of the concepts of the use and change in use of land, followed by an outline of the procedures for lease modifications and waivers, planning applications, reviews and appeals, and building applications and appeals. It also includes an overview of government enforcement against contravention of lease conditions, provisions of statutory town plans prepared under the Town Planning Ordinance, and provisions of the Buildings Ordinance. The detailed appendices in the book offer vital statistical information on both aggregate and nonaggregate development applications. LAWRENCE WAI-CHUNG LAI

and HING-FUNG LEUNG are

a professor and an associate professor, respectively, in the Department of Real Estate and Construction, the University of Hong Kong. DANIEL CHI-WING HO is a professor and associate dean in the Faculty of Design and Environment at the Technological and Higher Education Institute of Hong Kong.

$28.00 / £22.95 paper 978-988-8390-78-6 $60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-988-8390-77-9

$30.00 / £24.95 paper 978-988-8390-70-0 $60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-988-8390-69-4

N O V E M B E R 188 pages / 6" x 9"

O C T O B E R 296 pages / 6" x 9" / 4 b&w illustrations

L AW

R E A L E S TAT E

Construction Contract Essentials in Hong Kong is written with construction professionals in mind. By incorporating information from eminent arbitrators and construction law experts, this book offers highly practical and discerning legal knowledge on common contractual issues that face construction professionals every day.

Change in Use of Land

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

Construction Contract Essentials in Hong Kong

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 103

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

Classical Chinese Huanghuali Furniture from the Haven Collection CHU-PAK LAU

Classic Furniture

Craftsmanship, Trade Organisations, and Cross-Cultural Influences in East and West FLORIAN KNOTHE

The University Museum and Art Gallery at the University of Hong Kong presents Classical Chinese Huanghuali Furniture from the Haven Collection and publishes this informative edition in conjunction with the exhibition. Chinese huanghuali furniture is world-famous and, for the longest time, has been collected in both East and West. The fine selection displayed here shows both domestic furniture and scholars’ items, such as brush pots and chests.

The elegant dark hardwood with natural shine is remarkable for the fact that Chinese furniture is typically made from solid timber, not an invisible subconstruction covered by a decorative veneer, as is so often the case in the West. The strength of each individual element of a piece of furniture and the consistent color matters as every detail is exposed and the precision of the joints and the size and position of the dowels are all visual elements of an often simple and graceful design.

This publication presents a selection of essays on Chinese and European furniture making, stylistic influences, and workshop practices during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Single chapters focus on the similarities and differences in cabinetry in East and West, and the overwhelming impact of chinoiserie on the design of furniture in early-modern Europe. Individual masterpieces by cabinetmakers in France, England, and Germany further exemplify the wide-reaching effect of an “exotic” stylistic vocabulary and the development of an eighteenth-century fashion in the decorative arts. FLORIAN KNOTHE

trained as a furniture maker and

conservator. Previously he worked as a furniture historian for the Huntington Collection and the Metropolitan Museum of Art in the United States. As director of the University of Hong Kong Museum and Art Gallery, he is responsible for the development of cross-cultural and interdisciplinary art exhibitions and educational programming, and he also teaches courses in art history and the social sciences.

$130.00 / £108.95 cloth 978-988-19023-8-2

$18.00 / £14.95 paper 978-988-19023-9-9

S E P T E M B E R 358 pages / 9" x 12" / color illustrations throughout

S E P T E M B E R 64 pages / 8.25" x 12" / color illustrations throughout

ANTIQUE

U N I V E R S I T Y M U S E U M A N D A R T G A L L E RY, H K U

104 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

Contemporary Treasures by Jingdezhen’s National Masters from the Lamda Foundation Translated by Edward Zhou

This exhibition introduces Jingdezhen as a manufacturing site for artifacts, and it focuses on individual talents and the fame of a few master craftsmen, as well as their history and the uninterrupted production of unique high-quality porcelain objects of inherent beauty. The mastery and endurance of individual painters has left us an array of vessel shapes, compositions, and iconographic subject matter that is, at times, both historic and contemporary.

Travelling in Hong Kong 1907–1909 FROM THE DIARY OF DR. DEZSŐ BOZÓKY Translated by Elizabeth Szász, Krisztina Sarkady, and Adrian Hart

The University Museum and Art Gallery at the University of Hong Kong collaborates with the Ferenc Hopp Museum of Asiatic Arts in Budapest to present an exhibition and publication featuring early photographic images by Dr. Dezső Bozóky. Poised to learn more about Asia and to experience China firsthand, the naval doctor Bozóky (1871– 1957) traveled to the East during the first decade of the twentieth century, recorded his journey in a hitherto unpublished diary, and photographed and self-developed hundreds of images that today present rare visual resources of the former colonial city and its busy and world-famous Victoria Harbor. In an ever more developing Hong Kong, Bozóky’s beautiful black-and-white and hand-colored pictures present historic documents that allow us to retrace their master’s steps and offer insights into the bustling merchant town, culturally mixed society, and lush natural landscape that he encountered.

$25.00 / £19.95 cloth 978-988-19023-7-5

$21.00 / £16.95 paper 978-988-19023-0-6

S E P T E M B E R 88 pages / 8.25" x 12" / color illustrations throughout

S E P T E M B E R 116 pages / 9" x 9" / 50 hand-colored images

ART

H I S TO R Y

U N I V E R S I T Y M U S E U M A N D A R T G A L L E RY, H K U

This catalogue is published to coincide with the University Museum and Art Gallery exhibition Painted Ceramics. Often celebrated as the most Chinese of all art forms, the tradition of porcelain making and decoration in China is well known and exhaustively studied. Lesser known in this millennia-long history are the artworks by twentieth-century national masters who have continued their country’s ceramic practice and achieved treasures representative of their heritage.

Two Years in East Asia

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

Painted Ceramics

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 10 5

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

Art Totems Bridging East & West

Creating Across Cultures

Eddie Lui’s Four Decades of Artistic Pursuit

Women in the Arts from China, Hong Kong, Macau, and Taiwan

EDDIE LUI

EDITED BY MICHELLE VOSPER

The University Museum and Art Gallery presents Art Totems Bridging East & West: Eddie Lui’s Four Decades of Artistic Pursuit, an exhibition of artworks documenting the artist’s long and distinguished career. A successful banker, Eddie Lui began as a part-time artist before changing his corporate career for a full-time engagement with his passion for art. The public display at UMAG as well as this accompanying book follow a strict chronology and honor the artistic contribution of one of the city’s most celebrated contemporary artists.

Creating Across Cultures is a collection of stories about visionary Asian women who have journeyed outside their comfort zones to expand their artistic horizons. It celebrates the achievements of sixteen women in the arts from China, Hong Kong, Macau, and Taiwan—a region of diverse cultures, languages, and histories. Creating in a range of literary, visual, and performing arts, these women must often defy cultural and social expectations in order to heed their artistic drive. Their personal histories open windows onto the larger, historical trajectory of Greater China over three generations while their art work delves into social realities and challenges of the day.

Over the past forty years, Lui has developed a new language of naturalistic and abstract motifs highlighting his deeply felt admiration for nature. As a draftsman, painter, and sculptor Lui is one of the founders of contemporary art in Hong Kong. His artworks—whether ink, gouache, Japanese handmade paper on canvas, or sculpted in clay—are reminiscent of poetry that connects humans with nature and appeals to our range of senses.

MICHELLE VOSPER

is an independent writer and

consultant who has lived in Asia for more than half her life. As director of the Hong Kong office of the Asian Cultural Council for twenty-five years, she worked closely with leading artists across the region.

$65.00 / £54.95 cloth 978-988-16047-0-5 $50.00 / £41.95 cloth 978-988-19024-3-6

S E P T E M B E R 364 pages / 8.125" x 10.25" /

S E P T E M B E R 256 pages / 7.5" x 9.5" / color illustrations throughout

color illustrations throughout

ART

U N I V E R S I T Y M U S E U M A N D A R T G A L L E RY, H K U

E A S T S LO P E P U B L I S H I N G LT D. ( M U S E , H K )

106 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

Apparatus of Power EDITED BY CLAIRE BRANDON

Rising Above

The Kinsey African American Art and History Collection Translated by Edward Zhou and

CLAIRE BRANDON

Elena Cheung

Remembering My Father Wei Hsioh-Ren (1899–1987): Scientist, Educator, and Diplomat BETTY PEH-T’I WEI

This book is published to coincide with the exhibition A recounting of the life and Rising Above. The documents work of Wei Hsioh-Ren and artifacts shown in (1899–1987), nuclear physicist, this exhibition—the very educator, and diplomat. first display of the Kinsey Using the style of traditional Collection outside the Chinese chronological United States—pertain to biography, the author records African emigrants and their major events of her father’s life-stories, but, beyond a life in the context of what specific people, they speak was taking place in China for their social engagement and the world. and success, inclusion, and exclusion, as well as the BETTY PEH-T’I WEI , AB (Bryn Mawr), massive contribution of MA (NYU), Ph.D. (HKU), is Honorary Institute Fellow at Hong Kong Institute a minority group in our of the Humanities and Social Sciences increasingly globalized world. in the University of Hong Kong.

is a specialist in

modern and contemporary art, based in Madrid. $16.00 / £13.95 paper 978-988-19024-2-9 $48.00 / £39.95 cloth 978-988-12272-6-3

S E P T E M B E R 72 pages / 8.25" x 10.875" /

$35.00 / £27.95 paper 978-988-77020-4-7

S E P T E M B E R 336 pages / 8.125" x 10.375" /

color illustrations throughout

S E P T E M B E R 356 pages / 5.875" x 8.25" /

color illustrations throughout ART A S I A S O C I E T Y H O N G KO N G C E N T E R

ART UNIVERSITY MUSEUM AND ART G A L L E RY, H K U

color and b&w illustrations BIOGRAPHY

Shahzia Sikander (1969–, Pakistan) is an artist based in the United States who employs a multitude of media, notably miniature paintings. Her first solo exhibition in Hong Kong was installed within the Former Explosives Magazine Compound of Asia Society Hong Kong Center’s permanent home. The catalogue includes a text by Claire Brandon as well as contributions by Nick Robins, John Seyller, Ayad Akhtar, Ashey Nga-sai Wu, and Hans Ulrich Obrist. It also includes an artist statement by Sikander in which she reflects upon her practice since the late 1980s.

A Chronological Biography

H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S

Shahzia Sikander

JAO T S U N G - I P E T I T E É CO L E , H K U

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 107

AUSTRIAN FILM MUSEUM BOOKS

The Real Eighties

[G E R M A N - L A N G UAG E E D I T I O N ]

Amerikanisches Kino der Achtziger Jahre: Ein Lexikon LUKAS FOERSTER AND NIKOLAUS PERNECZKY, EDITORS

CONTRIBUTORS

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

Andrey Arnold • Alejandro Bachmann • Johannes Binotto • Adam Cook • Filipe Furtado • Thomas Groh • Christoph Huber • Michael Kienzl • Ekkehard Knörer • John Lehtonen • Hans Christian Leitich • Sulgi Lie • Maximilian Linz • Elena Meilicke • Olaf Möller • Bert Rebhandl • Drehli Robnik • Simon Rothöhler • Joachim Schätz • Alexandra Seibel • Leonie Seibold • Silvia Szymanski • Fabian Tietke • and others

A transformative decade that witnessed the U.S. film industry’s restructuring under the pressures of neoliberal globalization, the 1980s swept away the last remnants of Old and New Hollywood alike while preparing the ground for today’s High Concept wasteland—thus goes an all too familiar tale of decline. The texts assembled in this volume tell a different, altogether more fitful and complex story about Reagan era Hollywood, attuned to the struggles that went on behind and in front of the camera: interrupted careers, defiant last stands, paths not taken. The book places particular emphasis on modes of realism from within the mainstream of U.S. popular cinema that resisted the tide of the times. The lexicon format, allowing for many perspectives and constellations while imposing none, encourages the reader to make their own connections, drawing out parallel histories that restore a sense of possibility to the canonical course of film history. From forgotten masters to minor works of the greats, from the defining actors of the decade to its definitive genres, from resistant independents to the resistible rise of the multinational corporation: the Real Eighties await rediscovery. LUKAS FOERSTER

is a film critic and curator based in Zurich. He is a

regular contributor to dailies and magazines such as taz, WOZ, Cargo, and perlentaucher. Since 2006, he has been organizing film programs in Berlin, Vienna, and Zurich. NIKOLAUS PERNECZKY

is a writer, researcher, and cofounder of the

curatorial collective The Canine Condition. He is coeditor of a volume on Third Cinema (2014) and coauthor of a monograph on contemporary U.S. comedy (2016). Recent publications include essays on the Nigerian filmmaker Ola Balogun (2016) and on the Nigerian animation pioneer $29.90 / £24.95 paper 978-3-901644-71-9 F E B R U A R Y 256 pages / 6.69" x 7.88" /

approximately 100 color and b&w illustrations FILM F I L M M U S E U M SY N E M A P U B L I C AT I O N S

108 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

Moustapha Alassane (2017). He is currently working on a Ph.D. project at Goldsmiths, University of London, concerned with the making, sharing, and showing of moving images in post-independence West Africa.

SIDNEY GOTTLIEB AND RICHARD ALLEN, EDITORS

The Hitchcock Annual seeks to publish the best in critical and scholarly essays in Hitchcock studies. We welcome articles from a wide variety of theoretical, critical, and historical perspectives on the life, work, and influence of Alfred Hitchcock.

All back issues of the Hitchcock Annual are available through Columbia University Press, as is The Hitchcock Annual Anthology: Selected Essays from Volumes 10–15, edited by Sidney Gottlieb and Richard Allen (2009, $26.00 paper 978-1-905673-95-4 / $80.00 cloth 978-1-905673-96-1).

N OW AVA I L A B L E

FORTHCOMING

Hitchcock Annual

EDITED BY SIDNEY GOTTLIEB

AND RICHARD ALLEN

Hitchcock Annual, volume 20, contains essays on Hitchcock and C. A. Lejeune; Easy Virtue in context; the West coast setting of and cultural anxiety in The Birds; Hitchcockian aspects of Balachander’s The Doll; and Kent Jones’s Hitchcock/Truffaut. It also contains an index of the Hitchcock Annual, volumes 1-20.

Hitchcock Annual, volume 21, is scheduled to include, among other pieces, essays on The Skin Game, Dial M for Murder, and the sound design in several of Hitchcock’s films; a reprint of an early interview with Hitchcock; and reviews of several recent books on Hitchcock.

Volume 21

SIDNEY GOTTLIEB

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

Hitchcock Annual Volume 20

HITCHCOCK ANNUAL

Hitchcock Annual

is professor of media studies at Sacred

Heart University. RICHARD ALLEN

is professor of film and media art and

dean of the School of Creative Media, City University of Hong Kong. $26.00 / £20.95 paper 978-0-231-17619-4

$26.00 / £20.95 paper 978-0-231-18141-9

2 0 1 6 184 pages / illustrations throughout

O C T O B E R approx. 200 pages / illustrations throughout

FILM STUDIES

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 10 9

MARIA CURIE–SKŁODOWSKA UNIVERSITY PRESS

Joseph Conrad and the Voicing of Textuality CLAUDE MAISONNAT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preface Part I. The Ubiquitous Linguistic Question Part II. Eastern Dispatches Part III. Oceano Vox Part IV. Through a Voice Darkly Part V. Speaking for Downtrodden Femininity Afterword. The Sea and the Voice of Melancholy Conclusion

Joseph Conrad and the Voicing of Textuality offers an original approach to Conrad’s work rooted in linguistics and psychoanalytic theory. Claude Maisonnat provides fresh insight into the poetics of textuality by introducing the concept of textual voice, as opposed to the traditional conceptions of authorial voice and narrative voice. Understood as the main vector of poeticity in a text, textual voice is an offshoot of the Lacanian object-voice trimmed to fit a literary context. It enables the reader to uncover deeply concealed motivations and perceive unsuspected connections to the biographical background of the texts. At the same time, it offers new ways of structuring close reading and opens vistas into the mysteries of creation. Maisonnat gives insightful readings of Conrad’s best-known and less widely read works while developing a theoretically rich framework to tackle the notions of style and voice in literature.

This book is volume 26 of the series Conrad: Eastern and Western Perspectives, edited by Wiesław Krajka.

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

CLAUDE MAISONNAT

is professor emeritus at the Université Lumière

Lyon 2. He has published widely on Conrad’s works, including a book on Lord Jim.

$60.00 / £49.95 cloth 978-83-7784-930-9 D E C E M B E R 416 pages / 6" x 9" LITERARY CRITICISM CONRAD: EASTERN AND WESTERN PERSPECTIVES

110 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

U N I V E R S I T Y O F TO KYO P R E S S

Reweaving the Economy

How IT Affects the Borders of Countries and Organizations SOICHIRO TAKAGI

Information technology (IT) affects every aspect of modern society from daily communication to business models and politics. Developments in IT are especially important to business organizations. They not only alter the internal structure of departments and divisions but also affect the relationships among countries, regions, and entities in the market. In other words, information technology affects how people cooperate to produce value.

SOICHIRO TAKAGI

is the general manager of the research division,

associate professor, and executive research fellow at the Center for Global Communications (GLOCOM) at the International University of Japan. He also serves as a visiting researcher at the University of Tokyo and is directing the Blockchain Economic Research Lab at GLOCOM.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I: Introduction 1. The Dynamism of Information Technology and Organization 2. Information Technology and Economic Research Part II: Information Technology and International Production Sharing 3. Information Technology and the Organizational Structure of Modern Business Outsourcing 4. Foreign Direct Investment in the Service Sector and National Culture Part III: Information Technology and the Japanese Economy 5. Offshore Outsourcing of Information Services and Employment 6. Offshore Outsourcing of Information Services and Productivity 7 Macroeconomic Analysis of Cloud Computing based on the Organizational View 113 Part IV: Future Prospects and Conclusion 8. Mass Collaboration and Open Resources in the Information Age 9. Conclusion

$65.00 / £54.95 cloth 978-4-13-047069-8 S E P T E M B E R 200 pages / 6.2" x 8.7" BUSINESS

F O R S A L E T H R O U G H O U T T H E WO R L D, E XC L U D I N G J A PA N

In Reweaving the Economy, Soichiro Takagi provides an integrated view in order to understand the impact of IT on changing organizational structures in an era of cloud computing and mass collaboration, which are swiftly changing national economies in terms of productivity and employment. The analyses are reinforced by microeconomic analysis on organizational structures based on transaction-cost economics, which provides the foundation for firms’ decisions on organizational structure. Additionally, Takagi considers the importance of national culture as a determinant of foreign direct investment in the service sector to offer insights into international production and sharing information services.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 111

JAGIELLONIAN UNIVERSITY PRESS

Liberature

From the Absurd to Revolt

A Book-Bound Genre

Dynamics in Albert Camus’s Thought

KATARZYNA BAZARNIK

PIOTR MRÓZ AND MACIEJ KAŁUŻA, EDITORS

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

“Liberature” is a term coined by the Polish poet Zenon Fajfer to refer to a kind of writing that fuses text with its material form into a conceptual whole in the space of the book. In this book, “the fruit of miscegenation between a scholar and a creative writer,” Katarzyna Bazarnik explains how liberature is indebted to modernist explorations of the materiality of writing. She flags affinities between liberature and related concepts: N. Katherine Hayles’s technotexts, Jessica Pressman’s bookishness, Lori Emerson’s reading-writing interfaces, and Alison Gibbons’s analyses of multimodal literature. Finally, reading liberature through contemporary genre theory, she proposes to see it as a multimodal, literary genre bound to the architecture of the material book. KATARZYNA BAZARNIK

is assistant professor at the

Institute of English Studies of the Jagiellonian University in Kraków. She is the author of Joyce and Liberature (2011) and the editor or coeditor of several volumes. She has also coauthored liberatic books with Zenon Fajfer. Together they curate the Liberature Reading Room in Krakow and edit an

“In the vision of the world and man according to Albert Camus, we do not find any easy solutions, and each transgression remains burdened with suffering. It might seem that nothing can bear the absurd of the world, and yet man is able to search for freedom. An interesting inspiration for further studies.” —Izabela Trzcińska, AGH University of Science and Technology, Krakow

This book presents a selection of texts on two key issues in the thought of Albert Camus: absurdity and rebellion. It analyzes the sources of Camus’s concept of rebellion, the problems of the absurd, and his early thought. Contributors also compare Camus with Dostoyevsky, Kołakowski, and Iwaszkiewicz. PIOTR MRÓZ

is the head of the department of philosophy

of culture at the Jagiellonian University. His works include a translation of Jean-Paul Sartre’s Being and Nothingness. MACIEJ KAŁUŻA

is a researcher of the thought of Albert

Camus. He has also written a monograph on the absurd in Camus’s drama.

imprint called Liberatura in Ha!art Publishing House.

$45.00 / £37.95 paper 978-83-233-4201-4

$45.00 / £37.95 paper 978-83-233-4253-3

F E B R U A R Y 198 pages / 6.2" x 9.25"

S E P T E M B E R 248 pages / 6.2" x 9.25"

LITERARY STUDIES

P H I LO S O P H Y

112 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

Four Generations of Women in a PostIndustrial City Tell Their Life Stories PAULINA BUNIO-MROCZEK, MAŁGORZATA POTOCZNA, AND WIELISŁAWA WARZYWODAKRUSZYŃSKA, EDITORS

“In this important book, the authors apply the biographical method to get to know the life histories of extended families. The book can count on a broad range of interest in academia and beyond.” —Danuta Duch-Krzystoszek, the Maria Grzegorzewska University in Warsaw

PAULINA BUNIO-MROCZEK ZNA

and MAŁGORZATA POTOC-

are assistant professors at the Institute of Sociology

KRZYSZTOF KOWALSKI AND BARBARA TÖRNQUIST-PLEWA, EDITORS

“Combines detailed analyses of how Europeanization makes Poles and Swedes rethink their approach to collective memory with considerations of the meaning of democratization, of which Europeanization is an important part.” —Czesław Porębski, Jagiellonian University

How does the ongoing process of European political integration influence local, regional, national, and transnational interpretations of the past and lead to the construction of new, Europeanized representations? Polish and Swedish researchers describe a variety of cases that are firmly anchored in a shared attempt to grasp the sometimes fluid and elusive aspects of the Europeanization of heritage and memories. KRZYSZTOF KOWALSKI

is a senior lecturer at the Institute

of European Studies of the Jagiellonian University in Kraków. BARBARA TÖRNQUIST-PLEWA

is a professor of Eastern

of the University of Łódź. WIELISŁAWA WARZYWODA-

and Central European studies and head of the Centre for

KRUSZYŃSKA is full professor of sociology at the University

European Studies at Lund University in Sweden.

of Łódź and was the director of the Institute of Sociology.

$45.00 / £37.95 paper 978-83-233-4274-8

$50.00 / £41.95 paper 978-83-233-4202-1

D E C E M B E R 177 pages / 6.3" x 9"

S E P T E M B E R 278 pages / 6.2" x 9.25" / 18 b&w illustrations

S O C I O LO G Y

C U LT U R A L S T U D I E S

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

This book is about poverty in Poland during the transition to capitalism and in the decade that followed as seen in the lives of four generations of women. It analyzes how poverty is embedded in changes in industrial relations, welfare regimes, and family structures.

The Europeanization of Heritage and Memories in Poland and Sweden

JAGIELLONIAN UNIVERSITY PRESS

Poverty and Social Exclusion During and After Poland’s Transition to Capitalism

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 113

JAGIELLONIAN UNIVERSITY PRESS

Organizational Structures of Political Parties in Central and Eastern European Countries KATARZYNA SOBOLEWSKA-MYŚLIK,

Visible and Invisible

Wind Power, Nuclear Energy, and Shale Gas in the Polish Media Discourse ALEKSANDRA WAGNER, EDITOR

BEATA KOSOWSKA-GĄSTOŁ, AND PIOTR BOROWIEC, EDITORS “This work provides a detailed picture of organizational structures. Every chapter focuses on a different country, and all are written by local authors, using local resources and native-language data. Both informative and fact-filled, this publication is helpful for those interested in the region.” —Michal Kubát, Charles University, Prague

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

This book describes the organizational structures of political parties in Central and Eastern Europe to provide a basis for comparison with their Western European counterparts. Scholars from the region discuss the specifics of party organization based on formal statutes as well as laws governing their operation. KATARZYNA SOBOLEWSKA-MYŚLIK

is professor of

political science and BEATA KOSOWSKA-GĄSTOŁ and PIOTR BOROWIEC

are associate professors of political

science at the Institute of Political Science and International Relations at the Jagiellonian University in Krakow, Poland.

Visible and Invisible analyzes the mechanisms of the creation and functioning of media discourses on selected energy-related problems. The volume attempts to diagnose the communicative dimension of the public sphere in terms of its operation as a space of deliberation, with particular consideration for mechanisms of inclusion and exclusion of social actors, topics, and arguments. The individual chapters result from research dating from the 1980s through 2014. They demonstrate the dynamic of changes based on consistent tracking of the fields of nuclear and wind energy and shale gas. These types of energy were chosen deliberately instead of coal, the most obvious form in Poland, since they represent technologies that were seen as innovative. ALEKSANDRA WAGNER

is adjunct assistant professor in

the Institute of Sociology at Jagiellonian University. She is the founder of the Dialogue for Policy group.

$55.00 / £45.95 paper 978-83-233-4174-1

$45.00 / £37.95 paper 978-83-233-4229-8

S E P T E M B E R 492 pages / 6.2" x 9.25" / 56 tables and 61 figures

S E P T E M B E R 194 pages / 6.2" x 9.25" / 46 images and 14 tables

POLITICAL SCIENCE

S O C I O LO G Y

114 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

EDWARD DĄBROWA, EDITOR

EDWARD DĄBROWA

is professor of

history at the Jagiellonian University.

ANDRZEJ KRZANOWSKI

This volume contains revised and updated editions of articles by Andrzej Krzanowski, the first Pole to have conducted archaeological research in the Andes, coming from different periods of his forty-year-long research in Peru, from the first expedition to the Huaura Valley to the most recent research on the Central Coast. ANDRZEJ KRZANOWSKI

is a

English Educational Policy

Contemporary Challenges in a HistoricalComparative Context ARLETA SUWALSKA “A contribution towards deeper reflection on the relationship between the sustainability and variability of systemic solutions.” —Renata Nowakowska-Siuta, Christian Theological Academy in Warsaw

This book addresses ideological discourses on education in the United Kingdom, including developments up to World War II, the postwar reform of the education system, the neoliberal trend, and the 1998 reforms and their consequences.

geologist, archaeologist, researcher

ARLETA SUWALSKA

of the Andes, Latin Americanist, and

the department of education at the

diplomat and is head of the depart-

University of Lodz.

is a lecturer in

ment of Latin American studies at the Jagiellonian University in Kraków. He has authored or coauthored nine books on the archaeology and history of the Andes. $45.00 / £37.95 paper 978-83-233-4236-6

$50.00 / £41.95 paper 978-83-233-4196-3 S E P T E M B E R 300 pages / 6.7" x 9.5" /

$45.00 / £37.95 paper 978-83-233-4272-4

A N C I E N T H I S TO R Y

32 color and 95 b&w illustrations

S E P T E M B E R 240 pages / 6.3" x 9" / 1 table

ELECTRUM

A R C H A E O LO G Y

E D U C AT I O N

S E P T E M B E R 258 pages / 6.2" x 9.25"

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

Electrum: Journal of Ancient History is published by the Department of Ancient History at the Jagiellonian University. It offers scholarly research on the history and culture of Greece, Rome, and the Near East from the beginning of the first millennium BC to about AD 400. This installment explores the ancient history of Cyprus, Crete, and the Aegean Islands.

Essays on Archaeology and Ethnology of Peruvian Andes Ensayos sobre arqueología y etnología de los Andes Peruanos

JAGIELLONIAN UNIVERSITY PRESS

Cyprus, Crete, and the Aegean Islands in Antiquity

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 115

AG E N DA P U B L I S H I N G

Everyday Economics

The History of Economics

A Users Guide to the Modern Economy

A Course for Students and Teachers

STEVE COULTER

ROGER E. BACKHOUSE AND KEITH TRIBE

F O R S A L E O N LY I N N O R T H A N D SOUTH AMERICA

Most economics is a top-down analysis that simplifies and reduces the huge varieties among individuals to a predictable range of characteristics that lend themselves to systematic analysis. This book eschews this conventional perspective and instead explores the role played by the individual in the economy, in particular, how the individual experiences the economy. In so doing, the book is able to illuminate the economic landscape for the nontechnical reader in a much more engaging and accessible way than conventional textbooks. By placing the individual front and center, the book shows the role of government, markets, and welfare in shaping our lives, providing an overview of the workings of the economy that takes as its starting point the interface between the individual and the system. STEVE COULTER

is LSE Fellow in the Political Economy of

Europe at the London School of Economics. He is also an associate fellow of the Social Market Foundation think tank. He was previously a senior economics analyst for BBC News.

Roger E. Backhouse and Keith Tribe present an introduction to the history of economic thought based upon courses they have taught for many years. Contemporary understanding of economic principles sheds little light on the manner in which past thinkers thought, so the student is guided through the writings of economists such as Smith, Jevons, Marshall, Robbins, and Keynes. The emphasis is on the development of economic argument from the seventeenth century to the present, emphasizing a diversity that is sometimes suppressed in conventional textbooks. With many years of experience teaching economic thought, the authors have honed their presentation to the needs of those with no background in the subject, without sacrificing analysis or rigor. ROGER E. BACKHOUSE

is professor of history and

philosophy of economics at the University of Birmingham. KEITH TRIBE

is a translator and independent scholar.

He currently teaches history of economic thought at the University of Birmingham.

$30.00* paper 978-1-911116-36-3 $95.00 cloth 978-1-911116-35-6

$30.00 paper 978-1-911116-70-7 $95.00 cloth 978-1-911116-69-1

D E C E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9"

D E C E M B E R 320 pages / 6.75" x 9.5"

ECONOMICS

116 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

T H E E CO N O M Y: K E Y I D E AS

AG E N DA P U B L I S H I N G

The Market

Degrowth

The market is one of the most readily identifiable manifestations of the modern economy: the locus of supply and demand, the object of countless production and consumption decisions. As an abstract idea, it has spilled over from economic theory to inform the way we speak about our relationship to the economic system as a whole. However, what does it really mean to allow ourselves to submit to market forces? And does economic theory really provide insights into the market institutions that shape everyday life, or can it only talk about an abstract idea of the market that has no reallife counterpart? Matthew Watson tackles these questions and in so doing provides an important contribution to the deeper appreciation of the dominant economic language of our time that will challenge readers’ assumptions about why they think what they think about markets and the way they act in a variety of marketplaces.

The term “degrowth” has emerged within ecological and other heterodox schools of economics as a critique of the idea (and ideology) of economic growth. Instead, degrowth advocates a contraction of economies by reducing production and consumption, arguing that it is possible to do so without reducing prosperity or wellbeing. One might see in the degrowth community a resurgence of a radical theoretical and political variant of environmentalism, or “ecologism,” based on the key premise that there are, and that there must be, “limits to growth.” Degrowth is the interdisciplinary theory, or science, of ecologism and the aim of this book is to summarize its core elements in a brief, succinct, and simple form. It grounds degrowth squarely within the field of ecological economics and, in addition to outlining its key ideas, explores what it would take for an economy to transition to a position that enabled it to prosper without growth.

MATTHEW WATSON

is professor of political economy at

GIORGOS KALLIS

is an ICREA professor at ICTA,

Autonomous University of Barcelona. $23.00* paper 978-1-911116-61-5 $70.00 cloth 978-1-911116-60-8

$23.00* paper 978-1-911116-80-6 $70.00 cloth 978-1-911116-79-0

N O V E M B E R 192 pages / 5" x 7.75"

J A N U A R Y 176 pages / 5" x 7.75"

ECONOMICS

T H E E C O N O M Y: K E Y I D E A S

T H E E CO N O M Y: K E Y I D E A S

F O R S A L E O N LY I N N O R T H A N D SOUTH AMERICA

MATTHEW WATSON

the University of Warwick.

GIORGOS KALLIS

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 117

AG E N DA P U B L I S H I N G

Reflections on the Future of the Left

DAVID COATES, EDITOR

F O R S A L E O N LY I N N O R T H A N D SOUTH AMERICA

What is the future for progressive politics in advanced capitalism? With its political fortunes so low, how might the Left move forward? These essays from leading left intellectuals—Dean Baker, Fred Block, David Coates, Hilary Wainwright, Colin Crouch, Wolfgang Streeck, and Leo Panitch—reflect on the scale and nature of the task that the Left now faces. The contributors, whose experiences stretch back to the headier days of 1968, consider what they should pass on to a younger generation. Some are optimistic, some pessimistic, but all offer searching insight into the task the Left now faces and what, especially if it was complicit in the neoliberal settlement, it has left to draw on to deal with its contemporary challenges. These essays represent a major statement on the future for center-left politics and a frank appraisal of the Left’s current capabilities to keep conservatism at bay and radical politics in the ascendancy. DAVID COATES

holds the Worrell Chair in Anglo-American

The New Politics of Trade Lessons from TTIP

ALASDAIR R. YOUNG

The Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership is Europe’s most controversial trade agreement. Aimed at reducing regulatory barriers between the United States and the EU, it was expected to be fairly straightforward, but negotiations now look set to fail altogether. Yet the negotiation process, the terms of the potential agreement, and its sticking points provide valuable lessons for policy makers and academics. Alasdair Young offers a penetrating analysis of the complexities of the negotiations and explores why they have proved so difficult to conclude, what motivates the different parties, and their implications for politics and policy. Young throws light on the limits of the transatlantic cooperation and teases out the implications for the UK in post-Brexit trade negotiations and for other nations now facing a more protectionist stance from the United States. ALASDAIR R. YOUNG

is professor of international affairs

and codirector of the Center for European and Transatlantic

Studies at Wake Forest University, North Carolina.

Studies at Georgia Tech.

$25.00* paper 978-1-911116-52-3 $85.00 cloth 978-1-911116-51-6

$25.00 paper 978-1-911116-75-2 $85.00 cloth 978-1-911116-74-5

N O V E M B E R 224 pages / 5.5" x 8.5"

N O V E M B E R 192 pages / 5.5" x 8.5"

POLITICS

ECONOMICS

B U I L D I N G P R O G R E S S I V E A LT E R N AT I V E S

CO M PA R AT I V E P O L I T I C A L E CO N O M Y

118 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

AG E N DA P U B L I S H I N G

Doreen Massey

Critical Dialogues

Planning for Crisis

MARION WERNER, JAMIE PECK,

Strategy and Management Theory and the Impact of Economic Uncertainty

REBECCA LAVE, AND

CAROL M. CONNELL

BRETT CHRISTOPHERS, EDITORS

MARION WERNER JAMIE PECK

is assistant professor at SUNY, Buffalo.

is professor of geography at the University of

British Columbia. REBECCA LAVE is associate professor at Indiana University, Bloomington. BRETT CHRISTOPHERS is professor of human geography at Uppsala University.

Since most economic crises are unexpected, how do individual organizations plan for them? Carol M. Connell investigates how theorists have used the economic recessions that defined their time to inform strategies for institutional management and growth in times of crisis. She shows that the postwar period saw an ever-growing body of research and theory from economics, the behavioral and social sciences, finance and business management, devoted to avoiding or limiting the effects, at the organizational level, of such economic downturns. Those theorists who applied frameworks for verifying change, assessing risks, or applying game theory, she shows, had the most to offer organizations, but those who played a public-policy role also made a significant contribution to living with economic uncertainty. CAROL M. CONNELL

is professor of finance and

business management at the City University of New York, Brooklyn College.

$30.00 paper 978-1-911116-86-8 $95.00 cloth 978-1-911116-85-1 J A N U A R Y 288 pages / 6" x 9"

$95.00 cloth 978-1-911116-05-9

GEOGRAPHY / POLITICS

D E C E M B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9"

E CO N O M I C T R A N S F O R M AT I O N S

ECONOMICS

F O R S A L E O N LY I N N O R T H A N D SOUTH AMERICA

Doreen Massey (1944–2016) was one of the most influential geographers of the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. Her ideas on space, region, identity, ethics, and capital transformed the field while also attracting a wide audience in planning, political economy, cultural studies, gender studies, and beyond. These specially commissioned essays, many from some of Massey’s long-time interlocutors and collaborators, interrogate both the sources and the potential of Massey’s oeuvre. Looking forward, rather than merely backward, the collection also highlights the diverse ways in which Massey’s formulations and frameworks provide a basis for new interventions in contemporary debates.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 119

CHINESE UNIVERSITY PRESS

Red Swan

How Unorthodox Policy-Making Facilitated China’s Rise SEBASTIAN HEILMANN

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARRIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, AND NEW ZEALAND

China stands as a major “Red Swan” challenge to the social sciences. The resilience of the Communist party-state, in combination with a rapidly expanding economy, represents a significant deviant case for the debate about models of development. China’s trajectory thus challenges conventional wisdom as well as conventional models of political change. This book focuses on the manner in which China’s governmental system can be developed, formulated, implemented, adjusted, and revised. Policy making is seen as an openended process with an uncertain outcome, driven by conflicting interests, recurrent interactions, and continuous feedback, rather than determined by history, regime type, or institutions. Key to this are the capacity to deal with existing and emerging challenges, correction mechanisms when conflicts arise, and adaptive capabilities in a changing economic or international context. SEBASTIAN HEILMANN

is the founding president of

the Mercator Institute for China Studies in Berlin and professor for the political economy of China at the

Chinese Society and Politics

AMBROSE Y. C. KING

This book examines how Confucian traditions have shaped modernity in East Asia. Ambrose Y. C. King discusses how China and East Asia developed a model of modern civilization distinct from the Western model of modernization which involves not only a process of deconstructing the cultural tradition but also a process of reconstructing it. He shows how the experience of modernization diverges within different Chinese societies, namely Hong Kong, Mainland China, and Taiwan. By highlighting the impact of Confucianism, he argues that Confucianism contains the seeds of modernization and transformation and that in the right institutional settings these seeds influence the course of development. King focuses on how Confucian ideas and values underpinning the foundation of East Asian societies, including social civility, political governance, the role of the family, individual self-cultivation, and moral regulation, matter to the modern social and political transformations of Chinese societies today. AMBROSE Y. C. KING

is emeritus professor of sociology

and former vice chancellor of the Chinese University of Hong Kong.

University of Trier, Germany. $52.00 cloth 978-962-996-827-4

$45.00 cloth 978-988-237-015-9

J A N U A R Y 250 pages / 6" x 9"

J A N U A R Y 210 pages / 6" x 9"

POLITICAL SCIENCE

S O C I O LO G Y / A S I A N S T U D I E S

120 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

ANGELA F. Y. SIU AND ALICIA K. L. PON, EDITORS

Law and Practice

Hong Kong.

AYESHA MACPHERSON LAU AND MICHAEL OLESNICKY

This book covers the major areas of Hong Kong taxation—profits, salaries, property, personal assessment, and stamp duty as well as a general overview of international tax issues pertaining to Hong Kong. The book explains the principles and practice of Hong Kong taxation law together with the relevant Court and Board of Review decisions and contains numerous practical examples. This new edition includes legislative changes up to 30 June 2017 as well as the latest developments in Hong Kong taxation, including those pertaining to the OECD’s Base Erosion and Profit Shifting project. AYESHA MACPHERSON LAU

is a partner with KPMG

China and is the head of tax in Hong Kong. She has been a specialist in the tax field for over 20 years, initially with KPMG in London before joining KPMG in Hong Kong. MICHAEL OLESNICKY

is a senior advisor to KPMG in Hong

Kong. A lawyer by training, Michael has spent more than 25 years advising on corporate income tax and tax dispute matters, as well as wealth management, trust planning, and

is senior lecturer in the department of

estate planning.

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARRIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, AND NEW ZEALAND

is associate professor in the department

of educational psychology at the Chinese University of

ALICIA K. L. PON

Hong Kong Taxation

2017–18 Edition

This edited volume seeks to highlight the development of play therapy in various countries and cities in Asia. The editors discuss how mostly Western play-therapy approaches are adapted for use in Asian countries. Having existed for years in the West, play therapy is still in its early stage of development in most Asian countries, including Mainland China, Japan, South Korea, Malaysia, Singapore, and Indonesia. This is the first play-therapy book written by experts from specific Asian cultures for practitioners and students who are working in the mental-health field for Asian groups. Each chapter first describes play-therapy development in that particular culture and then uses a case study to illustrate how play therapy can be adapted to suit specific cultural beliefs and environments in order to connect parents with their children or to address clients’ needs. ANGELA F. Y. SIU

CHINESE UNIVERSITY PRESS

Play Therapy in Asia

social work at the National University of Singapore.

$25.00 paper 978-988-237-016-6

$60.00 cloth 978-962-996-830-4

N O V E M B E R 210 pages / 6" x 9"

N O V E M B E R 980 pages / 6" x 9"

P S YC H O LO G Y

TA X AT I O N / L AW

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 12 1

CHINESE UNIVERSITY PRESS

Ancient Enmity

International Poetry Nights in Hong Kong 2017 SHELBY K. Y. CHAN, GILBERT C. F. FONG, LUCAS KLEIN, CHRISTOPHER MATTISON, CHRIS SONG, AND LING WANG, EDITORS

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARRIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, AND NEW ZEALAND

International Poetry Nights in Hong Kong (IPNHK) is an award-winning biennial poetry festival established by the renowned contemporary Chinese poet Bei Dao. Since its debut in 2009, IPNHK has become the most influential series of international poetry events in sinophone areas, delivered internationally acclaimed poets’ thoughts and ideas about poetry to contemporary China, and stimulated Chinese poets’ reflection upon their own conditions of reading world poetry. Following the enormous success of previous editions, IPNHK’s 2017 event is scheduled to happen from 22–26 November in Hong Kong, with the theme “Ancient Enmity,” and invites more than twenty poets and lyricists from different parts of the world to share and read their works in the hope of encouraging exchange among poets and lyricists. Poets include Gabeba Baderoon (South Africa), Javier Bello (Chile), Chen Dongdong (China), Jérôme Game (France), Major Jackson (U.S.), George Szirtes (UK), Anja Utler (Germany), Haris Vlavianos (Greece), and others. The IPNHK anthology includes selections of the most internationally acclaimed contemporary poetry by the invited poets, accompanied by unique Chinese and English translations in bilingual or trilingual formats. SHELBY K. Y. CHAN

is assistant professor and GILBERT C. F. FONG is

professor at the School of Translation, Hang Seng Management College. LUCAS KLEIN

is assistant professor and CHRISTOPHER MATTISON is

a research fellow at the University of Hong Kong. CHRIS SONG

Ancient Enmity [anthology] $30.00 paper 978-988-237-030-2 J A N U A R Y 240 pages / 11" x 7"

Ancient Enmity [box set] $52.00 paper 978-988-237-028-9 J A N U A R Y 1200 pages / 4.3" x 6.7" P O E T R Y / A N T H O LO G I E S

122 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

LING WANG

is a poet. is lecturer at the Chinese University of Hong Kong.

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Racism and Resistance

How Genes Matter

Genetic Medicine as Subjectivisation Practices

FRANZISKA MEISTER

BERNHARD WIESER

Even a cursory look at U.S. society today reveals that protests against racial discrimination are by no means a thing of the past. What can we learn from past movements in order to understand the workings of racism and resistance? In this book, Franziska Meister revisits the Black Panther Party and offers a new perspective on the party as a whole and its struggle for racial social justice. She shows how the Panthers were engaged in exposing structural racism in the United States and depicts them as uniquely resourceful, imaginative, and subversive in the ways they challenged white supremacy while at the same time revolutionizing both the self-conception and the public image of black people. Meister thus highlights an often marginalized aspect of the Panthers: how they sought to reach a world beyond race—by going through race. Theirs, she argues, is a message well worth considering in an age of “color blindness.”

Understanding the significance of genetic factors for our lives requires an analysis that goes beyond biological aspects. It is especially necessary to take into account how human beings relate to others and to themselves. Who we are is a result of social action and the ways in which human beings constitute themselves as subjects. Seen from this perspective, genetic medicine is a social practice that shapes how we think about ourselves, how we conduct our behavior, and how we care for our children. This book scrutinizes practices by which individuals become knowledgeable about their genes and constitute them as responsible decision makers.

FRANZISKA MEISTER

BERNHARD WIESER

is associate professor of science and

technology studies at Alpen-Adria-University, Klagenfurt– Wien–Graz.

is a science and culture editor at the

Swiss weekly WOZ—Die Wochenzeitung.

$25.00 paper 978-3-8376-3857-8

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-3766-3

S E P T E M B E R 242 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

S E P T E M B E R 350 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / 9 b&w illustrations

AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES

SCIENCE

POLITICAL SCIENCE

B O DY C U LT U R E S

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

How the Black Panthers Challenged White Supremacy

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 12 3

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Power Relations in Black Lives

New York Hotel Experience

Wires That Bind

Reading African American Literature and Culture with Bourdieu and Elias

Cultural and Societal Impacts of an American Invention

Nation, Region, and Technology in the Southwestern United States, 1854-1920

CHRISTA BUSCHENDORF,

ANNABELLA FICK

TORSTEN KATHKE

For more than two hundred years hotels have played a significant role in American history. The modern hotel is even an American invention. In five case studies of iconic New York hotels, this book presents the hotel experience of the white upper class, literati, young artists, African Americans, and Jewish Americans using a variety of texts, including autobiographies, movies, and novels. This unique approach offers a new way of reading New York and showing the impact of the hotel experience on society and culture.

The arrival of telegraphy and railroads changed power relations throughout the world in the nineteenth century. Torsten Kathke illustrates how these technologies led to distinct and rapid shifts from the 1850s to the 1920s in the Mesilla region of the American Southwest. A local Hispano elite was replaced first by a Hispano-Anglo one, and finally a nationally oriented Anglo elite as the region became bound ever closer to the federal government.

EDITOR F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

Power imbalances are at the core of human conflicts. They shape physical and symbolic struggles between groups or individuals. This volume highlights the role of power relations in the black experience. By applying key concepts of Pierre Bourdieu and Norbert Elias to African American literature and culture, the authors offer new readings of power asymmetries in the works of canonical and contemporary black writers, rap music, and political activism. CHRISTA BUSCHENDORF

is profes-

sor emeritus of American studies at Goethe University Frankfurt, Germany.

ANNABELLA FICK

is an academic

advisor for Cusanuswerk, a scholarship program for gifted Catholic students.

TORSTEN KATHKE

is a member of

the research group Economization of the Social at the Max-Planck-Institute for the Study of Societies in Cologne. He teaches history at the University of Cologne.

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-3781-6

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3790-8

$35.00 paper 978-3-8376-3660-4

S E P T E M B E R 344 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

S E P T E M B E R 312 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

J A N U A R Y 180 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

12 b&w illustrations

10 b&w illustrations

AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES

AMERICAN STUDIES

A M E R I C A N H I S TO R Y

A M E R I C A N C U LT U R E S T U D I E S

1 24 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Trusting the Police

Comparisons across Eastern and Western Europe SILVIA STAUBLI

SILVIA STAUBLI

teaches in the

department of social sciences at the University of Fribourg.

Politics, Piety, and Biomedicine

Friendship Patterns among Young Academics in Urban India

The Malaysian Transplant Venture

STEPHANIE STOCKER

JENNY SCHREIBER

Caste hierarchy is often seen as the overriding principle of Indian society. This book examines the educated middle class in the Tamil town of Madurai, where young graduates appear to subvert the boundaries inscribed by caste hierarchy. Stephanie Stocker explores how these friendships are maintained in wider social contexts, finding that the actors engage in supportive networks throughout career and marriage events. She proposes a dynamic character of friendship which preserves Indian values of hierarchy.

The discourse on transplantation and brain death is emblematic of conflicts over medical care, death, and dying. This work captures the often contradictory views on the Malaysian transplant venture and treatment of end-stage organ failure from the Malay and Chinese population, physicians, state officials, and Muslim, Buddhist, and Daoist clergy. It also addresses the extent to which biomedicine and medical technology in contemporary Malaysia actually benefits its people.

STEPHANIE STOCKER

is a research

JENNY SCHREIBER

studied the

fellow in cultural anthropology at the

cultures and languages of Southeast

University of Tubingen, Germany.

Asia and medicine in Hamburg and Sydney. She is currently completing her specialist training in neurosurgery.

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-3782-3

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3885-1

$50.00 paper 978-3-8376-3702-1

S E P T E M B E R 200 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

S E P T E M B E R 300 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

S E P T E M B E R 298 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

26 b&w illustrations

34 b&w illustrations

2 b&w illustrations

SOCIAL SCIENCE

A N T H R O P O LO G Y

A N T H R O P O LO G Y / M E D I C I N E

C U LT U R E A N D S O C I A L P R AC T I C E

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

For the police, work effectiveness or fairness in encounters is especially important to ensure institutional trust and procedural fairness. Emphasizing social trust and criminal victimization, Silvia Staubli offers an analysis of attitudes toward the police in Eastern and Western Europe, addressing sociology, political science, criminology, and social anthropology equally. The study provides insight on how public opinion toward institutions is shaped.

Caste and Equality

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 12 5

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

The Monster Always Returns

Digital Culture & Society

American Horror Films and Their Remakes

Vol. 3, Issue 1/2017: Making and Hacking

CHRISTIAN KNÖPPLER

PABLO ABEND, MATHIAS FUCHS, AND

ANNIKA RICHTERICH, KARIN WENZ, RAMÓN REICHERT, EDITORS

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

The monsters of the horror genre never remain dead—they invariably return in new and terrifying shapes for another installment. In this study, Christian Knöppler explores the phenomenon of horror-film remakes. He argues that even though these derivative films typically earn little praise from critics, their constant refiguration of monsters and horror scenarios serves to access and update otherwise obscure cultural fears. With an indepth examination of six sample sequences of films and remakes, this book aims to shed new light on a much maligned and often neglected type of film and promises fresh insights to scholars and aficionados alike. CHRISTIAN KNÖPPLER

has taught American studies at

Johannes Gutenberg University Mainz and RWTH Aachen University. His research interests include American cinema, horror and cultural trauma, media and history, and comics and ideology.

Digital Culture & Society is a refereed international journal fostering discussion about the ways in which digital technologies, platforms, and applications reconfigure daily lives and practices. It offers a forum for inquiries into digital-media theory, methodologies, and sociotechnological developments. The fourth issue, “Making and Hacking,” presents articles addressing the multiple meanings of making and hacking and sheds light on the communities, spaces, and practices of makers and hackers. ANNIKA RICHTERICH

is an assistant professor of digital

culture at Maastricht University. KARIN WENZ is assistant professor of media culture at Maastricht University. PABLO ABEND

is a postdoctoral researcher at the

University of Cologne. MATHIAS FUCHS is senior fellow at the Institute of Advanced Study on Media Cultures of Computer Simulation at Leuphana University, Lüneburg. RAMÓN REICHERT

is head of the postgraduate master’s

course in data studies at the Danube University Krems.

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3735-9

$35.00 paper 978-3-8376-3820-2

S E P T E M B E R 262 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / 3 color illustrations

S E P T E M B E R 200 pages / 6.1" x 9.4"

FILM

MEDIA STUDIES

FILM STUDIES

D I G I TA L S O C I E T Y

1 26 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

The Promise of Diversity

How Brazilian Brand Capitalism Affects Precarious Identities and Work NICOLAS WASSER

Ich bin eine Kanackin

Decolonizing Popfeminism: Transcultural Perspectives on Lady Bitch Ray PINAR TUZCU

NICOLAS WASSER

is a member of the Graduiertenkolleg

Pinar Tuzcu explores rapper Lady Bitch Ray’s performance, particularly her use of the term “Kanackin.” She searches for the elusive relationship between pop feminism in Germany and histories of migration. Tuzcu works through the contradictory forms of positioning that occur in group discussions with Turkish/German university students about Lady Bitch Ray’s music videos by means of decolonial methodologies and situational analysis. From a transcultural angle, Tuzcu argues that these contradictory forms of positioning bear traces of emergent discourses that reach beyond Westerncentric descriptions of feminism in Germany.

Gender Studies at the University of Basel. His research

PINAR TUZCU

focuses on affective labor, LGBT issues, precarity, and

at the department of sociology of diversity at the University

difference in Latin America.

of Kassel, Germany. Her research interests include contempo-

holds a postdoc position and teaches

rary feminisms and queer theory, post migration studies, and decolonial approaches and speculative methodology.

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3754-0

$35.00 paper 978-3-8376-3572-0

S E P T E M B E R 298 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / 12 b&w illustrations

S E P T E M B E R 200 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / 10 color illustrations

S O C I O LO G Y

C U LT U R A L S T U D I E S

P O S TC O LO N I A L S T U D I E S

GENDER STUDIES

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

Nicolas Wasser critically examines how sexual and racial identities are currently being articulated through capitalist brands and labor. On the basis of an ethnographic case study about a Brazilian fashion enterprise, he shows how young lesbian, gay, and black sales employees align themselves with the ambivalent promises put forward by diversity management. Their affective labor, the study argues, is at the center of new and globally unfolding regimes of the precarious. This is a rich sociological account from the Global South that shows how neoliberal logics of self-optimization both traverse and fuel the aspirations of the minoritized.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 127

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

American Missionaries in the Ottoman Empire

Killing and Being Killed: Bodies in Battle

HAMI INAN GÜMÜŞ

JÖRG ROGGE, EDITOR

This book is a metaphor-based analysis of the texts produced by the missionaries of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions in the Ottoman Empire from 1820–1898. It explores the conceptual metaphor networks inherent to official missionary discourse. The explication of these networks uncovers how the missionaries defined and depicted themselves and what they encountered. A synthesis of literary studies, linguistics, cultural history, and religious studies, the work analyzes the missionary narrative in its historical context by applying literary, narratological, and linguistic tools.

What bodily experiences did fighters make through their lifetime and especially in violent conflicts? How were the bodies of fighters trained, nourished, and prepared for combat? How did they respond to wounds, torture, and the ubiquitous risk of death? The articles present examples of body techniques of fighters and their perception throughout the Middle Ages. The geographical scope ranges from the Anglo-Scottish borderlands to Central Europe through the Mediterranean world. This larger framework enables the reader to trace the similarities and differences of the cultural practice of “killing and being killed” in various contexts. Contributors include Iain MacInnes, Alastair J. Macdonald, Bogdan-Petru Maleon, and others.

A Conceptual Metaphor Analysis of Missionary Narrative, 1820–1898

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

HAMI INAN GÜMÜŞ

is an associated postdoc at the

Graduate School of Society and Culture in Motion, Halle, Germany. His current research focuses on American missionary activities in the Ottoman Empire.

Perspectives on Fighters in the Middle Ages

JÖRG ROGGE

is professor of medieval history at the

University of Mainz, Germany. He is also spokesperson of the research unit Historical Cultural Sciences, Mainz.

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-3808-0

$35.00 paper 978-3-8376-3783-0

O C T O B E R 230 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

S E P T E M B E R 272 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / 10 b&w illustrations

H I S TO R Y

H I S TO I R E

M A I N Z H I S TO R I C A L C U LT U R A L S C I E N C E S

128 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Transformations of the Supernatural

Writing Emotions

PETRA SCHOENENBERGER

SABINE SCHÖNFELLNER, AND

Problems of Representation in the Work of Daniel Defoe

Theoretical Concepts and Selected Case Studies in Literature INGEBORG JANDL, SUSANNE KNALLER, GUDRUN TOCKNER, EDITORS

PETRA SCHOENENBERGER

is a scholar of English

After a long period of neglect, emotions have become an important topic in literary studies. This collection of essays stresses the complex link between aesthetic and nonaesthetic emotional components. It focuses on the practice of writing as well as on the impact of emotional patterns on receptive processes to develop a concept of aesthetic emotions as formative within both the writing and the reading processes. Essays ranging from the beginning of modern drama to digital formats discuss English, German, French, Russian, and American literature.

literature who trained at the University of Zurich,

INGEBORG JANDL

Switzerland.

literature and culture at the Institute of Slavic Studies at the

is a research fellow studying Russian

University of Graz, Austria. SUSANNE KNALLER

is professor of Romance and com-

parative literature at the University of Graz, Austria. SABINE SCHÖNFELLNER

is a Ph.D. student in German and

comparative literature at the University of Graz, Austria. GUDRUN TOCKNER

is a research fellow in English literature

at the Department of English Studies at the University of Graz, Austria. $40.00 paper 978-3-8376-3775-5

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3793-9

S E P T E M B E R 204 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

O C T O B E R 330 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

LITERARY STUDIES

LETTRE

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

Daniel Defoe’s work displays a keen interest in stories of supernatural encounters. After considering how one might prove supernatural occurrences and whether one can trust eyewitness accounts, Defoe demonstrates that more is at stake. Like his contemporaries, Defoe wonders about the range of scientific insight and about the moral and epistemological ramifications of unchallenged trust and faith. His transformations of the supernatural probe the boundaries of knowledge and evidence and play with the limits of cognition, emphasizing the inseparability of mind and emotion.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 12 9

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Emotions, Remembering, and Feeling Better

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

Dealing with the Indian Residential Schools Settlement Agreement in Canada ANNE-MARIE REYNAUD

The largest class-action suit in Canadian history, the Indian Residential Schools Settlement Agreement had a great impact on the lives of aboriginal survivors. AnneMarie Reynaud considers the settlement’s aspirations alongside the local reality for the Mitchikanibikok Inik First Nations. Drawing on anthropological fieldwork, this book weaves survivor experiences together with current theory on emotions, memory, trauma, and transitional justice. ANNE-MARIE REYNAUD

is a lecturer

The Power of Place in Play

A Bourdieusian Analysis of Auckland Children’s Seasonal Play Practices

Discursive Intersexions

Daring Bodies between Myth, Medicine, and Memoir MICHAELA KOCH

CHRISTINA R. ERGLER

Christina Ergler explores why “play” resonates differently across localities and seasons. She shows that determinants of seasonal outdoor play transcend modifiable barriers such as traffic and unsuitable play spaces, as well as the inevitable issue of inclement weather. They are grounded in locally constituted beliefs about what is seasonally “appropriate” children’s activity. To foster a healthier and more sustainable life for children, outdoor play needs to become convenient all year round in all locations. CHRISTINA R. ERGLER

Michaela Koch contrasts life narratives and fiction that represent experiences of hermaphroditism and intersex with contemporary debates in medicine, psychology, and activism. She challenges both strictly essentialist and constructivist notions, seeing intersex and hermaphrodite experiences as historically contingent, fully embodied, and nevertheless discursive subject positions. MICHAELA KOCH

teaches Anglo-

phone literary and cultural studies at the University of Oldenburg.

is a lecturer in

in the anthropology department of the

social geography at the University of

Freie Universität Berlin.

Otago, New Zealand.

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3918-6

$55.00 paper 978-3-8376-3671-0

O C T O B E R 350 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

O C T O B E R 370 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

27 b&w illustrations

3 color and 40 b&w illustrations

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3705-2

A N T H R O P O LO G Y

O C T O B E R 290 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

E M OT I O N C U LT U R E S

S O C I A L A N D C U LT U R A L G E O G R A P H Y

GENDER STUDIES / LITERARY STUDIES

130 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Prizing Debate

The Fourth Decade of the Booker Prize and the Contemporary Novel in the UK

On the Threshold of Knowing

Dancing Age(ing)

Lectures and Performances in Art and Academia

Rethinking Age(ing) in and through Improvisation Practice and Performance

LUCIA RAINER

SUSANNE MARTIN

In this in-depth analysis of artistic and academic lectures and performances, Lucia Rainer gives profound insight into how knowledge as a practice and a concept is associated with clarity rather than truth. Based on four case studies, including John Cage’s unpublished and unabridged audio recording of Lecture on Nothing, the study explores how the concept of lecture performances, which adheres to two frames that never entirely blend, provides a space to (re-)negotiate the artistic-academic relationship.

How can contemporary dance contribute to a critical discourse on age and aging? Built on the premise that age(ing) is something we practice and perform as individuals and as a society, Susanne Martin asks for and develops strategies that allow dance artists to do age(ing) differently. The study develops, discusses, and stages practices and performances of age(ing) that offer alternatives to stereotypical and normative age(ing) narratives, which are part of not only dance but also of everyday culture.

ANNA AUGUSCIK

teaches English

literature at the University of Oldenburg, Germany.

LUCIA RAINER

teaches at Medical

SUSANNE MARTIN

researches,

performs, and teaches contemporary

School Hamburg.

dance.

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3853-0

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-3804-2

$35.00 paper 978-3-8376-3714-4

O C T O B E R 270 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

S E P T E M B E R 226 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

S E P T E M B E R 192 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

1 color and 8 b&w illustrations

72 b&w illustrations

26 b&w illustrations

LITERARY STUDIES

PERFORMANCE STUDIES

DA N C E / G E R O N TO LO G Y

C U LT U R E & T H E O RY

C R I T I C A L DA N C E S T U D I E S

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

This book offers a study of the Man Booker Prize and its impact on a novel’s media attention. Anna Auguscik analyzes how the prize recognizes books triggering debates, in addition to how it becomes the object of debates. Based on case studies of novels by Aravind Adiga, Margaret Atwood, Sebastian Barry, Mark Haddon, DBC Pierre, and Zadie Smith, the book describes the Booker as a “problem-driven attentiongenerating mechanism.”

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 131

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Aging in Slavic Literatures

Care Home Stories

Staying in Life

Essays in Literary Gerontology

Aging, Disability, and Long-Term Residential Care

Paving the Way to Dementia-Friendly Communities

DAGMAR GRAMSHAMMER-

SALLY CHIVERS AND ULLA

VERENA ROTHE,

HOHL, EDITOR

KRIEBERNEGG, EDITORS

GABRIELE KREUTZNER, AND

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

In Slavic studies, aging and old age have thus far been only marginal concerns. This volume brings together the scattered research that has been done up to now on aging as represented and narrated in Slavic literatures. The essays investigate Bosnian/Croatian/Serbian, Polish, Russian, Slovak, Slovene, and Ukrainian representations of age and aging in various literary genres and epochs and analyze age as a powerful marker of difference. DAGMAR GRAMSHAMMER-HOHL

Institutional care for seniors offers a cultural repository for fears and hopes about an aging population. The paradoxical nature of a space meant to be both hospital and home creates views of the nursing home as a dreaded fate. The essays in this book challenge stereotypes of institutional care and illuminate the continuities in the stories we tell about nursing homes. SALLY CHIVERS

is a professor at

REIMER GRONEMEYER

We are constantly growing older, and there are an increasing number of elderly people living with dementia who are merely being taken care of. What can we do to create spaces where we can stay in life, rather than just staying alive? This book explores how Germany is working towards dementiafriendly communities. VERENA ROTHE

is a sociologist and

Trent University in Peterborough,

managing director of Aktion Demenz

Ontario, and a founding member of

e.V., Giessen, Germany.

the Trent Centre for Aging and Society. is an associate

a senior lecturer in the Department of

ULLA KRIEBERNEGG

Slavic Studies at the University of Graz,

professor at the Center for Inter-

Austria.

American Studies of the University of Graz, Austria, and chair of the European Network in Aging Studies.

GABRIELE KREUTZNER , cultural and

media scientist, is cochair of Aktion Demenz e.V. REIMER GRONEMEYER is a researcher at Giessen University. He has published on dementia and is chairman of Aktion Demenz e.V.

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-3805-9

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3890-5

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-3221-7

J A N U A R Y 420 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

S E P T E M B E R 290 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

O C T O B E R 240 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

10 b&w illustrations

10 color illustrations

LITERARY STUDIES

G E R O N TO LO G Y

S O C I A L WO R K

AG I N G S T U D I E S

SOCIETY OF DIFFERENCES

1 32 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

IBIDEM PRESS

Transregional versus National Perspectives on Contemporary Central European History

Studies on the Building of Nation-States and Their Cooperation in the 20th and 21st Century MICHAL VÍT AND MAGDALENA M. BARAN, EDITORS

MICHAL VÍT

is a research fellow at the EUROPEUM Institute

for European Policy at Prague. MAGDALENA M. BARAN

is a historian of ideas, philosopher,

and columnist.

Transformative Strategies and Inclusive Practices in Nagorno-Karabakh and Syria PHILIP GAMAGHELYAN Foreword by Susan Allen

Philip Gamaghelyan relies on participatory action research and collective autoethnography to expose patterns of exclusion and marginalization as well as the paradoxical reproduction of conflict-promoting frames in current conflict-resolution practice applied to the Nagorno-Karabakh and Syrian crises. He explores alternative and inclusive strategies with a transformative potential. International relations is only one possible lens, and often a deficient one, for defining, preventing, or resolving contemporary conflicts. Other conceptual frameworks can help to rethink our understanding of identity and conflicts and reconstruct them as performative and not static phenomena. PHILIP GAMAGHELYAN

teaches at Georgetown University.

He is director of programs at the Imagine Center for Conflict Transformation and managing editor of Caucasus Edition. His papers have appeared in International Negotiation, Turkish Policy Quarterly, and Peace and Conflict Monitor, among others.

$50.00 paper 978-3-8382-1115-2 $34.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7015-9

$40.00 paper 978-3-8382-1117-6 $24.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7057-9

S E P T E M B E R 380 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

S E P T E M B E R 260 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

H I S TO R Y / P O L I T I C A L S C I E N C E

POLITICAL SCIENCE

S OV I E T A N D P O S T- S OV I E T P O L I T I C S A N D S O C I E T Y

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , S O U T H A M E R I C A , C A R I B B E A N , AU ST R A L I A , N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

This volume compares different regional perspectives on the national and democracybuilding aims of individual states. Why are we observing calls for national identity right now? What are the roots of this development? How can a Central European identity be shaped when national perspectives are prevalent? This collection brings together leading historians of Central Europe, external perspectives on historical developments in Central Europe, and practitioners of Central European cooperation from both academia and civil society and their reflection on their countries’ political cooperation after 1989.

Conflict Resolution Beyond the Realist Paradigm

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 133

IBIDEM PRESS

Joining a Prestigious Club

Cooperation with Europarties and Its Impact on Party Development in Georgia, Moldova, and Ukraine 2004–2015 MARIA SHAGINA Foreword by Kataryna Wolczuk “A thoroughly researched and forensic study of the Europarties’ role in Georgia, Moldova, and Ukraine. F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , S O U T H A M E R I C A , C A R I B B E A N , AU ST R A L I A , N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

This enthralling and complex study is a must for scholars of EU integration.” —Luke March, University of Edinburgh, deputy director of the Dashkova Centre

Europeanization is not limited to EU member states. Cooperation between Europarties and parties outside the Union spreads norms and values. Based on interviews with party officials, international donors, and academics, Maria Shagina analyzes the impact of cooperation on party ideology, organizational structure, and interparty behavior and explores its implications in Georgia, Moldova, and Ukraine. MARIA SHAGINA

studied political science at the Universi-

Religion and Magic in Socialist and Post-Socialist Contexts II

Baltic, Eastern European, and Post-USSR Case Studies ALEXANDRA COTOFANA AND JAMES M. NYCE, EDITORS

Religion and magic play important roles in Baltic, Eastern European, and post-Soviet societies. This collection challenges the idea that magic is something that modernity and modernization will transcend. Instead, magic is a form of work that brings modernity into being and helps render it intelligible to those who find themselves engaged in its creation. This volume brings together historical, ethnographic, and area studies that look at the divergent roles of state, culture, society, tradition, and the individual in enactments of magic and religion. ALEXANDRA COTOFANA

is a Ph.D. candidate in socio-

cultural anthropology at Indiana University Bloomington. JAMES M. NYCE

is professor of cultural anthropology at

Ball State University. He is also a visiting professor in Lund University’s Master’s Program in Human Factors and System Safety and at the National Defence College in Stockholm, as

ties of Lucerne, Zurich, and Birmingham as a fellow of the

well as an adjunct professor at Linköping University and of

Swiss National Science Foundation.

Radiology at the Indiana University School of Medicine.

$45.00 paper 978-3-8382-1104-6 $30.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7084-5

$50.00 paper 978-3-8382-1090-2 $34.99 e-book 978-3-8382-6990-0

O C T O B E R 294 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

N O V E M B E R 350 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

POLITICAL SCIENCE

A N T H R O P O LO G Y

S OV I E T A N D P O S T- S OV I E T P O L I T I C S A N D S O C I E T Y

134 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

IBIDEM PRESS

Kind Words, Cruise Missiles, and Everything in Between

The Use of Power Resources in U.S. Policies towards Poland, Ukraine, and Belarus 1989–2008 BARBARA KUNZ Foreword by William Hill

BARBARA KUNZ

is a research fellow at the French Institute

of International Relations (Ifri).

A Chapter in the History of the Ukrainian Revolution IVAN MAISTRENKO Edited by Peter Dornan and Chris Ford Translated by George S. N. Luckyj “Ivan Maistrenko’s Borot’bism is more than just a historical document. The debates during and after the Ukrainian revolution of 1917 still have a contemporary relevance.” —Andrew Wilson, School of Slavonic and East European Studies, University College London

The Borotbisty, the heirs of the Ukrainian Party of Socialist-Revolutionaries, were an independent party seeking to achieve national liberation and social emancipation. Though widely known in their day, they were decimated under Stalin. Out of print for over half a century, this lost text by Ivan Maistrenko, the last survivor of the Borotbisty, provides a unique account of this party, part memoir and part history. IVAN MAISTRENKO

(1899–1984) was a member of the

Ukrainian socialist and communist movement. A survivor of the gulag, he lived as a refugee in Germany writing numerous works on Soviet politics, economics, history, and socialist theory.

$45.00 paper 978-3-8382-1085-8 $30.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7065-4

$45.00 paper 978-3-8382-1107-7 $30.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7097-5

N O V E M B E R 280 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

O C T O B E R 424 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" / 3 b&w illustrations

POLITICAL SCIENCE

H I S TO R Y

S OV I E T A N D P O S T- S OV I E T P O L I T I C S A N D S O C I E T Y

According to realist premises, the United States has an interest in remaining the world’s only superpower. The pursuit of this grand strategy, however, required the United States to adapt its various strategies to individual states. This study shows that Washington managed its relations with European states through a set of mainly bilateral relations. Madeleine Albright once described the tools of foreign policy as including “everything from kind words to cruise missiles.” This book is a comparative case study of U.S. use of these tools in its approaches toward Poland, Ukraine, and Belarus after the end of the Cold War.

Borot’bism

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 135

IBIDEM PRESS

Journal of Soviet and Post-Soviet Politics and Society

The Hungarian Far Right

JULIE FEDOR,

Social Demand, Political Supply, and International Context

SAMUEL GREENE,

PÉTER KREKÓ AND

ANDRE HÄRTEL,

ATTILA JUHÁSZ

Vol. 3, N0.2 (2017)

ANDREY MAKARYCHEV, AND ANDREAS UMLAND, F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , S O U T H A M E R I C A , C A R I B B E A N , AU ST R A L I A , N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

EDITORS

The Journal of Soviet and Post-Soviet Politics and Society provides an interdisciplinary forum for original research on the Soviet and postSoviet world. JULIE FEDOR

is lecturer in modern

European history at the University of Melbourne. SAM GREENE

Jobbik and Fidesz, political parties with a populist, nativist, authoritarian approach and pro-Russian orientation, are not just products of postcommunist transformation. In this book, the Hungarian radical right is treated as representative of the populist zeitgeist and broader international political trends. PÉTER KREKÓ

is director of the Russia

is a faculty member

at the Russian and Eastern European

Institute at King’s College London and

Institute at Indiana University,

senior lecturer in Russian politics.

Bloomington. ATTILA JUHÁSZ,

currently the direc-

tor of the Political Capital Institute, Budapest, is a Ph.D. candidate at the Doctoral School of Sociology and Welfare, an interdisciplinary research program at Eötvös Lóránd University, Faculty of Social Sciences, Budapest.

$39.00 paper 978-3-8382-1088-9 $26.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7088-3 O C T O B E R 200 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" /

$40.00 paper 978-3-8382-1184-8 $24.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7074-6 O C T O B E R 260 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

“Spirits that I’ve cited...?” Vladimír Clementis (1902–1952)

The Political Biography of a Czechoslovak Communist JOSETTE BAER Foreword by Vlasta Jaksicsová

“Baer presents Clementis’s private and social life not only from the viewpoint of Slovak politics and society but also from a wider European and Central European perspective.” —Vlasta Jaksicsová, Slovak Academy of Sciences

This biography is the first historical study of the former Czechoslovak foreign minister Vladimír Clementis. It offers unprecedented insight into a leftist intellectual who died at the command of the man he had admired since his youth: Stalin. JOSETTE BAER

Zurich, Switzerland.

$35.00 paper 978-3-8382-1096-4 $22.99 e-book 978-3-8382-6746-3 O C T O B E R 280 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"/

7 color illustrations

POLITICS

24 b&w illustrations

POLITICS

E X P LO R AT I O N S O F T H E FA R R I G H T

H I S TO R Y

136 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

is adjunct professor

of political theory at the University of

IBIDEM PRESS

Democracy, Plan, and Market

Yakov Kronrod’s Political Economy of Socialism DAVID MANDEL “Soberly and creatively reopens this crucial question of socialism’s viability. For those hoping to

British Diplomacy and the Concept of the Eastern Pact (1933–1935)

The Imperial Aircraft Flotilla

The Worldwide Fundraising Campaign for the British Analyses, Projects, Activities Flying Services in the First World War DARIUSZ JEZIORNY MARGARET HALL “[Jeziorny] presents in depth the level of complication of the

“Margaret Hall adds a whole new

international situation of that time

facet to a full understanding of the

Mandel’s book is a timely, absolute

and the mutual dependence of

British war effort.”

must-read.”

their participants.”

—John M. MacKenzie,

—Sam Gindin, author of The Making

—Radosław Żurawski vel Grajewski,

of Global Capitalism: The Political

University of Łódź

Economy of American Empire

This is the first book in English on the Russian economist Yakov Abramovich Kronrod’s political economy of socialism. Kronrod argued that commodity-market relations nevertheless have an important role to play in the planned economy. His publications were banned in the USSR until his death. DAVID MANDEL

teaches political

Jeziorny’s gripping book explores British diplomatic relations in the years 1933–1935, illuminating London’s attitude toward the Eastern Pact and highlighting British diplomacy’s way of thinking and acting toward the European and global situation. DARIUSZ JEZIORNY

is a professor

of world contemporary history at the University of Łódź, Poland.

science at the Université du Québec à

University of Lancaster

A great wave of fundraising associations followed in the wake of Great Britain’s declaration of war on Germany. The most successful campaign was the Imperial Aircraft Flotilla, which sought contributions toward aircraft production costs. Margaret Hall examines what the support for the war effort reveals about national and regional identities and aspirations. MARGARET HALL

Montréal, Canada.

studied anthropol-

ogy at London University and area studies at SOAS University of London. $50.00 paper 978-3-8382-1091-9 $34.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7021-0

$30.00 paper 978-3-8382-1108-4 $19.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7008-1

$65.00 paper 978-3-8382-1080-3 $42.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7070-8

S E P T E M B E R 140 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

F E B R U A R Y 630 pages / 6.125" x 9.25"

7 color and 28 b&w illustrations

POLITICS / ECONOMICS

H I S TO R Y

O C T O B E R 330 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" /

rejuvenate the socialist idea,

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 137

IBIDEM PRESS

Nazi Eugenics

Precursors, Policy, Aftermath

Under Swiss Protection The Mongol Conquests Jewish Eyewitness Accounts in the Novels of Vasily Yan from Wartime Budapest

MELVYN CONROY

AGNES HIRSCHI AND

Foreword by Tudor Georgescu “Among the most extended treatments of this subject to date, Melvyn Conroy’s accessible study F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , S O U T H A M E R I C A , C A R I B B E A N , AU ST R A L I A , N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

of eugenics and the so-called Euthanasia Program deserves a wide readership.” —Matthew Feldman, Teesside University

The pseudoscience of eugenics was nowhere more enthusiastically received than in Germany. Under Nazi rule, compulsory sterilization morphed into mass murder under the guise of “euthanasia” before escalating into a continent-wide policy of extermination. In this important work, Melvyn Conroy explores this complex and disturbing subject. MELVYN CONROY

CHARLOTTE SCHALLIÉ,

An Intellectual Biography DMITRY SHLAPENTOKH

EDITORS Foreword by Timothy Snyder

This volume retraces Carl Lutz’s wartime rescue efforts in Budapest through eyewitness testimonies. Lutz led an extensive rescue operation, issuing lifesaving letters of protection and placing Jews in safe houses. Based on interviews with Holocaust survivors, this volume shines a light on the extraordinary scale of Lutz’s efforts. AGNES HIRSCHI

was raised by Carl

Lutz, and her father’s legacy is an important part of her life. CHARLOTTE SCHALLIÉ

This study of the historical novels by Vasily Yan (Vassily Grigoryevich Yanchevetsky, 1874–1954) demonstrates the role of ideology in a totalitarian society. Shlapentokh shows that ideology and cultural and intellectual life in totalitarian regimes are more complex than is often assumed. Intellectuals often engaged in stressful, but— in its literary outcome—captivating “cat-and-mouse” games with censors and the government. DMITRY SHLAPENTOKH

is associate

professor at Indiana University and

professor of Germanic studies at the

holds teaching and research appoint-

University of Victoria, British Columbia.

ments in institutions including the Russian Research Center at Harvard University and the Hoover Institution at Stanford University.

has been a student

of the Holocaust for more than sixty years. $110.00 cloth 978-3-8382-1095-7 $76.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7055-5

$30.00 paper 978-3-8382-1109-1 $19.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7089-0

N O V E M B E R 540 pages / 6.125" x 9.25" /

N O V E M B E R 200 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" /

60 b&w illustrations

35 b&w illustrations

H I S TO R Y

138 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

$30.00 paper 978-3-8382-1087-2 $19.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7017-3 O C T O B E R 130 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" LITERARY STUDIES L I T E R AT U R E A N D C U LT U R E I N C E N T R A L AND EASTERN EUROPE

IBIDEM PRESS

Samuel Beckett and Contemporary Art ROBERT REGINIO, DAVID HOUSTON JONES,

A Theatre of Affect

Beckett’s Late Stage

The Corporeal Turn in Samuel Beckett’s Drama

Trauma, Language, and Subjectivity

CHARLOTTA P. EINARSSON

RHYS TRANTER

AND KATHERINE WEISS, EDITORS

DAVID HOUSTON JONES

is professor

of French and visual culture at the University of Exeter. ROBERT REGINIO

is an asociate

professor in the division of English at Alfred University in New York. KATHERINE WEISS

is a professor

in the department of literature and language at East Tennessee State University. $50.00 paper 978-3-8382-1079-7 $34.99 e-book 978-3-8382-6849-1

CHARLOTTA P. EINARSSON

received

her Ph.D. from Stockholm University and also has a degree in professional dance from the Stockholm Ballet Academy and a degree in dance pedagogy, with a specialty in classical ballet, from the University College of Dance, Stockholm.

“Rhys Tranter is the first to use the whole gamut of trauma studies and bring them to bear on Beckett’s canon. The result is a highly rewarding book full of new insights, superb close readings, and poignant meditations on a time of wounds yet open to a different future.” —Jean-Michel Rabaté, University of Pennsylvania

Beckett’s Late Stage reexamines the writer’s postwar prose and drama in the light of trauma theory. Drawing from psychoanalytic and poststructuralist traditions, Tranter explores how Beckett allows us to rethink the relation among language, meaning, and identity. RHYS TRANTER

teaches modern

and contemporary literature at Cardiff University.

O C T O B E R 320 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" /

$45.00 paper 978-3-8382-1118-3 $30.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7068-5

$45.00 paper 978-3-8382-1135-0 $30.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7035-7

8 b&w illustrations

O C T O B E R 302 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

F E B R U A R Y 280 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

LITERARY STUDIES

S A M U E L B E C K E T T I N C O M PA N Y

S A M U E L B E C K E T T I N CO M PA N Y

S A M U E L B E C K E T T I N C O M PA N Y

This groundbreaking collection from scholars and artists on the legacy of Beckett in contemporary art provides readers with a unique view of this important writer for page, stage, and screen. The volume argues that Beckett is more than an influence on contemporary art—he is, in fact, a contemporary artist, working alongside artists across disciplines in the 1960s, 1970s, and beyond.

Combining phenomenological analysis with dance and performance analysis and affect theory, A Theatre of Affect: The Corporeal Turn in Samuel Beckett’s Drama takes stock of the various ways in which the body in Samuel Beckett’s drama participates in the affective ecology of performance. Beckett’s theater of affect is predicated on the infinitesimal stirrings of subliminal meaning making that continuously shape and create the world in experience.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 139

IBIDEM PRESS

Against Reason

Schopenhauer, Beckett, and the Aesthetics of Irreducibility ANTHONY BARRON Foreword by Matthew Feldman

Off-Broadway/ Off-West End

American Influence on the Alternative Theatre Movement in Britain, 1956–1980 DAVID WEINBERG

“An extremely impressive, indeed masterful piece of work. What

“An informative, original, and

impresses most, however, is the

persuasively argued treatment

sheer integrity of the work.”

of the special relationship that

—Chris Morash, Seamus Heaney Professor of Irish Writing and ViceProvost at Trinity College Dublin

brilliantly unsettles established histories of British theater in the postwar years.” —Maria M. Delgado, the Royal Central

Anthony Barron explores the relation between the philosophy of Schopenhauer and the forms and themes of Beckett’s writings. He shows that Beckett’s aesthetic preoccupations are consonant with Schopenhauer’s arguments regarding the arational basis of artistic composition and the impotence of reason. ANTHONY BARRON

works in the

School of English at Trinity College

School of Speech and Drama, University of London

David Weinberg argues that American experimental theater practice was a key factor in the development of the alternative theater movement in Britain during the period 1956–1980. DAVID WEINBERG

Ezra Pound’s Atlas

Essays on Philosophy, Aesthetics, and Textuality in “The Cantos” MARK BYRON Foreword by Ira B. Nadel

This collection of essays brings together more than a decade of work on the poetry of Ezra Pound and particularly his modern epic The Cantos. Mark Byron sheds new light on Pound’s sources, his scholarly and poetic techniques, and his relevance to contemporary thinking about poetry, editorial methods, and global intellectual history. MARK BYRON

is associate professor

of modern literature and culture at the University of Sydney

holds a Ph.D.

in drama from Kingston University, London.

Dublin.

$50.00 paper 978-3-8382-1125-1 $34.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7025-8

$45.00 paper 978-3-8382-1082-7 $30.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7032-6

$50.00 paper 978-3-8382-1081-0 $34.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7071-5

O C T O B E R 450 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

S E P T E M B E R 274 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

O C T O B E R 310 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

L I T E R A R Y S T U D I E S / P H I LO S O P H Y

T H E AT E R

LITERARY STUDIES

140 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

IBIDEM PRESS

The Rise of Autobiographical Medical Poetry and the Medical Humanities JOHANNA EMENEY “This book succeeds magnificently in illuminating an important slice of the work of a group of attention to a topic of great social importance: the need for modern medicine to treat not just the disease but the whole person and for medical professionals to find creative ways to communicate with their patients.” —Mike Hanne, Auckland University

Johanna Emeney examines poetry related to illness and treatment from the perspective of doctors, patients, and carers in light of the growing popularity of the medical humanities. JOHANNA EMENEY

works as a tutor

of creative writing at Massey University

Towards a Theory of Song Objects

Gate of Mercy

Family Secrets and the History of Modern Israel DORIT SILVERMAN

JEAN NICOLAS DE

Translated by Sondra Silverston

SURMONT Translated by Anastasija Ropa

“Gate of Mercy is a well-written novel, complex and perceptive toward the roots of the Israeli-

“For anyone who aspires to become a specialist in the song,

Arab conflict, as well as giving a

reading Surmont’s work will

new look at human nature and the

become necessary.”

nature of love.”

—Luc Bellemare, Anthropologie

—Amos Oz

et sociétés

This study of the song explores vocal practices, from aesthetic objects to forms and plural styles. To conceive of a song means approaching it in its different instances of creation as well as its linguistic diversity. JEAN NICOLAS DE SURMONT

is a

Gate of Mercy goes into the heart of the Israeli-Arab conflict, telling the story of modern Israel through intertwined Israeli-Arab families. Told from the perspective of eight-year-old Avram, the story unfolds over decades as long-buried secrets are uncovered.

researcher in metalexicography and

DORIT SILVERMAN

the author of many books on the

of the Hebrew Writers Association

French and Quebecois song.

is a vice president

in Israel and chair of Moznaim literary magazine.

in Auckland. She is the author of two books of poetry.

$40.00 paper 978-3-8382-1128-2 $26.99 e-book 978-3-8382-6938-2 F E B R U A R Y 200 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

$30.00 paper 978-3-8382-1092-6 $19.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7072-2

$20.00 paper 978-3-8382-1098-8 $4.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7028-9

LITERARY STUDIES

S E P T E M B E R 184 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

O C T O B E R 150 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

S T U D I E S I N WO R L D L I T E R AT U R E

MUSIC

FICTION

contemporary poets. It draws

From Vocal Poetry to Song

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 141

BARBARA BUDRICH PUBLISHERS

Europeanisation and Renationalisation

Learning from Crises for Innovation and Development ULRIKE LIEBERT AND ANNE JENICHEN, EDITORS

FOR SALE IN NORTH AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND AUSTRALIA / NEW ZEALAND

The book explores how the European Union and its members have been renegotiating Europeanization and renationalization in response to the multiple crises they have faced in recent years. The authors highlight varying understandings of “crisis” in different national and supranational policy and institutional contexts. They show how in some cases these have challenged the legitimacy of European Union norms and institutions and even triggered disintegration while in other cases these crises have served as sources of inspiration for European social innovation and political development. ULRIKE LIEBERT

Europeanised Defiance

Czech Euroscepticism since 2004 VLASTIMIL HAVLÍK, VIT HLOUŠEK, AND PETR KANIOK, EDITOR

Why is there so much reservation and skepticism among the Czech public as well as politicians toward the European Union? Has the experience of the Czech Republic as a member of the EU changed Czech Euroskepticism since 2004? This book provides a detailed analysis of the dynamics of Euroskepticism using the concept of Europeanization. The unique connection of the concepts of Euroskepticism and Europeanization creates an innovative research framework. VLASTIMIL HAVLÍK, VÍT HLOUŠEK , and PETR KANIOK

are affiliated with Masaryk University, Brno, Czech Republic.

is a professor at the University of Bremen,

Germany. ANNE JENICHEN

is a lecturer in politics and international

relations at Aston University, Birmingham, UK.

$45.00 paper 978-3-8474-2097-2

$48.00 paper 978-3-8474-2092-7

S E P T E M B E R 250 pages / 5.8" x 8.3"

S E P T E M B E R 300 pages / 5.8" x 8.3"

POLITICAL SCIENCE

142 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

KIA LINDROOS AND

FRANK MÖLLER, EDITORS

KIA LINDROOS

is professor

in the department of social sciences and philosophy at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. FRANK MÖLLER

is senior research

fellow at the Tampere Peace Research Institute in the School of Social Sciences and Humanities, University of Tampere, Finland.

The EU in an Age of Transformation

CLAUDIA MORSUT AND DANIELA IRRERA, EDITORS

External Democracy Promotion and Diversity Among International Agencies

Evaluating Variances in the Impact of the UNDP and the EC in Rwanda SIMONE BEETZ

What is the role of the European Union in dealing with crises that go beyond the borders of the nationstate: terrorism, proliferation of weapons of mass destruction, regional conflicts, state failure, organized crime, natural and man-made disasters? This book assesses the challenges of operating in settings with a wide range of actors, such as member states, national and international NGOs, and international organizations. CLAUDIA MORSUT

is a postdoctoral

candidate at the University of Stavanger, Norway. DANIELA IRRERA

is associate

professor of international relations and

This book considers the mixed results of international agencies in democracy promotion despite their attempts to shape a common policy as emphasized in various international agreements. Against the background of backlashes and the search for new answers, it analyzes how the UNDP and the EC promoted democracy in Rwanda from 2003 until 2013. Beetz outlines how democracy strategies differ. She defines variance factors in impact and develops a new concept of variances. SIMONE BEETZ

FOR SALE IN NORTH AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND AUSTRALIA / NEW ZEALAND

The book explores the concept of artistic witnessing as political activity. In what ways may art and artists bear witness to political events? The contributors engage with dance, film, photography, performance, poetry, and theater and explore artistic witnessing as political activity in a wide variety of case studies.

Security Beyond the State

BARBARA BUDRICH PUBLISHERS

Art as a Political Witness

has a Ph.D. from

Goethe University Frankfurt, Germany.

global civil society at the University of Catania, Italy.

$63.00 paper 978-3-8474-0580-1

$49.00 cloth 978-3-8474-2098-9

$55.00 paper 978-3-86388-757-5

S E P T E M B E R 239 pages / 5.8” x 8.3”

O C T O B E R 200 pages / 5.8” x 8.3”

S E P T E M B E R 360 pages / 5.8" x 8.3"

ART

POLITICAL SCIENCE

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 143

BARBARA BUDRICH PUBLISHERS

The Politics of Nuclear Energy in the European Union

Migration and Refugee Policies in Germany

Framing the Discourse

New European Limits of Control?

PAMELA M. BARNES

ANDREAS ETTE

Migration and Social Pathways of Highly Educated People Moving East-WestEast in Europe ANNA GUHLICH

FOR SALE IN NORTH AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND AUSTRALIA / NEW ZEALAND

Today, international For the foreseeable future, migration is one of the the overall use of nuclear most controversial political electricity in the European topics and one that demands Union is unlikely to change innovative approaches to significantly despite the global and regional govercontroversies surrounding nance. This book provides a its use among the EU’s fresh theoretical framework nation-states. Pamela M. to understand European Barnes questions the role responses to international that nuclear electricity plays migration and explains the in meeting the challenges of providing secure, competitive, dynamics of Germany’s migration and refugee and sustainable energy to policy, offering students and support the development of practitioners the necessary the low-carbon economy in background to participate in the EU. Analysis presented today’s debates. focuses on the evolution of the discourse on nuclear ANDREAS ETTE is senior researcher energy among policy makers at the German Federal Institute for Population Research, Wiesbaden, at European and national Germany. levels as well as the public. PAMELA M. BARNES

teaches at

The landscape of European migration has changed considerably over the past decades, in particular after the fall of the Iron Curtain and again after the EU enlargement to the east. Anna Guhlich researches the phenomenon of highly qualified migration using the example of migration between the Czech Republic and Germany. The book reveals diverse strategies migrants use to respond to the possible devaluation of their qualification, such as making use of their language skills, starting new studies, or using transnational knowledge.

ESSCA School of Management, Angers,

ANNA GUHLICH

France, and is permanent associate

Goethe University Frankfurt, Germany.

has a doctorate from

lecturer at the University of Lincoln, UK. $66.00 paper 978-3-8474-0687-7

$63.00 cloth 978-3-8474-2083-5

$66.00 paper 978-3-8474-2118-4

S E P T E M B E R 200 pages / 5.8" x 8.3"

S E P T E M B E R 340 pages / 6.7" x 9.5"

S E P T E M B E R 420 pages / 5.8" x 8.3"

POLITICAL SCIENCE

144 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

D E V I L ’ S A D V O C AT E S

AUTEUR PUBLISHING

The Shining

Don’t Look Now

JESSICA GILDERSLEEVE

This book situates The Shining (1980) within the history of the horror genre and examines its rightful status as one of the greatest horror movies ever made. It explores how Stanley Kubrick’s filmmaking style, use of dark humor, and ambiguous approach to supernatural storytelling complement generic conventions, and it analyzes the choices made in adapting King’s book for the screen—stripping the novel’s backstory, rejecting its clear explanations of the Overlook Hotel’s hauntings, and emphasizing the strained relationships of the Torrance family. The fractured family unit and patriarchal terror of Kubrick’s film, alongside its allusions to issues of gender, race, and class, offer a critique of American society that chimed with the era’s political climate as well as its genre trends.

Nicolas Roeg’s Don’t Look Now (1973) has been called “a ghost story for adults.” It certainly stands apart from the more explicitly violent and bloodthirsty horror films of the 1970s. Yet this supernaturally inflected tale of a child’s accidental drowning and her parents’ simultaneous recoil from her death and desperate pursuit of her ghost is horrific at every turn. This book considers it as a particular kind of horror film dependent on the narrative of trauma—the horror of unknowing, of seeing too late, and the failures of paternal authority and responsibility. It positions Don’t Look Now in the context of midcentury literary anxiety narratives, arguing that it represents a crossover or a hinge between 1970s literature and film, in which the women’s ghost story turns the horror film into a cultural commentary on the failures of the modern family.

LAURA MEE

is a lecturer in film and television at the

University of Hertfordshire. She is the coeditor of Cinema,

JESSICA GILDERSLEEVE

Television, and History: New Approaches (2014).

literature at the University of Southern Queensland and

is senior lecturer in English

the author of Elizabeth Bowen and the Writing of Trauma: The Ethics of Survival (2014).

$15.00 paper 978-1-911325-44-4 $14.99 e-book 978-1-911325-45-1

$15.00 paper 978-1-911325-48-2 $14.99 e-book 978-1-911325-49-9

D E C E M B E R 124 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" / 20 b&w illustrations

J A N U A R Y 124 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" / 20 b&w illustrations

FILM

F O R S A L E O N LY I N A S I A , A U S T R A L I A , C A N A D A , T H E C A R I B B E A N , CENTRAL AMERICA, MEXICO, NEW ZEALAND, SOUTH AMERICA, A N D T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S

LAURA MEE

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 145

D E V I L ’ S A D V O C AT E S

AUTEUR PUBLISHING

In the Mouth of Madness

The Fly

Overlooked upon its release in 1995, John Carpenter’s In the Mouth of Madness has since developed a healthy cult reputation. But more than a fan favorite, it stands today as one of his most thematically complex and stylistically audacious pieces of work. The story of an insurance investigator drawn into the supposedly fictional universe of a best-selling horror novelist, the film is an extension of many recurring themes found in Carpenter’s filmography (the end of the world, the loss of free will, a distrust of mass industry and global corporations, the cataclysmic resurgence of ancient evil), as well as an affectionate homage to the works of H. P. Lovecraft and a self-reflexive celebration of the horror genre. This book seeks to at last position this overlooked masterpiece as essential Carpenter.

It’s not often that a remake outshines its original but David Cronenberg’s “reimagining” of The Fly (1986) is one of those rare exceptions. Equal parts horror, science fiction, and romance, The Fly takes the premise of its 1958 original—a man unintentionally fusing with a housefly during an experiment in teleportation— and reinterprets the plot as a gradual cellular metamorphosis between these two organisms. This book teases out the intricate DNA of The Fly and how it represents the personalities of many authors, including a distinguished history of Man-as-God tales stretching back to Mary Shelley’s Frankenstein (1818). Drawing from interviews with cast, crew, film commentators, and other filmmakers, Emma Westwood interlaces the “making of ” travails of The Fly with why it is one of the most important examples of master storytelling ever committed to screen.

MICHAEL BLYTH

F O R S A L E O N LY I N A S I A , A U S T R A L I A , C A N A D A , T H E C A R I B B E A N , CENTRAL AMERICA, MEXICO, NEW ZEALAND, SOUTH AMERICA, A N D T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S

MICHAEL BLYTH

is a film programmer for the BFI London

Film Festival and BFI Flare: London LGBT Film Festival. This is his first book.

EMMA WESTWOOD

is a writer and film historian based in

Melbourne, Australia. She contributes to a number of cinema journals, collaborates with film festivals, and appears weekly on the Plato’s Cave film criticism show on the Melbourne radio station Triple R.

$15.00 paper 978-1-911325-40-6 $14.99 e-book 978-1-911325-41-3

$15.00 paper 978-1-911325-42-0 $14.99 e-book 978-1-911325-43-7

N O V E M B E R 124 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" / 20 b&w illustrations

N O V E M B E R 140 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" / 20 b&w illustrations

FILM

146 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

D E V I L ’ S A D V O C AT E S

AUTEUR PUBLISHING

Psychomania

I. Q. HUNTER AND

Carnival of Souls

JACKSON COOPER

JAMIE SHERRY

I. Q. HUNTER

is professor of film

An unapologetic mixture of camp and arthouse cinema, Herk Harvey’s Carnival of Souls (1962) has emerged as a cult sleeper film that still influences filmmakers today. Though its production values are B-movie status, it has gained notoriety and respect for its atmosphere of dread and surrealist imagery. The first book-length study of Carnival, this book explores how it mixes post-Psycho paranoia with supernatural imagery and riffs on the horror films of World War Two as well as Harvey’s own educational films.

studies at De Montfort University,

JACKSON COOPER

Leicester. He is the author of British

researcher, and programmer. He is

Trash Cinema (2013) and Cult Film

currently working on a collection of

as a Guide to Life (2016).

essays on found-footage horror films.

JAMIE SHERRY

is a film critic,

is a reader in English

REBEKAH OWENS

Aimed at newcomers to literature and film, this book is a guide for the analysis of Shakespeare on film. Starting with an introduction to the main challenge faced by any director—the early-modern language—it explores issues of setting, including homage to theatrical origins, the use of recent or contemporary history, and reimagining Shakespeare in completely different genres. The book offers case studies of the twelve films most often used in the classroom, including Romeo and Juliet, Macbeth, and The Tempest. REBEKAH OWENS

is a graduate

of the Shakespeare Institute at the University of Birmingham, UK, and currently a freelance researcher and writer. She is the author of Macbeth

at De Montfort University and coeditor

(2017) in Auteur’s Devil’s Advocates

of the Journal of Screenwriting.

series. $16.00 paper 978-1-911325-38-3 $15.99 e-book 978-1-911325-39-0

$15.00 paper 978-1-911325-50-5 $14.99 e-book 978-1-911325-51-2

$15.00 paper 978-1-911325-46-8 $14.99 e-book 978-1-911325-47-5

J A N U A R Y 124 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" /

D E C E M B E R 124 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" /

20 b&w illustrations

F I L M / L I T E R AT U R E

FILM

S T U DY I N G F I L M S

N O V E M B E R 156 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" /

20 b&w illustrations

F O R S A L E O N LY I N A S I A , A U S T R A L I A , C A N A D A , T H E C A R I B B E A N , CENTRAL AMERICA, MEXICO, NEW ZEALAND, SOUTH AMERICA, A N D T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S

Psychomania (also known as The Death Wheelers, 1973), a zombie-biker horror film directed by Don Sharp and written by two blacklisted American screenwriters, Arnaud d’Usseau and Julian Halevy [Zimet], is a summit of British trash cinema. This Devil’s Advocate covers the film’s production, reception, and cult afterlife, as well as setting it in the context of the British horror film and analyzing its rich political and psychogeographical subtexts.

Studying Shakespeare on Film

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 147

AWA R D - W I N N I N G T I T L E S

Schools for Conflict or for Peace in Afghanistan DA N A B U R D E

Winner—2017 Grawemeyer Award for Ideas Improving World Order $27.00 / £23.00 paper 978-0-231-16929-5 $45.00 / £38.00 cloth 978-0-231-16928-8 $44.99 / £38.00 e-book 978-0-231-53751-3 2014 I N T E R N AT I O N A L

R E L AT I O N S / E D U C AT I O N

Kosher USA

How Coke Became Kosher and Other Tales of Modern Food R O G E R H O R OW I TZ

From Korean Unification to Transnational Korea H Y U N O K PA R K

Winner—National Jewish Book Award, American Studies Category $35.00 / £30.00 cloth 978-0-231-15832-9 $34.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-54093-3 2016 F O O D / J E W I S H

The Capitalist Unconscious

STUDIES

Honorable Mention—Northeast Asia Council (NEAC) of the Association for Asian Studies James D. Palais Book Prize $28.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-17193-9 $60.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-17192-2 $59.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54051-3 2015 S O C I O LO GY / KO R E A N

Being Human in a Buddhist World

Calypso Jews

The Ethnic Avant-Garde

Co-Winner—Modern Language Association Aldo and Jeanne Scaglione Prize for Comparative Literary Studies

An Intellectual History of Medicine in Early Modern Tibet

Jewishness in the Caribbean Literary Imagination

J A N E T G YAT S O

SARAH PHILLIPS CASTEEL

Winner—Association for Asian Studies E. Gene Smith Inner Asia Book Prize

Winner—Canadian Jewish Literary Awards, Scholarship category

$30.00 / £25.00 paper 978-0-231-16497-9 $55.00 / £46.00 cloth 978-0-231-16496-2 $29.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-53832-9

$60.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-17440-4 $59.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54057-5 2016 L I T E R A R Y

STUDIES / JEWISH STUDIES

Gendering Global Conflict

Gray Sabbath

LAURA SJOBERG

Jesus People USA, the Evangelical Left, and the Evolution of Christian Rock

Winner—University of Southern California School of International Relations J. Ann Tickner Prize

Winner—2016 Communal Studies Association Outstanding Publication Award, Book

$34.00 / £29.00 paper 978-0-231-14861-0 $105.00 / £88.00 cloth 978-0-231-14860-3 $33.99 / £29.00 e-book 978-0-231-52000-3

$30.00 / £25.00 paper 978-0-231-17239-4 $90.00 / £75.00 cloth 978-0-231-17238-7 $29.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-53956-2

2013 I N T E R N AT I O N A L

2015 R E L I G I O N / A M E R I C A N

GENDER STUDIES

148 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

R E L AT I O N S /

Minority Cultures and World Revolution STEVEN S. LEE

$30.00 / £25.00 paper 978-0-231-17353-7 $60.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-17352-0 $59.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54011-7 2015 L I T E R A R Y

2015 R E L I G I O N / B U D D H I S M

Toward a Feminist Theory of War

STUDIES

S H AW N D AV I D YO U N G

STUDIES

The Subject of Torture

Psychoanalysis and Biopolitics in Television and Film HILARY NERONI

H I S TO RY

Winner—Northeast Popular / American Culture Association Peter C. Rollins Book Prize $28.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-17071-0 $80.00 / £67.00 cloth 978-0-231-17070-3 $27.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-53914-2 2015 F I L M

ELECTRONIC RESOURCES

CO LUM B I A E L EC TR O NI C R ESOURCES C O L U M B I A I N T E R N AT I O N A L A F FA I R S O N L I N E [ C I A O ] W W W. C I A O N E T. O R G

W H AT T H E T H I N K TA N K S A R E T H I N K I N G

Completely revised and updated! Our brand-new CIAO site includes: • New design and user-friendly interface • Improved functionality • Faceted search with greater data organization • Added video content • Full-text books • Current course packs • Links to active social-media pages • Daily Twitter posts “Among the most comprehensive resources available for international affairs research. . . . One-stop shopping for researchers.” —Library Journal

Named one of the top 300 websites by the International Political Science Association, Columbia International Affairs Online (CIAO) is a full-text database hosting working papers, policy briefs, interviews, journal articles, and e-books in international relations. CIAO is a widely recognized resource for teaching materials and features original case studies by leading experts in their fields, as well as course packs of background readings for history and political science classes and special features such as interviews with the world’s leading international relations experts. CO LU M B I A G R A N G E R ’ S WO R L D O F P O E T RY O N L I N E W W W. C O L U M B I A G R A N G E R S . O R G

Updated daily and includes an introductory video on using the resource.

This authoritative reference features more than 500,000 poetry citations, 300,000 full-text poems, and 5,000 commentaries on the best-known poems. It also includes biographies of popular poets and 600 glossary terms with examples. The “My Granger’s” tool helps fashion anthologies, and our split-screen feature enables side-by-side comparisons. An advanced search engine can tailor research according to gender, language, nationality, form, movements, and era. C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 149

THE BEST OF THE BACKLIST

The Madhouse Effect MICHAEL E. MANN AND TO M TO L E S

Reductionism in Art and Brain Science

What Kind of Creatures Are We?

ERIC R. KANDEL

N OA M C H O M S KY

$24.95t / £19.95 cloth 978-0-231-17786-3 $23.99 / £20.00 e-book 978-0-231-54181-7

$29.95t / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-17962-1 $28.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54208-1

$19.95t / £17.00 paper 978-0-231-17596-8 $18.99 / £16.00 e-book 978-0-231-54092-6

2016 C L I M AT E

2016 C O G N I T I V E

2015 P H I LO S O P H Y

CHANGE

SCIENCE

The Age of Sustainable Development

The Collapse of Western Civilization

J E F F R E Y D.

N AO M I O R E S K E S

SAC H S

AND

/ L A N G UAG E

Transgender 101 NICHOLAS M. TEICH

E R I K M . C O N WAY

FO R E WO R D BY BAN KI-MOON

$39.95t / £34.00 paper 978-0-231-17315-5 $120.00 / £100.00 cloth 978-0-231-17314-8 $38.99 / £33.00 e-book 978-0-231-53900-5

2014 E N V I R O N M E N TA L

2015 E N V I R O N M E N TA L

C L I M AT E C H A N G E

S C I E N C E /

$9.95t / £9.00 paper 978-0-231-16954-7 $8.99 / £8.00 e-book 978-0-231-53795-7 S C I E N C E /

$20.00 / £17.00 paper 978-0-231-15713-1 $65.00 / £54.00 cloth 978-0-231-15712-4 $19.99 / £17.00 e-book 978-0-231-50427-0 2012 S O C I A L

PUBLIC POLICY

Weird Dinosaurs

Flying Dinosaurs

JOHN PICKRELL

FO R E WO R D BY

PHILIP CURRIE

WO R K / G E N D E R S T U D I E S

Abominable Science! D A N I E L L OX T O N AND DONALD R. P R OT H E R O FO R E WO R D BY MICHAEL SHERMER

$29.95t / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-18098-6 $28.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54339-2

$29.95t / £25.00 cloth 978-0-231-17178-6 $28.99 / £24.99 e-book 978-0-231-53878-7

2017 S C I E N C E

2014 S C I E N C E / PA L E O N TO LO GY

/ PA L E O N TO LO GY

$19.95t / £17.00 paper 978-0-231-15321-8 $29.95t / £25.00 cloth 978-0-231-15320-1 $18.99 / £16.00 e-book 978-0-231-52681-4 2015 S C I E N C E

Why America Misunderstands the World

The Evolution of the Global Terrorist Threat

PA U L R . P I L L A R

BRUCE

Ballots, Bullets, and Bargains MICHAEL H. A R M ACO ST

HOFFMAN AND FERNANDO REINARES, E D I TO R S

$29.95t / £25.00 cloth 978-0-231-16590-7 $28.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54035-3 2016 P O L I T I C S

$32.00 / £27.00 paper 978-0-231-16899-1 $50.00 / £42.00 cloth 978-0-231-16898-4 $31.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-53743-8

$35.00 / £30.00 cloth 978-0-231-16992-9 $34.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-53913-5 2015 P O L I T I C A L

SCIENCE

2014 S E C U R I T Y

kenneth J. arrow

l e c t u r e s e r ie s

S T U D I E S / I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S

Discovering Prices PA U L M I L G R O M

Creating a Learning Society

The Arrow Impossibility Theorem

JOSEPH E.

AND

STIGLITZ AND

A M A R T YA S E N

Reader’s Edition

ERIC MASKIN

BRUCE C. G R E E N WA L D

$28.00 / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-17598-2 $27.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54457-3

$24.95t / £18.95 paper 978-0-231-17549-4 $23.99 / £18.00 e-book 978-0-231-54062-9

$19.95t / £14.95 cloth 978-0-231-15328-7 $18.99 / £14.00 e-book 978-0-231-52686-9

2017 E C O N O M I C S

2015 E C O N O M I C S

2014 E C O N O M I C S

1 50 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

Marriage as a Fine Art

N ATA L I E R O B I N S

J U L I A K R I S T E VA

The Man Who Built the Sierra Club

AND PHILIPPE

R O B E RT WYSS

SOLLERS T R A N S L AT E D B Y LO R N A S COT T F OX

$32.95t / £27.95 cloth 978-0-231-18208-9 $31.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54401-6

$26.00 / £22.00 cloth 978-0-231-18010-8 $25.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54303-3

$35.00 / £30.00 cloth 978-0-231-16446-7 $34.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-54131-2

2017 B I O G R A P H Y

2016 P H I LO S O P H Y

2016 E N V I R O N M E N TA L

Kosher USA ROGER H O R OW I TZ

$35.00 / £30.00 cloth 978-0-231-15832-9 $34.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-54093-3 2016 F O O D

STUDIES / JEWISH STUDIES

STUDIES / BIOGRAPHY

Molecular Gastronomy

Appetite for Innovation

HERVÉ THIS

M . P I L A R O PA Z O

$16.95t / £12.95 paper 978-0-231-13313-5 $29.95t / £21.95 cloth 978-0-231-13312-8 $15.99 / £12.00 e-book 978-0-231-50807-0

THE BEST OF THE BACKLIST

The Untold Journey

$35.00 / £26.00 cloth 978-0-231-17678-1 $34.99 / £26.00 e-book 978-0-231-54163-3 2016 B U S I N E S S / M A N AG E M E N T

2006 S C I E N C E / F O O D

Black Gods of the Asphalt

The Other Catholics

O N A J E X . O.

JULIE BYRNE

Dark Ecology T I M OT H Y M O R TO N

WO O D B I N E

$30.00 / £25.00 cloth 978-0-231-17728-3 $29.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54112-1

$29.95t / £25.00 cloth 978-0-231-16676-8 $28.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54170-1

$30.00 / £25.00 cloth 978-0-231-17752-8 $29.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54136-7

2016 A F R I C A N

2015 R E L I G I O N

2016 P H I LO S O P H Y

AMERICAN STUDIES

The Elements of Academic Style

Inventing English

The Complete Review Guide to Contemporary World Fiction

Revised and Expanded Edition

E R I C H AYO T

SETH LERER

M. A. ORTHOFER

$22.00 / £19.00 paper 978-0-231-16801-4 $65.00 / £48.00 cloth 978-0-231-16800-7 $21.99 / £19.00 e-book 978-0-231-53741-4 2014 L I T E R A R Y

$18.95t / £16.00 paper 978-0-231-17447-3 $18.99 / £16.00 e-book 978-0-231-54124-4 2015 L I N G U I S T I C S

$27.95t / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-14675-3 $90.00 / £75.00 cloth 978-0-231-14674-6 $26.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-51850-5 2016 L I T E R A R Y

CRITICISM / REFERENCE

S A S H A S O KO L O V

Fourteen Little Red Huts and Other Plays

T R A N S L AT E D

A N D R E I P L AT O N O V

AND AN-

T R A N S L AT E D BY

Between Dog and Wolf

N O TAT E D B Y

CRITICISM

Strolls with Pushkin ANDREI S I N YAV S K Y

ROBERT CHANDLER,

ALEXANDER

J E SS E I RW I N , A N D

B O G U S L AW S K I

S U SA N L A R S E N

$14.95t / £12.95 paper 978-0-231-18147-1 $30.00 / £25.00 cloth 978-0-231-18146-4 $13.99 / £12.00 e-book 978-0-231-54372-9

$19.95t / £16.95 paper 978-0-231-18129-7 $40.00 / £34.00 cloth 978-0-231-18128-0 $18.99 / £16.00 e-book 978-0-231-54353-8

$19.95t / £16.95 paper 978-0-231-18081-8 $40.00 / £34.00 cloth 978-0-231-18080-1 $18.99 / £16.00 e-book 978-0-231-54327-9

2016 R U S S I A N

L I T E R AT U R E

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 151

THE BEST OF THE BACKLIST:

The Most Important Thing Illuminated

Big Money Thinks Small

Designing for Growth

JOEL

JEANNE

TILLINGHAST

L I E DT KA A N D T I M O G I LV I E

H O WA R D M A R K S

$29.95t / £25.00 cloth 978-0-231-16284-5 $28.99 / £5.00 e-book 978-0-231-53079-8

$29.95t / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-17570-8 $28.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54469-6

$29.95t / £25.00 cloth 978-0-231-15838-1 $28.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-52796-5

2013 F I N A N C E / I N V E S T I N G

2017 F I N A N C E / I N V E S T I N G

2011 B U S I N E S S / S T R AT E GY

Narrative and Numbers

Rational Investing

A S WAT H

HUGUES

DA M O DA R A N

Inside the Investments of Warren Buffett

L A N G LO I S A N D

YEFEI LU

JACQ U E S LU S S I E

$29.95t / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-18048-1 $28.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54274-6

$40.00 / £34.00 cloth 978-0-231-17734-4 $39.99 / £34.00 e-book 978-0-231-54378-1

$35.00 / £30.00 cloth 978-0-231-16462-7 $34.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-54168-8

2016 B U S I N E S S / M A N AG E M E N T

2017 B U S I N E S S / M A N AG E M E N T

2016 F I N A N C E / H I S TO RY

Shapeholders MARK R. K E N N E DY

Venture Investing in Science D O U G L A S W. JAMISON AND STEPHEN R. WA I T E

Frontier Investor M A R KO DIMITRIJEVIĆ W I T H T I M OT H Y MISTELE

$29.95t / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-18056-6 $28.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54278-4

$35.00 / £30.00 cloth 978-0-231-17572-2 $34.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-54470-2

$35.00 / £30.00 cloth 978-0-231-17044-4 $34.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-54235-7

2017 B U S I N E S S / M A N AG E M E N T

2016 B U S I N E S S / F I N A N C E / I N V E S T I N G

The Digital Transformation Playbook

Class Clowns J O N AT H A N A . KNEE

Designed Leadership M O U R A Q U AY L E

D AV I D L . ROGERS

$29.95t / £25.00 cloth 978-0-231-17544-9 $28.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54165-7 2016 B U S I N E S S / M A N AG E M E N T

Capital and the Common Good GEORGIA LEVENSON KEOHANE

$29.95t / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-17928-7 $28.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54333-0

$35.00 / £30.00 cloth 978-0-231-17312-4 $34.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-54468-9

2016 B U S I N E S S / M A N AG E M E N T

2017 B U S I N E S S / M A N AG E M E N T

If You’re in a Dogfight, Become a Cat!

A Brief History of Entrepreneurship

LEONARD

JOE CARLEN

SHERMAN

$29.95t / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-17802-0 $28.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54166-4

$29.95t / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-17482-4 $28.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54282-1

$29.95t / £24.95 cloth 978-0-231-17304-9 $28.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54281-4

2016 B U S I N E S S / M A N AG E M E N T

2017 B U S I N E S S / F I N A N C E / I N V E S T I N G

2016 B U S I N E S S / F I N A N C E / I N V E S T I N G

1 52 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

Baran, Magdalena M. ........ 133 Barnes, Pamela M. ........... 144 Barron, Anthony .............. 140 Barstow, Geoffrey ............... 79 Barthes, Roland ................... 6 Batyushkov, Konstantin ..... 17 Bazarnik, Katarzyna .......... 112 Beckert, Sven ..................... 38 Beckett’s Late Stage ............. 139 Becoming the News .............. 82 Beetz, Simone ................... 143 Being Human in a Buddhist World ............................. 148 Belknap, Robert L. ............. 58 Best American Magazine Writing 2017, The .............. 15 Between Dog and Wolf ........ 151 Beyond the Secular West ........ 62 Bhattacharya, Rimli ........... 93 Bhatti, Anil ........................ 94 Big Money Thinks Small ...... 152 Bilgrami, Akeel .................. 62 Birth of a New Earth ........... 42 Black Gods of the Asphalt ..... 151 Blanchfield, Caitlin ........... 90 Blichert, Frederick .............. 87 Blyth, Michael ................. 146 Boguslawski, Alexander .... 151 Bollas, Christopher ............ 46 Book of Swindles, The ........... 80 Borot’bism .......................... 135 Borowiec, Piotr ................. 114 Boyers, Robert ................... 60 Boys’ Love, Cosplay, and Androgynous Idols .......... 100 Bozóky, Dezső .................. 105 Brandon, Claire ................ 107 Brief History of Entrepreneurship, A ........ 152 British Diplomacy and the Concept of the Eastern Pact (1933–1935) .............. 137 Brown, Rachel Fulton ........ 76 Brunkhorst, Hauke ............ 71 Building the New American Economy .......................... 48 Bunio-Mroczek, Paulina ... 113 Burde, Dana ................ 64, 148 Buschendorf, Christa ....... 124 Bynum, Caroline Walker .... 46

Byrne, Julie ........................ 151 Byrne, Wayne ..................... 86 Byron, Mark ..................... 140 Calypso Jews ...................... 148 Capital and the Common Good ................ 152 Capitalist Unconscious, The ........................... 63, 148 Care Home Stories .............. 132 Carlen, Joe ........................ 152 Carmichael, Barie .............. 12 Carnival of Souls ................ 147 Carver, Jordan ................... 90 Caste and Equality ............. 125 Casteel, Sarah Phillips ..... 148 Chakrabarti, Shubhra ......... 95 Chan, K. H. ...................... 102 Chan, Shelby K. Y. ............ 122 Chandler, Robert .............. 151 Chandrasekhar, C. P. .......... 95 Change in Use of Land ....... 103 Charlie Munger ................... 49 Cheung, R. T. F. ............... 102 Chinese-English Contrastive Grammar ....................... 101 Chinese Script ...................... 35 Chinese Society and Politics . 120 Chivers, Sally .................... 132 Choi, Esther ....................... 91 Chomsky, Noam ............... 150 Christophers, Brett ........... 119 Chronological Biography, A . 107 Cinema in the Digital Age .... 85 Cinema of Pawel Pawlikowski, The ............. 86 Cinema of Tom DiCillo, The . 86 Cinematic Overtures ............ 22 Class Clowns ...................... 152 Classical Chinese Huanghuali Furniture from the Haven Collection ....................... 104 Classic Furniture ............... 104 Coates, David .................... 118 Cohen, Steven .................... 25 Collapse of Western Civilization, The ............. 150 Complete Review Guide to Contemporary World Fiction, The ..................... 151

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Abdill, Aasha M. ................ 67 Abend, Pablo .................... 126 Abominable Science! ............ 150 Against Reason .................. 140 Age of Sustainable Development, The ............ 150 Aging in Slavic Literatures .. 132 Agrarian and Other Histories . 95 Agrarian Studies 5: How Do Small Farmers Fare? ........ 94 Akan, Murat ....................... 75 Album .................................. 6 Allen, Amy ......................... 61 Allen, Richard .................. 109 Aloi, Giovanni .................... 43 Alsweilem, Khalid .............. 65 Alter, Nora M. .................... 83 American Capitalism ............ 38 American Missionaries in the Ottoman Empire ............. 128 Ancient Enmity .................. 122 Anderson, Alissa ................ 90 And Now ............................ 90 Another Person’s Poison ......... 50 Appetite for Innovation ....... 151 Archibald, J. David ............. 88 Architecture Is All Over ........ 91 Armacost, Michael H. ....... 150 Arrow Impossibility Theorem, The ................................. 150 Art as a Political Witness ..... 143 Artaud the Moma ................... 7 Art of Sanctions, The ............. 27 Art Totems Bridging East & West ............................... 106 Asia’s Space Race .................. 59 Aszkielowicz, Dean ............ 98 Auguscik, Anna ................. 131 Australian Pursuit of Japanese War Criminals, 1943–1957, The .................. 98 Azer, Daisy .......................... 11 Backhouse, Roger E. ......... 116 Baecque, Antoine de .......... 58 Baer, Josette ....................... 136 Baksi, Sandipan .................. 94 Ballots, Bullets, and Bargains .................. 150 Ban, Ki-moon ................... 150 Banham, Tony .................... 99

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 153

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Conflict Resolution Beyond the Realist Paradigm ....... 133 Confronting the Climate Challenge ............ 65 Connell, Carol M. ............. 119 Conquering Lyme Disease ..... 4 Conroy, Melvyn ................ 138 Construction Contract Essentials in Hong Kong .................... 103 Contemporary Chinese Short-Short Stories ........... 81 Conway, Erik M. ............... 150 Cooper, Jackson ................ 147 Cotofana, Alexandra ......... 134 Coulter, Steve .................... 116 Crane, Jonathan K. ............. 24 Creating Across Cultures .... 106 Creating a Learning Society ............................ 150 Critics, Coteries, and Pre-Raphaelite Celebrity .......................... 68 Cronin, Paul ......................... 1 Cultivating Professional Resilience in Direct Practice ................. 88 Currie, Philip .................... 150 Cyprus, Crete, and the Aegean Islands in Antiquity ........ 115 Dąbrowa, Edward ............. 115 Dale, Gareth ..................... 60 D’Ambrosio, Paul J. ............ 78 Damodaran, Aswath ......... 152 Dancing Age(ing) ............... 131 Dancing Poet, The ................ 93 Danger: Diabolik ................. 87 Dark Ecology ...................... 151 Degrowth ........................... 117 Democracy and the Welfare State .................... 39 Democracy, Plan, and Market .................... 137 Derrida, Jacques ................... 7 Desan, Christine ................ 38 Designed Leadership ........... 152 Designing for Growth ......... 152 Design Thinking for the Greater Good ................................. 11

1 54 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

Digital Banal, The ............... 69 Digital Culture & Society .. 126 Digital Transformation Playbook, The .................. 152 Dimitrijević, Marko .......... 152 Dinnen, Zara ...................... 69 Discovering Prices ............... 150 Discursive Intersexions ........ 130 Don’t Look Now ................. 145 Doreen Massey .................... 119 Down and Out in New Orleans .................... 37 Dozen Lessons for Entrepreneurs, A .............. 13 Earth at Risk ....................... 40 Eating Ethically .................. 24 Edwards, Kyle .................... 85 Einarsson, Charlotta P. ...... 139 Eisen, Lauren-Brooke ........ 20 Elements of Academic Style, The ........................ 151 Emeney, Johanna ............... 141 Emotions, Remembering, and Feeling Better ........... 130 Emperor Wu Zhao and Her Pantheon of Devis, Divinities, and Dynastic Mothers ........................... 63 Enchanted Clock, The .............. 8 End of Progress, The ............. 61 Engelstein, Stefani ............. 73 English Educational Policy .. 115 English Exposed .................. 101 Eqbal Ahmad ..................... 60 Ergas, Yasmine ................... 67 Ergler, Christina R. ........... 130 Éric Rohmer ........................ 58 Erotic Poems from the Sanskrit ..................... 79 Essay Film After Fact and Fiction, The ...................... 83 Essays on Archaeology and Ethnology of Peruvian Andes ............... 115 Ethical Asset Valuation and the Good Society ..................... 41 Ethical Loneliness ................ 59 Ethnic Avant-Garde, The ........................... 62, 148

Ette, Andreas ................... 144 Europeanisation and Renationalisation ........... 142 Europeanised Defiance ....... 142 Europeanization of Heritage and Memories in Poland and Sweden, The ............. 113 Everyday Economics ............ 116 Evolution of the Global Terrorist Threat, The ........ 150 Evolving Brains, Emerging Gods ................ 31 Evon, Gregory N. ............... 81 Excessive Subjectivity ........... 73 Exhaustion .......................... 54 External Democracy Promotion and Diversity Among International Agencies .......................... 143 Ezra Pound’s Atlas ............. 140 Facing the Abyss ................... 32 Faedda, Barbara .................. 47 Fallon, Brian ....................... 4 Fate of Ideas, The ................. 60 Fathering from the Margins . 67 Fedor, Julie ........................ 136 Fick, Annabella ................ 124 Finkelde, Dominik ............. 73 Fisk, Gloria ........................ 69 Fly, The ............................. 146 Flying Dinosaurs ................ 150 Foerster, Lukas ................. 108 Fong, Gilbert C. F. ............ 122 Fong, J. K. Y. .................... 102 Food of Sinful Demons ......... 79 Forrester, Viviane ............... 55 Found Life ........................... 16 Fourteen Little Red Huts and Other Plays .............. 151 Fox, Lorna Scott ............... 151 Fracking Debate, The .............. 3 Frampton, Kenneth ............ 91 Friedman, Susan Stanford .. 61 From Da Ponte to the Casa Italiana ................... 47 From the Absurd to Revolt ... 112 From Vocal Poetry to Song ... 141 Frontier Investor ................. 152 Fuchs, Mathias ................. 126

History of Economics, The .... 116 Hitchcock Annual ............... 109 Hloušek, Vit ..................... 142 Ho, Daniel Chi-wing ....... 103 Hoenig, John ...................... 23 Hoffman, Bruce ........... 14, 150 Höllmann, Thomas O. ........ 35 Hollywood B-Film, The ........ 85 Holmqvist, Mikael ............. 66 Holt, Sid ............................. 15 Hong Kong Taxation .......... 121 Honneth, Axel ................... 57 Horowitz, Roger ......... 148, 151 Ho, S. L. ........................... 102 How Genes Matter ............. 123 Hungarian Far Right, The ... 136 Hunter, I. Q. ...................... 147 Hunting Girls ...................... 54 Hunt, Leon ........................ 87 Hutchinson, George .......... 32 Ich bin eine Kanackin .......... 127 If You’re in a Dogfight, Become a Cat! ................. 152 Imperial Aircraft Flotilla, The ................................. 137 In Black and White ............... 9 Industry and Intelligence ...... 56 Ingmar Bergman’s Face to Face ...................... 84 In Gogol’s Shadow ............... 17 Insdorf, Annette ................. 22 In Search of the Lost Orient .. 28 Inside Private Prisons .......... 20 Inside Terrorism ................... 14 Inside the Investments of Warren Buffett ................ 152 Interpreting the World to Change It ..................... 95 In the Mouth of Madness .... 146 Inventing English ............... 151 Irrera, Daniela ................... 143 Israel, Nico ......................... 61 James, Tony ........................ 10 Jamison, Douglas W. ......... 152 Jandl, Ingeborg .................. 129 Japan, South Korea, and the United States Nuclear Umbrella ......................... 74 Jenichen, Anne ................. 142

Jenson, Jane ........................ 67 Jeziorny, Dariusz ............... 137 Joining a Prestigious Club ... 134 Jones, David Houston ....... 139 Joseph Conrad and the Voicing of Textuality ........ 110 Journal of Soviet and Post-Soviet Politics and Society ...................... 136 Juhász, Attila ..................... 136 Kahn, Jonathan .................. 36 Kallis, Giorgos .................. 117 Kałuża, Maciej .................. 112 Kamaly, Hossein ................ 77 Kandel, Eric R. .................. 150 Kaniok, Petr ..................... 142 Kara, Siddharth .................. 21 Karl Polanyi ....................... 60 Kathke, Torsten ................ 124 Kenned, Mark R. .............. 152 Keohane, Georgia Levenson ......... 152 Kessler-Harris, Alice .......... 39 Killing and Being Killed: Bodies in Battle ............... 128 Kimmich, Dorothee ........... 94 Kind Words, Cruise Missiles, and Everything in Between ..................... 135 King, Ambrose Y. C. ........ 120 Kirkham-Lewitt, Isabelle .. 90 Klein, Lucas ...................... 122 Knaller, Susanne ................ 129 Knee, Jonathan A. ............. 152 Knöppler, Christian .......... 126 Knothe, Florian ................ 104 Koch, Michaela ................. 130 Kosher USA .................. 148, 151 Kosowska-Gąstoł, Beata ... 114 Kowalski, Krzysztof .......... 113 Kravel-Tovi, Michal ........... 75 Kreide, Regina .................... 71 Krekó, Péter ...................... 136 Kreutzner, Gabriele ........... 132 Kriebernegg, Ulla .............. 132 Kristeva, Julia ................. 8, 151 Krzanowski, Andrzej ......... 115 Kuhn’s Legacy ...................... 72 Kunz, Barbara ................... 135

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Future of Us, The .................. 19 Gamaghelyan, Philip ........ 133 Gans, Herbert J. ................. 66 Garden Variety .................... 23 Gate of Mercy ..................... 141 Gayley, Holly ..................... 63 Gendering Global Conflict .. 148 Genuine Pretending ............. 78 Ghilarducci, Teresa ............. 10 Ghosh, Jayati ...................... 95 Gildersleeve, Jessica ........... 145 Gillick, Liam ...................... 56 God and Man in Tehran ...... 77 Gollier, Christian ............... 41 Goralik, Linor .................... 16 Gottlieb, Sidney ............... 109 Goulder, Lawrence ............. 65 Graham, James .................. 90 Graham, Wendy ................. 68 Gramshammer-Hohl, Dagmar ......................... 132 Gray Sabbath .................... 148 Griffin, Tren ....................... 13 Greene, Samuel ................. 136 Greenwald, Bruce C. ......... 150 Griffin, Tren ....................... 49 Gronemeyer, Reimer ......... 132 Guhlich, Anna ................. 144 Guillemin, Jeanne .............. 33 Gümüş, Hami Inan ........... 128 Gyatso, Janet .................... 148 Habermas Handbook, The ..... 71 Hafstead, Marc .................. 65 Hall, Margaret .................. 137 Hart, Steve ........................ 101 Härtel, Andre .................... 136 Havlík, Vlastimil .............. 142 Hawley, George .................... 2 Hayot, Eric ........................ 151 Hazzard, Shirley ................ 55 Heidegger’s Black Notebooks ...................... 71 Heilig, Markus ................... 50 Heilmann, Sebastian ........ 120 Henry, Claude .................... 40 Herpe, Noël ....................... 58 Hidden Atrocities ................. 33 Highway of Despair, The ...... 64 Hirschi, Agnes .................. 138

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 155

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Lafont, Cristina .................. 71 Lai, Lawrence Wai-chung . 103 Langlois, Hugues .............. 152 Lau, Ayesha Macpherson .. 121 Lau, Chu-Pak .................. 104 Lave, Rebecca .................... 119 Lavin, Maud .................... 100 Law and the Wealth of Nations ........................ 26 Leader Communities ............ 66 Learning to Kneel ................ 62 Lee, Steven S. .............. 62, 148 Lents, Nathan H. ............... 59 Lerer, Seth ........................ 151 Leung, Hing-fung ............ 103 Lévi-Strauss, Claude .......... 53 Liberature .......................... 112 Li, David C. S. .................. 101 Lieberman, Philip .............. 30 Liebert, Ulrike .................. 142 Liedtka, Jeanne ............. 11, 152 Life and Money ................... 74 Li, Li .................................. 97 Lindroos, Kia .................... 143 Lobel, Diana ...................... 70 Lothian, Tamara ................. 26 Love Letters from Golok ....... 63 Loxton, Daniel .................. 150 Lui, Eddie ........................ 106 Luk, Zoe Pei-sui ............... 101 Luo, Guanzhong ................ 80 Lussie, Jacques .................. 152 Lu, Yefei ............................ 152 Madhouse Effect, The ........... 150 Maisonnat, Claude ............ 110 Maistrenko, Ivan ............... 135 Makarychev, Andrey ......... 136 Making and Remaking of China’s “Red Classics,” The .................................. 97 Making Sense of the Alt-Right ........................... 2 Mandel, David .................. 137 Mann, Michael E. ............. 150 Man Who Built the Sierra Club, The .............. 151 Marasco, Robyn ................. 64 Marina, Peter J. .................. 37 Market, The ........................ 117 Marks, Howard ................. 152

1 56 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

Marriage as a Fine Art ....... 151 Martin, Susanne ................ 131 Mary and the Art of Prayer .. 76 Maskin, Eric ..................... 150 Masri, Safwan M. ............... 29 Mattison, Christopher ...... 122 Medieval Tastes ................... 56 Mee, Laura ........................ 145 Meeting Place ...................... 99 Meister, Franziska ............. 123 Merchant’s Tale, The ............. 78 Messick, Brinkley ............... 76 Michel, Sonya .................... 67 Migration and Refugee Policies in Germany ........ 144 Migration and Social Pathways of Highly Educated People Moving East-West-East in Europe ........................... 144 Milgrom, Paul ................... 150 Mistele, Timothy .............. 152 Mitchell, Andrew J. ............ 71 Mladenović, Bojana ............ 72 Modern Slavery ................... 21 Moeller, Hans-Georg ......... 78 Molecular Gastronomy ........ 151 Möller, Frank .................... 143 Moltz, James Clay .............. 59 Mongol Conquests in the Novels of Vasily Yan, The .. 138 Monster Always Returns, The ................................ 126 Montanari, Massimo .......... 56 Moore, Jacob ..................... 90 Morris, Edward .................. 49 Morsut, Claudia ................ 143 Morton, Timothy .............. 151 Most Important Thing Illuminated, The .............. 152 Mróz, Piotr ....................... 112 Mu, Aili ............................. 81 Munn, Christopher ............ 99 Narrative and Numbers ...... 152 Nazi Eugenics .................... 138 Neither Ghost nor Machine .. 72 Nephew, Richard ................ 27 Neroni, Hilary .................. 148 Neurology in Practice ......... 102 New Censorship, The ............ 53

Newell, Jason M. ................ 88 New Politics of Trade, The ... 118 News under Fire .................. 96 New York Hotel Experience . 124 Not So Different .................. 59 Nuttbrock, Larry ................ 89 Nyce, James M. ................. 134 Off-Broadway/Off-West End ............................... 140 Of Reality ........................... 57 Ogilvie, Tim ...................... 152 O’Leary, Peter .................... 68 Olesnicky, Michael ............ 121 Oliver, Kelly ....................... 54 On the Threshold of Knowing ........................ 131 Opazo, M. Pilar ................. 151 Oreskes, Naomi ................. 150 Organizational Structures of Political Parties in Central and Eastern European Countries ........................ 114 Orhan Pamuk and the Good of World Literature ........... 69 Origins of Darwin’s Evolution ........................ 88 Orthofer, M. A. ................. 151 Other Catholics, The ............ 151 Owens, Rebekah ............... 147 Painted Ceramics ............... 105 Palmer, Ruth ...................... 82 Paradox of Risk, The ............. 92 Park, Chan ......................... 81 Park, Hyun Ok ............ 63, 148 Parr, Adrian ........................ 42 Parthasarathy, R. ................ 79 Partner, Simon ................... 78 Patnaik, Utsa ...................... 95 Peck, Jamie ........................ 119 Perneczky, Nikolaus ......... 108 Pettid, Michael J. ................ 81 Philosophies of Happiness ...... 70 Pickrell, John ..................... 150 Pilkey, Keith C. .................. 51 Pilkey, Orrin H. .................. 51 Pilkey-Jarvis, Linda ............ 51 Pillar, Paul R. .................... 150 Planetary Modernisms ......... 61 Planning for Crisis .............. 119 Plate, S. Brent .................... 83

Reductionism in Art and Brain Science ................... 150 Reflections on the Future of the Left ....................... 118 Reginio, Robert ................. 139 Reichert, Ramón .............. 126 Reinares, Fernando ............ 150 Religion and Film ................ 83 Religion and Magic in Socialist and Post-Socialist Contexts II ...................... 134 Religious Statecraft .............. 77 Remizov, Alexei ................. 16 Rescuing Retirement ............ 10 Reset ................................... 12 Resurrection of the Body in Western Christianity, 200–1336, The ................... 46 Retreat from a Rising Sea .... 51 Reweaving the Economy ..... 111 Reynaud, Anne-Marie ...... 130 Richterich, Annika ........... 126 Rietveld, Malan .................. 65 Ripley, Marc ....................... 84 Rise of Autobiographical Medical Poetry and the Medical Humanities, The ................................. 141 Rising Above ..................... 107 Roberts, Rosemary ............. 97 Robins, Natalie .................. 151 Roehrig, Terence ................ 74 Rogers, David L. ............... 152 Rogge, Jörg ........................ 128 Rombes, Nicholas .............. 85 Rothe, Verena .................... 132 Rothschild, N. Harry ......... 63 Roy, Olivier ........................ 28 Rubin, James ...................... 12 Rydzewska, Joanna ............. 86 Sachs, Jeffrey D. .......... 48, 150 Salzman, Randy .................. 11 Samuel Beckett and Contemporary Art ........... 139 Schaar, Stuart .................... 60 Schaffner, Anna Katharina .............. 54 Schallié, Charlotte ............ 138 Schoenenberger, Petra ....... 129 Schönfellner, Sabine .......... 129

Schools for Conflict or for Peace in Afghanistan .............. 64, 148 Schreiber, Jenny ................. 125 Search for Belonging, A ........ 84 Security Beyond the State ..... 143 Sen, Amartya .................... 150 Serenity ............................... 87 Shadow of the Object, The ..... 46 Shagina, Maria .................. 134 Shahzia Sikander ............... 107 Shapeholders ....................... 152 Sharī‘a Scripts ...................... 76 Sherman, Jeremy ................ 72 Sherman, Leonard ............ 152 Shermer, Michael .............. 150 Sherry, Jamie ..................... 147 Shining, The ........................ 145 Shlapentokh, Dmitry ........ 138 Sibling Action ...................... 73 Silencing the Bomb ............... 18 Silverman, Dorit ............... 141 Similarities .......................... 94 Simon, Joel ......................... 53 Sinn, Elizabeth .................. 99 Sinyavsky, Andrei .......... 17, 151 Sisters of the Cross ................ 16 Siu, Angela F. Y. ................ 121 Sjoberg, Laura .................. 148 Smith, Matthew ................. 50 Smith, Mike ....................... 81 Snyder, Scott A. ................. 44 Sobolewska-Myślik, Katarzyna ...................... 114 Sociology and Social Policy .... 66 Sokolov, Sasha ................... 151 Sollers, Philippe ................ 151 Song, Chris ....................... 122 Soo, Gary ......................... 103 Sotsky, Jennifer .................... 4 South Korea at the Crossroads ........................ 44 Sovereign Wealth Funds in Resource Economies ...... 65 Speculative Taxidermy ......... 43 Spirals ................................. 61 “Spirits that I’ve cited...?” Vladimír Clementis (1902–1952) ..................... 136 Staubli, Silvia .................... 125

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Platonov, Andrei ............... 151 Play Therapy in Asia ............ 121 Plots .................................... 58 Politi, Marco ...................... 51 Politics of Nuclear Energy in the European Union, The ................................ 144 Politics of Secularism, The ..... 75 Politics, Piety, and Biomedicine .................... 125 Pollock, Sheldon ................ 64 Pon, Alicia K. L. ................ 121 Pope Francis Among the Wolves ........................ 51 Potoczna, Małgorzata ....... 113 Poverty and Social Exclusion During and After Poland’s Transition to Capitalism .................. 113 Power of Place in Play, The .. 130 Power Relations in Black Lives .................... 124 Premodern Korean Literary Prose .................. 81 Preston, Carrie J. ................ 62 Prizing Debate ................... 131 Problem-Based Medical Case Management .......... 102 Promise of Diversity, The ..... 127 Prothero, Donald R. .. 5, 52, 150 Psychomania ....................... 147 Quayle, Moura .................. 152 Quelling the Demons’ Revolt ................ 80 Race on the Brain ................ 36 Racism and Resistance ......... 123 Radiation Nation ................ 82 Raimi, Daniel ....................... 3 Rainer, Lucia ..................... 131 Ramachandran, V. K. .......... 94 Rancière, Jacques ................ 57 Rasa Reader, A .................... 64 Rational Investing .............. 152 Real Eighties, The .............. 108 Reassembling Motherhood .... 67 Recognition or Disagreement . 57 Redlener, Irwin .................. 19 Red Swan .......................... 120 Reduced to a Symbolical Scale ............... 99

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 157

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Stauffer, Jill ........................ 59 Staying in Life .................... 132 Stiglitz, Joseph E. .............. 150 Stocker, Stephanie ............. 125 Story of Life in 25 Fossils, The .................................. 52 Story of the Earth in 25 Rocks, The ....................... 5 Strolls with Pushkin ............ 151 Strozier, Charles B. ............ 52 Studying Shakespeare on Film .......................... 147 Subject of Torture, The ........ 148 Surmont, Jean Nicolas De . 141 Sustainable City, The ............ 25 Suwalska, Arleta ................ 115 Swaminathan, Madhura ..... 94 Sykes, Lynn R. ................... 18 Tabaar, Mohammad Ayatollahi ....................... 77 Takagi, Soichiro ................ 111 Taking Back Philosophy ........ 45 Tan, Kathryn .................... 102 Tanizaki, Jun’ichirō .............. 9 Tapper, Michael ................. 84 Teich, Nicholas M. ............ 150 Tellmann, Ute .................... 74 Theatre of Affect, A .............. 139 Theory That Changed Everything, The ................ 30 Thick and Dazzling Darkness .......................... 68 Thirteenth Step, The .............. 50 This, Hervé ........................ 151 Tillinghast, Joel ................. 152 Time to Stir, A ....................... 1 Tockner, Gudrun ............... 129 Toles, Tom ......................... 150 Törnquist-Plewa, Barbara . 113 Torrey, E. Fuller .................. 31 Traditional Chinese Medicine .......................... 34 Transformations of the Supernatural ................... 129 Transgender 101 .................. 150 Transgender Sex Work and Society ....................... 89

1 58 | F A L L 2 0 1 7

Transregional versus National Perspectives on Contemporary Central European History ............ 133 Tranter, Rhys ..................... 139 Trawny, Peter ...................... 71 Tribe, Keith ....................... 116 Trotter, Marrikka ............... 91 Trusting the Police .............. 125 Tubiana, Laurence .............. 40 Tunisia ................................ 29 Tuzcu, Pinar ...................... 127 Two Years in East Asia ....... 105 Ubide, Ángel ...................... 92 Umland, Andreas .............. 136 Under Swiss Protection ....... 138 Unschuld, Paul U. .............. 34 Untold Journey, The ............. 151 Van Norden, Bryan W. ....... 45 Vattimo, Gianni .................. 57 Vaudagna, Maurizio ........... 39 Venture Investing in Science . 152 Virginia Woolf ..................... 55 Visible and Invisible ............ 114 Vít, Michal ........................ 133 Vivan Sundaram: History Project ................. 93 Vosper, Michelle ............... 106 Wagner, Aleksandra .......... 114 Waite, Stephen R. ............. 152 Wall Streeters ....................... 49 Wang, Ling ....................... 122 Warzywoda-Kruszyńska, Wielisława ..................... 113 Wasser, Nicolas .................. 127 Watson, Matthew .............. 117 We Are All Cannibals ........... 53 Wei, Betty Peh-T’i ........... 107 Wei, Shuge ......................... 96 Weinberg, David .............. 140 Weird Dinosaurs ................. 150 Weiss, Katherine ............... 139 We Need Silence to Find Out What We Think .......... 55 Wenz, Karin ..................... 126 Werner, Marion ................. 119 Westwood, Emma ............ 146

What Kind of Creatures Are We? .......................... 150 When the State Winks .......... 75 Why America Misunderstands the World ........................ 150 Why Only Art Can Save Us ........................... 70 Wieser, Bernhard .............. 123 Wires That Bind ................. 124 Woodbine, Onaje X. O. ..... 151 Wright’s Writings ................. 91 Writing Emotions ............... 129 Writings from the Golden Age of Russian Poetry ....... 17 Wyss, Robert ..................... 151 Yang, Ling ........................ 100 Young, Alasdair R. ............. 118 Young, Shawn David ........ 148 Your Friend Forever, A. Lincoln ........................ 52 Yu, Y. L. ............................ 102 Zabala, Santiago ................. 70 Zaretsky, Natasha ............... 82 Zhang, Yingyu ................... 80 Zhao, Jing Jamie ............... 100

P L E A S E C O N T A C T E A C H P R E S S D I R E C T LY R E G A R D I N G EDITORIAL INQUIRIES AND RIGHTS.

AG E N DA P U B L I S H I N G LIMITED The Core, Science Central Beth Lane Newcastle Upon Tyne NE4 5TF, United Kingdom Tel: (44) 191-495-7330 www.agendapub.com AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF BUDDHIST STUDIES 80 Claremont Avenue, Room 303 New York, NY 10027 www.aibs.columbia.edu AUSTRIAN FILM MUSEUM BOOKS The Austrian Film Museum Augustinerstrasse 1 A-1010 Vienna, Austria Tel: (43) 1-533-70-54-11 www.filmmuseum.at AUTEUR PUBLISHING 24 Hartwell Crescent Leighton Buzzard LU7 1NP, United Kingdom office@auteur.co.uk www.auteur.co.uk BARBARA BUDRICH PUBLISHERS Stauffenbergstrasse 7 D-51379 Leverkusen, Germany Tel: (49) 021-71-34-4594 Fax: (49) 021-71-34-4693 info@budrich-academic.com CHINESE UNIVERSITY PRESS The Chinese University of Hong Kong Sha Tin, New Territories, Hong Kong Tel: (852) 3943-9800 Fax: (852) 2603-7355 cup-bus@cuhk.edu.hk www.chineseupress.com COLUMBIA BOOKS ON ARCHITECTURE AND THE CITY Columbia University Graduate School of Architecture, Planning and Preservation 400 Avery Hall, 1172 Amsterdam Avenue New York, NY 10027 Tel: (212) 851-5895 jdg2153@columbia.edu www.books.gsapp.org

EAST EUROPEAN MONOGRAPHS Nancy Tyson 1487 Lodge Court Boulder, CO 80303 Tel: (303) 568-9573 nancytyson@ymail.com

PETERSON INSTITUTE F O R I N T E R N AT I O N A L ECONOMICS 1750 Massachusetts Ave. NW Washington, DC, 20036 Tel: (202) 328-9000 www.piie.com

HARRINGTON PA R K P R E S S 511 Avenue of the Americas, #350 New York, NY 10011-8436 www.harringtonparkpress.com

SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH COUNCIL One Pierrepont Plaza, 15th Floor 300 Cadman Plaza West Brooklyn, NY 11201 Tel: (212) 377-2700 Fax: (212) 377-2727 www.ssrc.org

United Kingdom Clifford House, Suite 341, 7-9 Clifford Street, York YO1 9RA, United Kingdom HITCHCOCK ANNUAL Sydney Gottlieb Sacred Heart University gottliebs@sacredheart.edu H O N G KO N G U N I V E R S I T Y PRESS The University of Hong Kong Pokfulam Road, Hong Kong Tel: (852) 3917-7815 Fax: (852) 2858-1655 upweb@hku.hk. www.hkupress.org IBIDEM PRESS Melchiorstrasse 15 70439 Stuttgart, Germany Tel: (07) 11-980-7954 Fax: (07) 11-800-1889 ibidem@ibidem-verlag.de www.ibidemverlag.de JAGIELLONIAN UNIVERSITY PRESS ul. Michałowskiego 9/2 31-126 Kraków, Poland Tel: (48) 12-663-23-80 Fax: (48) 12-663-23-83 www.wuj.pl MARIA CURIESKLODOWSKA UNIVERSITY PRESS M. Curie-Sklodowskiej 5 30-031 Lublin, Poland gzuk@hektor.umcs.lublin.pl

CLIENT PRESSES

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG Hermannstrasse 26 D-33602 Bielefeld, Germany Tel: (49) 521-39-37-9742 Fax: (49) 521-39-37-9734 vertrieb@transcript-verlag.de www.transcript-verlag.de TULIKA BOOKS Indira Chandrasekhar No. 44, first floor Shahpur Jat, New Delhi 110 049 Tel.: (91) 11-26-49-7999, 11-26-49-1448, 11-26-49-1625 Email: tulikadelhi@gmail.com UNIVERSITY OF TO KYO P R E S S 4-5-29 Komaba, Meguro-ku Tokyo 153-0041, Japan Fax: (81) 3-6407-1582 Tel: (81) 3-6407-1921 info@utp.or.jp www.utp.or.jp WOODROW WILSON CENTER PRESS Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars 1 Woodrow Wilson Plaza, NW 1300 Pennsylvania, NW Washington, D.C. 20004-3027 Tel: (202) 691-4029 www.wilsoncenter.org/ woodrow-wilson-center-pres

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 159

SUBAGENTS FOR COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS

ARABIC

J A PA N E S E

POLISH

Amélie Cherlin Dar Cherlin 4343 Finley Ave., Apt. 3 Los Angeles, CA 90027 amelie@darcherlin.com

Fumika Ogihara Tuttle-Mori Agency, Inc. Kanda Jimbocho Bldg. 4F 2-17 Kanda Jimbocho, Chiyoda-ku Tokyo 101-0051 Japan Tel: (81) 3-3230-4083 fumika-ogihara@tuttlemori.com

Łukasz Wróbel GRAAL Ltd. Literary Agency ul. Radna 12/15 00-341 Warsaw Poland Tel: (48) 22-828-1284 lukasz@graal.com.pl

CHINESE (SIMPLIFIED)

Ivan Zhang Bardon-Chinese Media Agency Room 2-702, Building 2 RongHuaShiJia No. 29, XiaoYingBeiLu ChaoYang District Beijing 100101 China Tel: (010) 822-35383 ivan@bardonchinese.com CHINESE (COMPLEX)

Luisa Yeh Bardon-Chinese Media Agency 3F, No. 150, Section 2, Roosevelt Road Taipei Taiwan Tel: (886) 2-236-44995, ext. 23 luisa@bardonchinese.com Whitney Hsu Andrew Nurnberg Associates International 8F, No.129, Sec. 2, Zhongshan N. Rd. Taipei 10448 Taiwan Tel: (886) 2-2562-9008 whsu@nurnberg.com.tw FRENCH

Corinne Marotte L’Autre Agence 45 rue Marx-Dormoy F-75018 Paris France Tel: (33) 1-84-16-6100 cmarotte@lautreagence.eu contact@lautreagence.eu I TA L I A N

Roberto Gilodi Reiser Literary Agency Viale XXV Aprile 65 10133 Torino Italy Tel. (39) 011-5215357 roberto.gilodi@reiseragency.it

160 | FA L L 2 0 1 7

Tsutomu Yawata The English Agency ( Japan) Ltd. Sakuragi Bldg. 4F 6-7-3 Minami Aoyama, Minato-ku 107-0062 Tokyo Japan Tel: (81) 3-3406-5385 tsutomu_yawata@eaj.co.jp KO R E A N

Danny Hong Danny Hong Agency 3F, 16-12 Yanghwa-ro 12-gil, Mapo-gu Seoul 04043 South Korea Tel: (82) 2-6402-8890 danny@dannyhong.co.kr Jackie Yang EYA (Eric Yang Agency) 3F, e B/D, 20 Seochojungang-ro 33-gil, Seocho-gu Seoul 06593 South Korea Tel: (82) 2-592-3356 jackieyang@eyagency.com Yumi Chun Bestun Korea Agency 802 Hyoryeong-ro 53 gil 18, Seocho-gu Seoul 06654 South Korea Tel: (82) 2-3486-3012 yumichun@unitel.co.kr Joeun Lee Korea Copyright Center Inc. Gyonghigung Achim 3 Officetel Room 520 34, Sajik-ro 8-gil, Jongno-gu Seoul 03174 South Korea Tel: (82) 2-725-3350 jelee@kccseoul.com GERMAN

Christian Dittus Paul & Peter Fritz A.G. Literatur Agentur Seefeldstrasse 303 8008 Zurich Switzerland Tel: (41) 1-388-4140 cdittus@fritzagency.com

PORTUGUESE

Suely Pedro dos Santos Karin Schindler Agency Caixa Postal 19051 04505-970 Sao Paolo Brazil Tel: (55) 11-5041-9177 Fax: (55) 11-5041-9077 suely@agschindler.com.br S PA N I S H

Raquel de la Concha RDC Agencia Literaria c/Fernando VI, 15, 3 derecha 28004 Madrid Spain Tel: (34) 91-308-5585 rdc@rdclitera.com TURKISH

Mustafa Urgen Akcali Copyright Trade Bahariye Cad. 8/9-10 34714 Kadikoy, Istanbul Turkey Tel: (90) 216-338-87-71 mustafa@akcalicopyright.com

To order by phone, call Tel. (866) 400-5351 Fax (800) 838-1149

Mail: Ingram Publisher Services 14 Ingram Blvd Lavergne, TN 37086 ips@ingramcontent.com UNITED STATES AND CANADA SALES AND PUBLICITY REPRESENTATIVES COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY SALES CONSORTIUM MANAGER AND SOUTH

Catherine Hobbs Tel. (804) 690-8529 Fax (434) 589-3411 catherinehobbs@earthlink.net NORTHEAST AND EASTERN CANADA

Conor Broughan Tel. (917) 826-7676 cb2476@columbia.edu MIDWEST AND CENTRAL CANADA

Kevin Kurtz Tel. (773) 316-1116 Fax (773) 489-2941 kkurtz5@earthlink.net WEST AND WESTERN CANADA

William Gawronski Tel. (310) 488-9059 Fax (310) 832-4717 wgawronski@earthlink.net DIRECTOR OF SALES AND MARKETING

Brad Hebel 61 West 62nd Street New York, NY 10023 Tel. (212) 459-0600, ext. 7130 Fax (212) 459-3678 bh2106@columbia.edu DIRECTOR OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND SUBSIDIARY RIGHTS

Justine Evans je2217@columbia.edu Tel. (212) 459-0600, ext. 7147 Fax (212) 459-3677 PUBLICITY MANAGER

Meredith Howard mh2306@columbia.edu Tel. (212) 459-0600, ext. 7126 Fax (212) 459-3677 REVIEW COPY REQUESTS

cup_publicity@columbia.edu

IN AFRICA, EUROPE, THE MIDDLE EAST, SOUTH AFRICA, SOUTH ASIA, AND THE UNITED KINGDOM

To order by phone, call (1243) 843-291 or fax to (1243) 843-296 or mail to Columbia University Press c/o Wiley European Distribution Centre New Era Estate, Oldlands Way, Bognor Regis, West Sussex PO22 9NQ (Delivery via Wiley Distribution Services Ltd., or you may collect your order by prior arrangement) E-mail: customer@wiley.com SALES REPRESENTATIVES OUTSIDE THE U.S. UNITED KINGDOM, EUROPE, AND SOUTH AFRICA

The University Press Group Ltd. Lois Edwards LEC 1 - New Era Estate Oldlands Way, Bognor Regis PO22 9NQ Tel. 44 (1243) 842-165 Fax 44 (1243) 842-167 lois@upguk.com Andrew Brewer, Managing Director 57 Cobnar Road Sheffield S8 8QA England Tel. (44) 114-274-0129 Cell (44) 796-703-1856 andrew.brewer@virgin.net U.K. SALES MANAGER

Ben Mitchell 62 Fairford House, Kennington Ln. London SE11 4HR England Tel. (44) 776-691-3593 ben.mitchell.upg@gmail.com BELGIUM, DENMARK, FINLAND, FRANCE, ITALY, NORWAY, POLAND, SWEDEN, AND SWITZERLAND

Peter Jacques 278 Manchester Road Isle of Dogs, London E14 3HW Tel. (44) 207-515-1011 peter@jjacques.demon.co.uk AUSTRIA, CROATIA, CZECH REPUBLIC, EAST EUROPE, GERMANY, GREECE, HOLLAND, PORTUGAL, RUSSIA, SLOVENIA, AND SPAIN

Dominique Bartshukoff 2 Place d’Anvers, 75009 Paris, France Tel. (33) 1-44-63-02-41 dsbartshukoff@gmail.com

ALGERIA, CYPRUS, ISRAEL, JORDAN, MALTA, MOROCCO, PALESTINE, TUNISIA, AND TURKEY

Avicenna Partnership Ltd Claire de Gruchy Tel. (44) 7771-887-843 claire_degruchy@yahoo.co.uk BAHRAIN, EGYPT, IRAN, IRAQ, KUWAIT, LEBANON, LIBYA, OMAN, QATAR, SAUDI ARABIA, SYRIA, AND THE UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

Avicenna Partnership Ltd Bill Kennedy PO Box 501, Witney OX28 9JL Tel. (44) 780-224-4457 AvicennaBK@gmail.com PAKISTAN

Saleem A. Malik World Press 27-a Al Firdous Avenue Faiz Road, Muslim Town Lahore 54600, Punjab, Pakistan Tel. 042-3588-1617 Cell 0300-4012652 worldpress@gmail.com INDIA

S. Janakiraman Book Marketing Services 2-A, Ramaniyam Building 216-217, Peters Road Chennai. 600 014. India Tel. (91) 44-2848-0220 Fax (91) 44-2848-0222 bkmktg@dataone.in bkmktg@gmail.com www.bookmarketing.org AFRICA

Kelvin van Hasselt 15 Hillside, Cromer Norfolk NR27 0HY, UK Tel. (44) 1263–513-073 kelvin@kvhbooks.co.uk JAPAN

Rockbook Gilles Fauveau Exprime 5F 10-10, Ichibancho, Chiyoda-Ku, 102-0082, Tokyo, Japan Tel. (81) 0-90-3962-4650 gfauveau@rockbook.net Stockist MHM Limited Mark Gresham 1-1-13-4F, Kanda-Jimbocho, Chiyoda-ku, 101-0051, Tokyo, Japan Tel. (81) 3-3518-9181 Fax (81) 3-3518-9523 purchasing@mhmlimited.co.jp TAIWAN AND SINGAPORE

B. K. Norton Chiafeng Peng 5F, 60, Roosevelt Rd. Sec.4, Taipei 100 Taiwan Tel. 886-2-66320088 Fax 886-2-66329772 Chiafeng@bookman.com.tw

PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA

Wei Zhao Everest Intl. Publishing Services 1-1-2002 Wang Jing SOHO No. 1 East Futong Avenue Chaoyang District Beijing 100102, China Tel. (86-10) 5707-6180 Tel/Fax (86-10) 5707-6128 Cell 13683018054 wzbooks@aol.com everest_intl@126.com KOREA

ICK (Information and Culture Korea) Se-Yung Jun 49 Donggyo-ro, 13-Gil, Mapo-ku Seoul, South Korea 03997 Tel. (82-2) 3141-4791 Fax (82-2) 3141-7733 cs.ick@ick.co.kr MALAYSIA AND BRUNEI

Apex Knowledge Sdn Bhd 12 Jalan Pemberita U1/49 Temasya Industrial Park Glenmarie Seksyen U1 40150 Shah Alam Selangor, Malaysia Tel. (603) 5569-1696 Fax (603) 5569-1884 Simon Tay simon@apexknowledge.com.my PHILIPPINES

MegaTEXTS Phil., Inc Room 503, One Corporate Plaza Condominium 845 Amaiz Road, San Lorenzo Village 1200 Makati City, Philippines Tel. (63) 2-813-5814 Fax (63) 2-840-2760 Jean Lim megatexts.cbu@igroupnet.com THAILAND

Booknet Co., Ltd. 8 Krungthep Kreetha 8 Yaek 8 Road Huamark, Bangkapi Bangkok, 10240, Thailand Tel. (66) 2769-3888 Fax (66) 2379-5183 Suphaluck Sattabuz sup@book.co.th AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND

Footprint Books 4/8 Jubilee Avenue, Warriewood NSW 2102 Australia Tel. (61) 02-9997-3973 Fax (61) 02-9997-3185 info@footprint.com.au www.footprint.com.au

SALES AND ORDERING

IN ASIA, NORTH AMERICA, AND SOUTH AMERICA

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS is pleased to announce that our books are now available from Ingram Publisher Services. Please contact ips@ingramcontent.com or your Columbia sales rep to place your order. Also, you can learn about Columbia University Pressâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s new titles by visiting our online catalogue hosted by EDELWEISS at www.cup.columbia.edu/catalogues Or visit www.cup.columbia.edu to view a complete listing of the books we publish and distribute.

CO L U M B I A U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S 61 West 62nd Street New York, New York 10023 T / 800.343.4499 F / 800.351.5073 cup.columbia.edu